JP2002528653A - Fabric protection compositions and methods - Google Patents

Abstract

The present invention relates to fabric care methods for restoring and/or rejuvenating color of worn, faded fabric, by applying to said fabric a fabric color care composition which comprises: water soluble and/or water dispersible polymers; surfactant capable of forming a bilayer structure; and mixtures thereof. Optionally, the composition can contain other ingredients to provide additionally fabric care benefits, and/or to improve performance and formulatability. The composition is preferably applied as small particle size droplets, escpecially from spray container which preferably are in association with a set of instructions for use.

Description

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

[0001] Technical Field The present invention processes the fabric, the improvement in the various properties of fabrics, in particular reduction and / or elimination of undesirable wrinkles, wear reduction of the fabric, hair bulb prevention and / or reduction of fabric, and / Or, it relates to a fabric protection composition, method and article of manufacture for effecting color retention and / or reduction of fading of the fabric.

[0002] easily BACKGROUND product of the present invention, by easily applied, fabrics, especially clothing, provide useful advantages, maintain and / or improve such as good appearance, fabric conditions, e.g. intensity and / Or, there is a constant need in the textile industry to manufacture compositions and products that maintain size, and that reduce fabric abrasion.

[0003] Consumers are aware of a number of appearance criteria, such as no wrinkles, no fading, no stains or dyes, no damage, for example no hair bulb, no odor, etc.
It is common to judge the preference and comfort of clothing. Other benefits appreciated by consumers include, for example, the life of the fabric, eg, preventing and reducing the abrasion, preventing or reducing shrinkage of the fabric, and the like. While these advantages are more or less provided by textile finishing compositions applied to fabrics in textile factories and / or garment manufacturing facilities, these advantages are provided by simple, convenient day-to-day applications for application in consumer homes. It is preferably provided by the compositions, methods and products. Preferably, these daily compositions and products are safe and do not involve complex and / or dangerous processing and / or application operations. The application operation desirably comprises a process well known to consumers, such as spraying, dipping, adding to a washing cycle, adding to a rinsing cycle, and / or adding to a drying cycle.

The present invention is directed to removing and / or reducing wrinkles, strengthening fabrics, imparting and / or reducing wear on fabrics, preventing and / or reducing hair follicles on fabrics, maintaining color on fabrics and / or
Or, compositions, methods and dosing devices that provide important fabric protection properties, including at least one of: fade reduction, color recovery, fabric stain reduction, fabric shape retention, and / or fabric shrinkage reduction.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention is directed to a fabric protection composition, a fabric protection method, and a dosing device containing such a fabric protection composition. The fabric protection composition comprises: (A) the following fabric protection properties: wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, fabric abrasion reduction, fabric abrasion resistance, fabric hair ball reduction, fabric color retention, fabric color recovery, fabric Reduce fading, reduce fabric stain, release fabric stain, retain fabric shape, and / or reduce fabric shrinkage;
An amount of a fabric-protecting polysaccharide having a globular structure and having a molecular weight of about 5,000 to about 500,000, a branched form of the polysaccharide. , Derived forms of the polysaccharide, substituted forms of the polysaccharide, and mixtures thereof), (B) optionally from about 0.01 to about 20% by weight of the composition of the oligosaccharide; (C) an auxiliary fabric protecting oligosaccharide selected from the group consisting of an oligosaccharide mixture, a substituted form of the oligosaccharide and / or mixture, a derived form of the oligosaccharide and / or mixture, and mixtures thereof; Optionally, an effective amount of an auxiliary wrinkle inhibitor (preferably selected from the group consisting of fiber lubricants, fabric shape-retaining polymers, lithium salts, and mixtures thereof) to remove and / or reduce wrinkles. (D) if desired, an effective amount of a surfactant to reduce surface tension and / or improve performance and formulation, (E) optionally, an effective amount of odor control to absorb malodors (F) if desired, an effective amount of a fragrance to impart an olfactory effect; (G) optionally, an effective amount of an antibacterial active ingredient for disinfecting or inhibiting the growth of microorganisms; An effective amount of an aminocarboxylate chelating agent, (I) optionally in addition to or instead of the antimicrobial active ingredient, an effective amount of an antimicrobial preservative, and (J) optionally an aqueous carrier. Comprising, if desired, the composition is substantially free of substances that stain or dye the fabric under the conditions of use.

[0006] A preferred fabric protection composition for fabric treatment comprises an effective amount of the fabric protection polysaccharide having a globular structure, such as by dipping, dipping, spraying, spraying, and treating fabric and / or fabric garments. Apply to the whole and subsequently dry. The present invention
The fabric protection composition is placed in a spray feeder and / or mist generator, and the whole and / or surface of the fabric product and / or fabric garment is treated with the composition (a fabric protection polysaccharide having a spherical structure and other optional ingredients). Is effective, but includes an amount that is not found on the surface when dried).

[0007] Aqueous or solid, preferably powdery, fabric protection composition for treating the fabric in the rinsing step (an effective amount of the fabric protection polysaccharide having a spherical structure, and optionally an auxiliary fabric protection oligosaccharide, fabric softness) Which comprise a sexually active ingredient, a perfume, and mixtures thereof.

[0008] Another preferred aqueous liquid or solid, preferably powder or granular, fabric protection composition for use in a laundry cycle comprises an effective amount of the fabric protection polysaccharide having a spherical structure and, optionally, an auxiliary fabric. Protective oligosaccharides, surfactants, builders, fragrances,
And mixtures thereof.

[0009] A fabric protection composition for treating the fabric in a drying step (an effective amount of the fabric protection polysaccharide having a spherical structure, and optionally an auxiliary fabric protection oligosaccharide, a fabric softening active ingredient, a fragrance, and Or mixtures thereof). The fabric protection composition to be added in the dryer is preferably part of a dosing device in combination with a supply means, such as a flexible substrate or a spray device, which effectively releases the fabric protection composition in an automatic rotating clothes dryer. It is preferably formed as

[0010] Fabric protective polysaccharides having a spherical structure can confer at least some fabric protective properties to all types of fabrics, including fabrics made from natural fibers, synthetic fibers, and mixtures thereof.

[0011] DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The present invention is a solid, or a stable, preferably translucent, more preferably the fabric protection composition of clear aqueous, fabric protection method, and such fabric protection composition It relates to the dosing device used. The present invention provides the following fabric protection properties: wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, fabric abrasion reduction, fabric abrasion resistance, fabric hair ball reduction, fabric color retention, fabric fading reduction, fabric color recovery, fabric stain. Reduction, release of fabric stain, retention of fabric shape,
And / or reducing the fabric shrinkage, which is also associated with the use of the fabric protective polysaccharide in a fabric protective composition to impart at least one of the following to the fabric, wherein the fabric protective polysaccharide has a spherical structure and a molecular weight of about 5,000. From about 500,000 to about 500,000, branched forms of the polysaccharide, derived forms of the polysaccharide, substituted forms of the polysaccharide, and mixtures thereof.

[0012] The polysaccharide is preferably arabinogalactan, pakiman, curdlan, callose, paramylon, sserologlucan, lentinan, lichenan, laminarin, sz
hizophyllan, glypholan, sclerolotinia, sclerothiolam, glucan (SSG), Ompharia lapidescence glucan (OL-2), pasturane, dextran, pullulan and mixtures thereof, their branched forms, their substituted forms, their derivatives Selected from the group consisting of morphologies, and mixtures thereof. One group of preferred fabric protecting polysaccharides is a polysaccharide having a 1,3-β-linked backbone, such as arabinogalactan, pakiman, curdlan, callose, paramylon, sserologlucan, lentinan, lichenan, laminarin, szhizophyllan,
Glyphoran, sclerorotinia, sclerothiolam, glucan (SSG), Om
pharia lapidescence glucan (OL-2), and mixtures thereof, their branched forms, their substituted forms, their derived forms, and mixtures thereof, and more preferably arabinogalactans, their derivatives Form,
Their substituted forms, and mixtures thereof, typically about 0% of the composition.
. 001 to about 20% by weight, preferably about 0.01 to about 10% by weight, more preferably about 0.1 to about 5% by weight, even more preferably about 0.1 to about 2% by weight.

In general, depending on the application method, the fabric protection composition of the present invention is solid (powder, granule,
Bar, tablet), dimple tablet, liquid, paste, gel, spray, stick, or foam.

Preferred fabric protection compositions for treating fabrics include an effective amount of the fabric protection polysaccharide having a globular structure and, optionally, an auxiliary fabric protection oligosaccharide, a fragrance, a fiber lubricant, a fabric shape retaining polymer, a lithium salt. , Hydrophilic plasticizers, odor control agents including cyclodextrins, antibacterial active ingredients and / or preservatives, surfactants, fabric softening active ingredients, antistatic agents, enzymes, antioxidants, chelating agents, for example Selected from the group consisting of aminocarboxylate chelators, heavy metal chelators, dye transfer inhibitors, dye fixatives, stain release agents, colorants, foam inhibitors, insect repellents and / or moth repellents, and mixtures thereof. Comprising one or more of the following components: The composition is typically applied to the fabric and / or the entire fabric made of fabric, for example by dipping, spraying and / or spraying, followed by a drying step, but the fabric is coated on the outside or inside of an automatic clothes dryer. And / or treating the entire fabric garment with the fabric protection composition and / or
Or spraying and / or spraying, followed by drying in the clothes dryer. The application can be carried out on a textile and / or finished garment and fabric by means of an industrially large-scale process or by using products which are commercially available in the consumer's home.

[0015] The fabric protection composition of the present invention can also be applied directly to the entire garment using an application device, preferably a spray mechanism and / or a spray mechanism. When the fabric protection composition of the present invention is applied to the entire garment, it is preferable to spray and / or spray the entire garment so that excessive amounts of the fabric / clothing protection composition are not released into the outdoor environment. For example, spraying and / or spraying the entire garment can be performed in a bag or other suitable means for containing the garment.

The present invention also relates to concentrated liquid or solid fabric protection compositions that are diluted to form compositions at the above and / or below use concentrations for use under “use conditions”. Concentrate compositions used in the washing process, such as treatment compositions before washing, compositions added during washing, and compositions added during rinsing, have high levels of typically concentrated fabric protection compositions. About 1 to about 99%, preferably about 2 to about 65%, more preferably about 3 to about 25%, by weight of the fabric protecting polysaccharide having a spherical structure. For example, by spraying and / or spraying and / or dipping methods, the concentrated composition used for direct application to the entire fabric and / or garment has a lower level, typically about 1% of the concentrated fabric protection composition. About 40% by weight, preferably about 1 to about 25% by weight,
More preferably, about 2 to about 15% by weight of the fabric protecting polysaccharide having a globular structure. The concentrated composition is optionally a fragrance, a fiber lubricant, a shape-retaining polymer, a lithium salt, an odor suppressing agent including cyclodextrin, a hydrophilic plasticizer, a surfactant,
Antibacterial active ingredient and / or antibacterial preservative, aminocarboxylate chelating agent, fabric softening active ingredient, antistatic agent, enzyme, antioxidant, foam inhibitor, dye transfer inhibitor, dye fixing agent, mothproof And / or a liquid carrier comprising the agent, and / or a liquid carrier, and mixtures thereof. Concentrated compositions are used to provide a less expensive product after each use. When using concentrated products, i.e., where the fabric-protecting polysaccharide having a globular structure is from about 1 to about 99% by weight of the concentrated composition, it is preferred to dilute the composition before treating the fabric. Preferably, the concentrated fabric protection comprises from about 50% to about 10,000% by weight of the composition.
, More preferably about 50 to about 8,000 wt%, even more preferably about 50 to about 5
Dilute with 2,000% by weight of water. Depending on the targeted fabric protection properties, the concentrate composition may also be used to dilute the preferred ingredients, if desired, into use compositions.
Should be included at a proportionally higher level.

The present invention relates to an aqueous fabric protection composition, which is placed in a spray supply device and / or a mist generator, and the whole and / or surface of a fabric product and / or fabric garment is coated with the composition (the fabric protection device having a spherical structure). It also relates to forming a dosing device that can facilitate processing of the polysaccharide and other optional ingredients, although effective, but in an amount not found on the surface when dried). The spray delivery device comprises manual and non-manual (operated) spray means and a container containing the fabric protection composition. The dispensing device preferably accompanies the consumer with instructions for applying at least an effective amount of the fabric protecting composition and / or fabric protecting polysaccharide having a globular structure to the fabric to obtain the desired benefit. .

The present invention also relates to a dosing device comprising an aqueous fabric protection composition as described above, using an application device, preferably a spray mechanism and / or a spray mechanism, more preferably using a spray mechanism. Applying the composition directly to the fabric and / or the entire garment in such a way that an excess amount of the fabric / clothing protection composition is not released into the outdoor environment, preferably at least an effective amount of the fabric having the spherical structure Instructions are provided that instruct the consumer to apply the protective polysaccharide and / or the composition to the entire fabric and / or garment.

The composition of the present invention can also be used as an ironing aid. An effective amount of the composition is sprayed onto a fabric and the fabric is ironed at the normal temperature to be ironed. The fabric can be sprayed with an effective amount of the composition, dried and then ironed, or ironed immediately after spraying. The fabric protecting polysaccharides of the present invention have a sufficiently high molecular weight range so that, as with low molecular weight oligosaccharides and monosaccharides, they are easily damaged by the high temperatures of ironing.

[0020] An effective amount, typically from about 0.05 to about 50%, preferably from about 1 to about 35%, more preferably from about 2 to about 18%, even more preferably from about 0.05% to about 50% by weight of the fabric protection composition. A liquid comprising about 3 to about 10% by weight of the fabric protecting polysaccharide having a globular structure.
Preference is also given to fabric protection compositions, preferably aqueous or solid, preferably powder, which treat the fabric in a rinsing step. The fabric protection composition optionally includes an auxiliary fabric protection oligosaccharide, a fabric softening active, a fragrance, an electrolyte, a chlorine scavenger, a dye transfer inhibitor, a dye fixative, a phase stabilizer, an antioxidant. It comprises chemical stabilizers, silicones, antimicrobial active ingredients and / or preservatives, chelating agents including aminocarboxylate chelators, coloring agents, enzymes, brighteners, soil release agents, or mixtures thereof. The composition should be packaged in a dispensing device and accompanied by instructions for use to ensure that consumers know what benefits can be achieved and how to obtain these benefits most effectively. preferable. The present invention also relates to a concentrated liquid or solid composition that forms a fabric protection composition that is diluted for use in "use conditions" and added during a working strength rinse.

[0021] Another preferred aqueous or solid, preferably powder or granular, fabric protection composition for use in the laundry cycle of the present invention is an effective amount of the fabric protection polysaccharide having a spherical structure and, optionally, an auxiliary. Fabric protective oligosaccharides, surfactants, builders, fragrances, chlorine scavengers, dye transfer inhibitors, dye fixatives, dispersants, detergent enzymes, heavy metal chelators, foam inhibitors, fabric softening active ingredients, It comprises chemical stabilizers including antioxidants, silicones, antimicrobial active ingredients and / or preservatives, soil dispersants, soil release agents, optical brighteners, colorants, etc., or mixtures thereof. The fabric protection composition to be added during other launderings may be in the form of tablets, bars, pastes, gels, sprays, sticks, foams, optionally contained in sachets or secured to a releasable substrate. be able to. These compositions, which may be laundry additive compositions or detergent compositions, which are added during the laundry, are packaged in a dosing device to see what advantages can be achieved and how to obtain these benefits most effectively. It should preferably be accompanied by instructions for use, which instructs the consumer whether or not it is available.

[0022] Also preferred is a fabric protection composition for treating fabric in a drying step, which comprises an effective amount of the fabric protection polysaccharide having a spherical structure, and optionally an auxiliary fabric protection oligosaccharide, a fabric softening active ingredient. , Distribution agent, fragrance, fiber lubricant, fabric shape retention polymer,
Lithium salt, phase stabilizer, chlorine scavenger, dye transfer inhibitor, dye fixing agent, chemical stabilizer including antioxidant, silicone, antibacterial active ingredient and / or preservative, heavy metal chelating agent, aminocarboxy Comprising rate chelators, enzymes, brighteners, soil release agents, and mixtures thereof. The fabric protection composition comprises a liquid,
It can take a variety of physical forms, including foamed materials, gels, and solid forms, such as solid particle forms. However, in a preferred substrate product embodiment, the fabric protection composition added in the dryer of the present invention is a flexible substrate that effectively releases the fabric protection composition in a supply means, such as an automatic rotating clothes dryer. , In combination with a dosing device. Such a supply means can be designed for single use or multiple use. Preferably, the composition is applied on a sheet substrate to produce a dryer sheet product. Substrates in such products are typically nonwoven substrates, paper,
Foam material, and the like. Exemplary and preferred delivery means are described in US Pat. No. 5,102,564, issued Apr. 7, 1992, Gardlik et al., Which is incorporated herein by reference. The properties of the fabric-protecting polysaccharide having a globular structure and other optional ingredients that provide various fabric-protecting properties can vary and can interfere with each other, and as described below, the It may be preferable to provide some as one or more separate compositions, for example as separate areas on the substrate. The composition is preferably packaged in a dispensing device, with or without a supply means, and is accompanied by instructions for use, which will instruct the consumer as to what advantages can be achieved. Another preferred supply means is a spray device which supplies the liquid fabric protection composition at the beginning and / or during the drying cycle.

The present invention also relates to a fabric protection composition for use in a soaking treatment prior to washing, which comprises:
An effective amount of the fabric-protecting polysaccharide having a spherical structure and, if desired, an auxiliary fabric-protecting oligosaccharide, a surfactant, a builder, a fragrance, a chlorine scavenger, a dye transfer inhibitor, a dye fixing agent, a dispersant, and a detergent enzyme. Heavy metal chelators, fabric softening actives, chemical stabilizers including antioxidants, silicones, antimicrobial actives and / or preservatives, soil dispersants, soil release agents, optical brighteners, colorants, Etc., and mixtures thereof. The composition is preferably packaged with instructions for use that will instruct consumers as to what benefits can be achieved and how to obtain these benefits most effectively. The present invention also relates to a concentrated liquid or solid composition that dilutes for use under "use conditions" and forms a fabric protection composition for use prior to use concentration laundering.

The present invention also relates to a fabric protection method and a dosing device using such a fabric protection composition. Thus, the present invention provides that the composition is placed in a spray feeder and the fabric surface is treated with the fabric protection composition (the fabric protection polysaccharide having a spherical structure and other optional ingredients, but effective, but dried). (Sometimes in amounts not found on the surface). The spray delivery device comprises manual and non-manual spray means and a container containing the fabric protection composition. Alternatively, the dispensing device may comprise a fabric protection composition and a supply means for distributing the composition on the fabric in an automatic rotating clothes dryer.
Preferably, the supply means is a flexible substrate, for example in the form of a sheet, which is fixed so that the fabric protection composition can be released onto the substrate. In the method of adding during washing and adding during rinsing, the dosing device may simply comprise a liquid or granular solid fabric protection composition and a suitable container.

Preferably, the dispensing device correctly treats the fabric with the composition and provides the desired fabric protection results, ie, removal and / or reduction of wrinkles, wrinkle resistance, fiber reinforcement / abrasion resistance, fabric abrasion. Mitigating, preventing fabric shrinkage and / or mitigating, preventing fabric follicles and / or
Or to reduce, prevent and / or reduce shrinkage, retain fabric color, restore fabric color, reduce fabric fade, prevent and / or reduce stain, release stain, and / or retain fabric shape, and combinations thereof. For example, the mode of use of the composition and / or
Or, instructions are provided that include the preferred method of stretching and / or flattening the fibers. The instructions should be as simple and easy to understand as possible,
It is desirable to use pictures and / or representations.

I. Compositions Fabric Protecting Polysaccharides Fabric protecting polysaccharides suitable for use in the fabric protecting compositions of the present invention are those having a spherical structure in dilute aqueous solution due to an irregular coiled structure. The polysaccharides include homo- and / or heteropolysaccharides having a simple helical structure, with or without branches, for example, 1,4-α-, with or without branches.
Bonded skeletal structures (eg, 1,4-α-glucan, 1,4-α-xylan), 1,3-β-linked skeletons with or without branches (eg, galactan)
Having a 1,6-linked backbone (eg, dextran, pullulan, pasturane) with or without all branches and having a weight average molecular weight of about 5,000.
0 to about 500,000, preferably about 8,000 to about 250,000, more preferably about 10,000 to about 150,000, typically about 2 nm to about 2 nm in size.
About 300 nm, preferably about 3 nm to about 100 nm, more preferably about 4 nm to about 30 nm
It is. Size is defined as the length of rotation occupied by molecules in dilute aqueous solution. Preferably, the fabric-protecting polysaccharide is arabinogalactan, pakiman, curdlan, callose, paramylon, sseleloglucan, lentinan, lichenan, laminarin, szhizophyllan, glypholan, sclerolotinia, sclerothiolam, glucan (SSG), Ompharia lapidescence glucan (OL-). 2), selected from the group consisting of pasturan, dextran, pullulan, their substituted forms, their derived forms, and mixtures thereof. More preferably, the fabric protecting polysaccharide is selected from the group consisting of arabinogalactan, dextran, curdlan, their substituted forms, their derived forms, and mixtures thereof, even more preferably, the fabric protecting polysaccharide Comprises arabinogalactan, its substituted form, its derived form, and mixtures thereof. Substituted and / or derived materials of the above mentioned fabric protection polysaccharides are also preferred in the present invention.
Examples of these materials include carboxyl and hydroxymethyl substitutions (eg certain uronic acids in place of neutral sugar units), amino polysaccharides (amine substitutions), cationic quaternized polysaccharides, C _1- Examples include, but are not limited to, _C18 alkylated polysaccharides, acetylated polysaccharide ethers, polysaccharides with added amino acid residues (small fragments of glycoproteins), polysaccharides containing silicone moieties, and the like. Certain hydrophobic derivatives of the polysaccharide help the polysaccharide maintain a globular structure.

[0027] A preferred group of fabric-protecting polysaccharides suitable for use in the present invention includes polysaccharides having a backbone comprising at least some, and preferably almost all, 1,3-β-glycosidic bonds; Is preferably branched, and preferably the chain on either side is attached via a 1,6-linkage or improves water solubility, and / or
Or they have been induced to maintain a globular structure. 1,6-linked branched polysaccharides containing a 1,3-β-glycosidically linked backbone are more water soluble and / or
Alternatively, because of their high dispersibility, these branched polysaccharides can be used in a higher molecular weight range. Other types of bonds, such as certain 1,4-β bonds, can be 1,3
Insertion into a -β linked backbone also improves the solubility of the polysaccharide. Examples of useful fabric protective polysaccharides having a 1,3-β-linked backbone include arabinogalactan, pakiman,
Curdlan, Callose, Paramylon, Suseleloglucan, Lentinan, Lichenan, Laminarin, szhizophyllan, Glypholan, Sclerolotinia, Sclerothiolam, Glucan (SSG), Ompharia lapidescence glucan (OL-2)
, And mixtures thereof, but is not limited thereto. For fabric protective polysaccharides with little or no branching, low molecular weight materials such as curdlan are preferred, while for highly branched polysaccharides high molecular weight materials such as arabinogalactan,
Can be used. High molecular weight polysaccharides containing mixed 1,3-β and 1,4-β linkages, such as lichenan, can also be used.

A preferred fabric protective branched polysaccharide having a 1,3-β-linked backbone is arabinogalactan (also called galactoarabinan or epsilon-galactan).
Arabinogalactan is a long, densely branched, high molecular weight polysaccharide. Arabinogalactans useful in the compositions of the present invention have a molecular weight of about 5,000 to about 500,000,
Preferably from about 6,000 to about 250,000, more preferably from about 10,000 to
It is about 150,000. These polysaccharides are highly branched and have galactose and arabinose units (β-galactopyranose, β-arabinofuranose,
And a β-arabinopyranose). The genus Larix is common worldwide. The two main sources of larch wood are western larch (Larix occidentalis) and Mongolian larch (Lar
ix dahurica). Another example of larch is Eastern Larch (Larix lar
icina), European larch (Larix dicidua), Japanese larch (Larix leptolepis)
), And Siberian larch Larix siberica). Most commercial arabinogalactans are produced by a countercurrent extraction process from western larch. Larch arabinogalactan is water-soluble and is composed of an approximately 1: 6 ratio of arabinose and galactose units and contains trace amounts of uronic acid. Glycosyl bond analysis of larch arabinogalactan revealed that the 3,4,6-
, 3,6-, and 3,4-, and 3-, comprising 3-linked residues,
Consistent with a highly branched structure comprising the backbone of β-linked galactopyranose. The preferred fraction of larch arabinogalactan has a molecular weight of about 14,000.
To about 22,000, mainly from about 16,000 to about 21,000, and another about 60,000 to about 500,000, mainly about 80,000 to about 1
Fractions in the range of 20,000. Average molecular weight of about 16,000 to about 20,
A fraction having a 000 is very preferred for use in direct application to fabrics, such as spray products. The high molecular weight fraction (with a molecular weight of about 100,000), as well as the low molecular weight fraction, may be used in subsequent methods of water treatment, such as prewashing, adding during washing, and / or washing methods and products added during rinsing. It is suitable. High grade larch arabinogalactan is composed of greater than about 98% arabinogalactan. Larch arabinogalactan and some of its derivatives, such as cationic derivatives, are commercially available from Larex Inc., St. Paul, Minnesota.

[0029] Arabinogalactan is a softwood, for example, budgerigar, black spruce, parana pine, mu
It is also present as a small water-soluble component of go pine, Douglas fir, onihiba, juniper, and sugar maple sap.

Many edible and non-edible plants are also a rich source of arabinogalactans, which are mostly in the form of glycoproteins, threonine, proline, or serine (“arabinogalactan- Protein)) to any of the protein spines. These plants include onion seeds, carrots, radishes, black chickpeas, pears, corn, wheat, red wine, Italian ryegrass, tomatoes, ragweed, sorghum, bamboo grass, and coconut pulp and milk. Many herbs with well-identified immunopotentiating properties, such as Echinacea purpurea, Baptisia tintoria, Thuja occid
entalis, Angelica acutiloba, and Curcuma longa contain large amounts of arabinogalactan. A small amount of arabinogalactan is used in other plants, such as green coffee beans (
Sugar ratio of about 2: 5), centrosema species (sugar ratio of about 1:13), and flour (sugar ratio of about 7:
3)). About 70% of the water-soluble substance obtained from soy flour has a sugar ratio of about 1:
2 arabinogalactan.

Examples of other fabric protecting polysaccharides having 1,3-β-bonds as part of the backbone include 1,1
3-β-xylan (eg from Pencillus dumetosus), curdrene, 1,3-
β-glucan (eg, from Alcaligenes faecalis), paramylon B, 1,3-
β-glucan (eg from Euglena gracilis), lichenin, (1,3), (1,
4) -β-glucan (from various sources including Cetraria islandica), (1
, 3), (1,6) -β-glucan (eg, from Sclerotium rolfii) and lentinene, (1,3), (1,6) -β-glucan (eg, Lentinus edodes)
To). Details regarding these and other polysaccharides having a 1,3-β-linked skeleton are found in “Chemistry and Biology of (1 → 3)-
β-Glucans, BA Stone and AE Clarke, La Trobe University Press, Vic
toria, Australia, 1992, pp. 68-71, and 82-83.

[0032] Substituted and / or derived materials of arabinogalactan are also preferred in the present invention. Examples of these materials include carboxyl and hydroxymethyl substitutions (eg certain uronic acids in place of neutral sugar units), amino polysaccharides (amine substitutions), cationic quaternized polysaccharides, C _1- Examples include, but are not limited to, _C18 alkylated polysaccharides, acetylated polysaccharide ethers, polysaccharides with added amino acid residues (small fragments of glycoproteins), polysaccharides containing silicone moieties, and the like. These substituted and / or derived polysaccharides also have other advantages, for example, amine-substitutes bind and / or condense with areas damaged by oxidation of the fiber, reducing the age of the fiber. Can be rejuvenated and the acetylated sugar ether can act as a bleach activator in subsequent processing in the presence of hydrogen peroxide;
Polysaccharides with amino acid residues can improve the protective properties of fabrics containing proteinaceous fibers, such as wool and silk, and silicone-derived polysaccharides can enhance fabric flexibility and lubricity. Examples of derived arabinogalactans are:
Includes 3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyltrimethylammonium chloride derivative commercially available from Larex, Inc., and the arabinogalactan-protein described above.

The 1,3-β-linked skeleton (1,3-β-galactan, 1
, 3-β-D-mannan, 1,3-β-D-xylan and 1,3-β-D-glucan) have a pseudo-helical structure. These polysaccharides have a flexible backbone and, contrary to 1,4-β-glucan with stretched dimensions, are coiled in aqueous solution to form a spherical structure, and their apparent size (Rotational volume) tends to decrease. A polysaccharide having a 1,3-β-linked backbone and a broad branching via a 1,6-linkage, or a polysaccharide having a helical structure or 1,
Polysaccharides containing a 6-linked skeleton have enhanced flexibility due to the "coil-forming" nature of the 1,6-linked. In water, these polysaccharides containing a 1,3-β-linked skeleton and 1,6-branches, such as arabinogalactan, have a globular structure and are coiled, compact, flexible, and deformable. It has high flexibility to become fine particles. For example, arabinogalactan having a nominal molecular weight of about 18,000 has a size (
Rotation length) is only 5 nm to about 10 nm in dilute aqueous solution. This structural feature of a globular polysaccharide with helical structure and irregular coil-forming properties improves physical properties such as water solubility, low viscosity, and emulsification. The spherical, compact, flexible structural properties and low viscosity of the fabric-protecting polysaccharide having a 1,3-β-linked skeleton of the present invention, such as arabinogalactan, are important in providing fabric-protecting properties; Efficiently adheres / fills the spheres on the rough fabric surface, or these globules properly fit into openings and / or defect spaces on the fabric fiber surface, and the polysaccharide itself is oriented and usable It is thought that it can be adapted to a comfortable space. In addition, these low molecular weight (about 10,000 to about 150,000) polysaccharide globules of the present invention bind fibers and / or microfibrils very effectively at low levels by "point bonding". It is thought that it can be done. Thus, the fabric-protecting polysaccharide globules have many desirable advantages over various types of fabrics, such as cellulose (cotton, rayon, etc.), wool, silk, etc., such as fabric strengthening, fabric abrasion resistance. Reduction of properties and / or wear, removal and / or reduction of wrinkles, prevention and / or reduction of hair follicles, reduction of color retention and / or fading of textiles, restoration of color, reduction of stains on textiles, retention of textile shape, textiles And / or improved fabric feel / smoothness, reduced scratching.

Polysaccharides that have a helical structure but fall outside the above molecular weight ranges have different physical properties, such as low solubility and gelling properties (eg, starch, high molecular weight 1,4-α-D- Glucan).

The fabric-protecting polysaccharides having a globular structure of the present invention can provide at least some fabric-protecting properties to all types of fabrics, including fabrics made from natural fibers, synthetic fibers, and mixtures thereof. . Examples of fabric types that can be treated with the fabric protection composition of the present invention to provide fabric protection properties include (1) cellulosic fibers such as cotton, rayon, linen, Tenenecel, and (2) proteinaceous fibers such as Silk, wool and related mammalian fibers, (3) synthetic fibers such as polyester, acrylic, nylon, etc., (4) from jute, flax, ramie, coir, kapok, sisal, heneque, abaca, cannabis and sunhemp And the long plant fibers obtained, and (5) fabrics made from mixtures thereof. Surfaces and / or materials made of other non-living substrates and / or natural and / or synthetic fibers, such as nonwovens, pads, carpets, paper, disposable products, films, foamed materials, Treatment with fabric protecting polysaccharides containing a β-linked backbone can improve their properties.

For special applications, the composition will comprise from about 0.001 to about 20%, preferably from about 0.01 to about 10%, more preferably from about 0.1 to about 5% by weight of the use composition. % Of the fabric protective polysaccharide having a globular structure. The present invention also relates to concentrated liquid or solid compositions that are diluted to form compositions at use concentrations for use under "use conditions." The concentrate composition has a high level, typically about 1% of the concentrated fabric protection composition.
To about 99% by weight, preferably about 2 to about 65% by weight, more preferably about 3 to about 40% by weight.
% By weight of the fabric protective polysaccharide. Depending on the targeted fabric protection properties, the concentrate composition should also contain proportionately higher levels of the desired ingredients, if desired.

A typical composition supplied from a spray device will comprise from about 0.01 to about 5 of the use composition.
%, Preferably from about 0.05 to about 2%, more preferably from about 0.1 to about 1% by weight of the fabric protecting polysaccharide having a spherical structure. A typical use composition that undergoes a direct dip treatment followed by a drying step is from about 0.01 to about 2%, preferably from about 0.05 to about 1%, more preferably about 0% by weight of the use composition. 0.1 to about 0.5% by weight of the fabric protective polysaccharide. Also, diluted at the time of use, to obtain a desired use dipping composition,
Typically comprising about 0.5 to about 40%, preferably about 1 to about 25%, more preferably about 2 to about 15%, by weight of the concentrated composition, of a fabric protecting polysaccharide having a spherical structure. It is also common and practical to form more concentrated compositions. Depending on the targeted fabric protection properties, the concentrate composition should also contain proportionately higher levels of the desired ingredients, if desired. The concentrate composition can also be used and manufactured for producing use compositions for spray products, for example as refills.

Compositions added during washing, including liquid and granular detergent compositions and laundry additive compositions, typically comprise about 0.2 to about 30% by weight of the composition added during washing. %, Preferably from about 1 to about 20%, more preferably from about 2 to about 10%, by weight of the fabric protecting polysaccharide having a globular structure.

Typical rinsing compositions, including liquid fabric conditioners and other rinsing additive compositions, comprise from about 0.3 to about 40% by weight of the rinsing composition, preferably about Comprises from about 1 to about 25%, more preferably from about 2 to about 15%, by weight of the fabric protecting polysaccharide having a globular structure.

A typical use composition for use in a soak pre-wash treatment and / or as a wash cycle additive comprises from about 0.05 to about 40% by weight of the use composition, preferably about 0.1%.
From about 20%, more preferably from about 0.5% to about 10%, by weight of the fabric protecting polysaccharide having a globular structure. The more concentrated composition will have a high level, typically from about 1 to about 99%, preferably from about 2 to about 65%, more preferably from about 3 to about 40% by weight of the concentrated fabric protection composition. Comprising a fabric protecting polysaccharide. Depending on the targeted fabric protection properties, the concentrate composition should also contain proportionately higher levels of the desired ingredients, if desired.

The composition added in the dryer may comprise from about 0.01% to about 40% by weight of the composition added in the dryer.
And a fabric protecting polysaccharide having a spherical structure.

Auxiliary Fabric Protecting Oligosaccharides Optionally used in the present invention, preferred auxiliary fabric protecting agents are oligosaccharides, especially mixtures of oligosaccharides, especially isomaltooligosaccharides (IMO), including mixtures.
It is selected from the group consisting of the individual components of the mixture, their substituted forms, their derived forms, and mixtures thereof. Auxiliary fabric-protecting oligosaccharides provide certain fabric properties, such as wrinkle removal and / or reduction, hair ball protection, abrasion resistance, fabric color retention, and overall appearance properties, especially cellulosic fibers / fabrics, For example, cotton, rayon, ramie, jute, flax, linen, polynosic-fiber, Lyocell (Te
ncel®), polyester / cotton blends, other cotton blends, and the like, especially useful for cotton, rayon, linen, polyester / cotton blends, and mixtures thereof.

Suitable auxiliary fabric-protecting oligosaccharides useful in the present invention include those having a degree of polymerization (DP) of about 1 to about 15, preferably about 2 to about 10, wherein each The monomer is selected from the group consisting of reducing sugars having 5 and / or 6 carbon atoms, and isomaltose, isomalttriose, isomaltoterose, isomaltooligosaccharide, fructooligosaccharide, revoligosaccharide, galactooligosaccharide, xylooligosaccharide Gentio-oligosaccharide, disaccharide, glucose, fructose, galactose, xylose, mannose, arabinose, rhamnose, maltose, sucrose, lactose, maltulose, ribose, lyxose, allose, altrose, gulose, idose, talose, trehalose, nigerose, kojiviose, Lactulose, o Rigosaccharides, maltooligosaccharides, trisaccharides, tetrasaccharides, pentasaccharides, hexasaccharides, oligosaccharides obtained from partial hydrolysis of natural polysaccharide sources, and the like, and mixtures thereof, preferably mixtures of isomaltoligosaccharides, especially each Isomalto-oligos comprising about 3 to about 7 units of glucose and linked by 1,2-α, 1,3-α, 1,4-α, and 1,6-α bonds, and mixtures of these bonds A mixture including a sugar. Oligosaccharides containing β-linkages are also preferred. Preferred oligosaccharides are acyclic and have at least one linkage that is not an α-1,4-glycosidic linkage. A preferred oligosaccharide is a mixture comprising the IMO, i.e., 0 to about 20% glucose, about 10 to about 65% isomaltose, about 1 to about 45% by weight of the mixture.
Of isomalt triose, isomalt tetraose and isomalt pentaose, respectively, from 0 to about 3% by weight of isomalt hexaose, isomalt heptaose, isomalt octaose and isomalt nonaose, respectively.
2 to about 15% by weight of each of isomaltohexaose and isomaltoheptaose, from 0 to about 50% by weight of the mixture is isomaltooligosaccharide of 2 to 7 glucose units, 10% by weight is from about 7 to about 10 glucose units of isomaltooligosaccharide. Examples of preferred acyclic oligosaccharides are given below, without limitation, with an approximate content by weight%.

Isomaltooligosaccharide mixture I Trisaccharide (maltotriose, panose, isomalttriose) 40-65% Disaccharide (maltose, isomaltose) 5-15% Monosaccharide (glucose) 0-20% Higher branched sugar (4 <DP <10) 10-30% Isomaltooligosaccharide mixture II Trisaccharide (maltotriose, panose, isomalttriose) 10-25% Disaccharide (maltose, isomaltose) 10-55% Monosaccharide (glucose) 10-20% Higher branched sugar (4 <DP <10) 5-10% Isomaltooligosaccharide mixture III Tetrasaccharide (stachyose) 10-40% Trisaccharide (raffinose) 0-10% Disaccharide (sucrose, trehalose) 0 ５０50% Monosaccharide (glucose, fructose) 0-10% Other higher branched sugar (4 <DP <10) 0-5%

The oligosaccharide mixture is produced by an enzymatic reaction or is separated from plant material as a natural substance. In the enzymatic synthesis of oligosaccharides, monosaccharides are added, one at a time, to disaccharides or more to produce branched oligosaccharides or to degrade polysaccharides and subsequently move the sugars to branch positions. For example, oligosaccharide mixtures I and II are prepared by enzymatic hydrolysis of starch to maltooligosaccharides, which are then converted to isomaltooligosaccharides by a transglucosidase reaction. Oligosaccharide III is, for example, a mixture of oligosaccharides isolated from soy. Soy oligosaccharides, such as mixture III, are purely natural.

Cyclic oligosaccharides are also useful in the fabric protection compositions of the present invention. Preferred cyclic oligosaccharides include α-cyclodextrin, β-cyclodextrin, γ-cyclodextrin, and their branched derivatives such as glucosyl-α-cyclodextrin, diglucosyl-α-cyclodextrin, maltosyl-α-cyclodextrin, glucosyl. -Β-cyclodextrin, diglucosyl-β-cyclodextrin,
And mixtures thereof. For cyclodextrin, if desired,
There are also very important odor control benefits, which are described in more detail below.

The substituted and / or derived materials of the oligosaccharides listed above are also useful in the present invention. Examples of these materials include carboxyl and hydroxymethyl substituted (eg, glucuronic acid instead of glucose), amino oligosaccharides (amine substituted, eg, glucosamine instead of glucose), cationic quaternized oligosaccharides, C ₁ -C ₆ alkylated oligosaccharides, acetylated oligosaccharide ethers, oligosaccharides amino acid residues are added (small fragments of glycoprotein) include oligosaccharides containing silicone moieties. These substituted and / or derived oligosaccharides provide yet another advantage, for example, carboxyl and hydroxymethyl substitution introduces readily oxidizable substances on and in the fiber, and the fiber itself Can be oxidized by an oxidant, such as a bleach, to reduce the likelihood that the amine substitute will bind and / or condense with areas damaged by oxidation of the fiber and rejuvenate aging fiber Acetylated sugar ethers can act as bleach activators in subsequent treatments in the presence of hydrogen peroxide, and oligosaccharides with amino acid residues can be used to convert proteinaceous fibers, such as wool or silk, Fabric protection properties to the containing fibers can be improved, and silicone-derived oligosaccharides can enhance fabric flexibility and lubricity. C ₆ alkyl oligosaccharide (the other higher, i.e. with _C 6 _{-C 30} alkyl polysaccharides), U.S. Patent 4,565,647, issued on January 21, 1986 Llenado, the, foamed composition It is disclosed for use as a foaming agent in articles, such as laundry detergents, cosmetic and shampoo compositions, and fire-fighting compositions. C ₆ alkyl oligosaccharides have low surface activity and are not preferred for use as surfactants in the detergent compositions of the present invention, but are not known or recognized in US Pat. No. 4,565,647. Not, and / or
Or to provide undisclosed fabric protection properties. U.S. Patent No. 4,488,981, issued December 18, 1984, certain _C 1 -C ₆ alkylated oligosaccharides (lower alkyl glycosides) is used in an aqueous liquid detergent, their viscosity A method for lowering and preventing phase separation is disclosed. C ₁ -C ₆ alkylated oligosaccharides, but is not preferred for use as viscosity and phase modifiers in the liquid detergent composition of the present invention, not known in U.S. Pat. No. 4,488,981, It can be used to provide unrecognized and / or undisclosed fabric protection properties. These patents are hereby incorporated by reference.

It is believed that the fabric protecting oligosaccharides are adsorbed and bound to the cellulosic fabric and improve the properties of the fabric. The fabric-protecting oligosaccharide binds to and diffuses into cellulosic fibers, filling the fiber defects (amorphous areas), de-wrinkling, increasing strength,
And is believed to provide the advantage of improved appearance. The extent of the amorphous, amorphous zone was determined by PH Hermans and A. Weidinger, Journal of Polymer Science, Vol.
As reported in IV, p135-144, 1949, "X-ray studies on the crystallinity of cellulose", the relative crystallinity of cotton is about 70%, for example, depending on the type of cellulose fiber. Regenerated cellulose, for example, rayon, is about 30%. Amorphous areas are susceptible to chemical and physical modification, and it is believed that the durable pressing process fills the amorphous areas with molecules that can covalently crosslink the cellulose polymer and remove wrinkles (SP Rawland, "Modified Cellulosics", RM Rowell
And RA Young, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1978, pp. 147-167, GC
Cited by Tesoro, "Crosslinking of cellulosics", Handbook of Fiber Sci.
ence and Technology, Vol. II, p. 6, editors M. Lewin and SB Sello, Marcel
Published by Dekker, 1983). These documents are hereby incorporated by reference.

For certain applications, the composition will comprise from about 0.001% to about 20%, preferably from about 0.01% to about 10%, more preferably from about 0.1% to about 5%, by weight of the use composition. %,of,
Although optionally used, preferred oligosaccharides can be included. The present invention also relates to concentrated liquid or solid compositions that are diluted to form compositions at use concentrations for use under "use conditions." The concentrate composition may optionally contain high levels of typically from about 1 to about 50%, preferably from about 2 to about 40%, more preferably from about 3 to about 20% by weight of the concentrated fabric protection composition. It comprises the fabric protecting oligosaccharide used.

A typical composition delivered from a spray device will comprise from about 0.01 to about 3 of the use composition.
% By weight, preferably from about 0.05 to about 2%, more preferably from about 0.1 to about 1% by weight of the optional fabric protecting oligosaccharide. A typical use composition that undergoes a direct soak treatment followed by a fabric drying step will comprise from about 0.001 to about 2%, preferably from about 0.05 to about 1%, more preferably from about 0.001 to about 1% by weight of the use composition. 0.1 to about 0.5
Contains by weight% optionally used fabric protective oligosaccharides. Also, diluted at the time of use,
Typically about 1 to about 40%, preferably about 1 to about 25%, more preferably about 2 to about 15% by weight of the concentrated composition of the desired use dip composition to obtain the desired use dipping composition. It is also common and practical to form a more concentrated composition comprising the fabric protecting oligosaccharides used by E.I. The concentrate composition can also be used and manufactured for producing use compositions for spray products, for example as refills.

Compositions added during washing, including liquid and granular detergent compositions and laundry additive compositions, typically comprise about 0.2 to about 30% by weight of the composition added during washing. %, Preferably from about 1 to about 20%, more preferably from about 2 to about 12%, by weight of the optional fabric protecting oligosaccharide. Typical rinsing compositions, including liquid fabric conditioners and other rinsing additive compositions, comprise from about 0.1% to about 50%, preferably from about 1% by weight of the rinsing composition. From about 35%, more preferably from about 2 to about 18%, even more preferably from about 2 to about 10%, by weight of the optional fabric protecting oligosaccharide.

[0052] The composition added in the dryer is typically about 0.01 to 0.01% of the composition added in the dryer.
About 40% by weight, preferably about 0.1 to about 20% by weight, more preferably about 1 to about 1%
Contains 0% by weight of the optionally used fabric protective oligosaccharide. For example, compositions added in aqueous dryers that are applied directly to the fabric by a spray mechanism may have lower levels, typically from about 0.01 to about 25% by weight of the composition, preferably from about 0.1 to about 25%. 10% by weight, more preferably about 0.2 to about 5% by weight, even more preferably about 0.3 to about 3% by weight.
% By weight of the optionally used fabric protective oligosaccharide.

The fabric-protecting polysaccharide and the optional fabric-protecting oligosaccharide both have a compact structure, but differ in size. Smaller oligosaccharides can diffuse and penetrate into smaller defects, such as amorphous areas of cotton fibers, while larger polysaccharides can create larger openings and / or defects on the fabric fiber surface. It is believed that it can be filled. Thus, depending on the targeted fabric protection properties, the fabric protection polysaccharide can be used alone or in a mixture with the optional fabric protection oligosaccharide. If the optional fabric protecting oligosaccharide is present, the weight ratio of the oligosaccharide to the fabric protecting polysaccharide is typically from about 1:99 to about 99: 1, preferably from about 15:85 to about 85:15, More preferably, the ratio is from about 30:70 to about 70:30.

Examples of other optional components are set forth below, but are not limited thereto.

Other Optional Ingredients The fabric protecting composition of the present invention improves the performance of the fabric protecting polysaccharide having a spherical structure in the fields of, for example, wrinkle control, abrasion resistance, stain release, and the like, or Other optional ingredients may be included to add other properties, such as odor control, antimicrobial properties, and the like. Examples of optional components are given below, but are not limited thereto.

Fiber Lubricants The fabric protection composition of the present invention comprises a fiber lubricant optionally used to impart lubricating properties to the fibers of the fabric, especially clothing, or to increase the slip performance. be able to. Without being bound by theory, it is believed that the fiber lubricant facilitates the movement of the fibers with one another (slipping) and releases the fibers from wrinkling in wet or damp fabrics. After the fibers have dried, the fiber lubricant, especially silicone, can provide lubricity and reduce the tendency of the fabric to re-wrinkle.

(A) Silicone The present invention can use the preferred fiber lubricant, silicone, to impart lubricating properties to the fabric, especially the fibers of the garment, or to increase the slipperiness of the fibers.
Examples of silicones useful in the compositions of the present invention include non-curable silicones, such as polydimethyl silicone and volatile silicone, and curable silicones, such as amino silicone, phenyl silicone and hydroxy silicone. The term "silicone" as used herein, unless otherwise indicated, is preferably
Mean emulsified silicone, including commercially available silicone and silicone emulsified in the composition. Preferably, the silicone is hydrophobic, non-irritating and non-toxic, not harmful when applied to fabrics or in contact with human skin, and is chemically stable under normal use and storage conditions. , Can adhere to fabric.

When the composition of the present invention is supplied from a spray supply device in a consumer home setting, a non-curable silicone, such as polydimethyl silicone, especially volatile silicone, is preferred. Curable and / or reactive silicones, such as amino-functional silicones and silicones containing reactive groups, such as Si-OH, Si-H, silanes, etc., are sprayed but do not adhere to clothing, flooring, For example, some of the composition that has fallen on the surface of carpets, carpets, concrete floors, tiled floors, linoleum floors, bathtub floors leaves a silicone layer, which may harden and / or bond to the flooring surface. , In this situation is less preferred. Such silicones bonded to the surface are difficult to remove from the flooring surface. As a result, the surface of the flooring material becomes slippery, which may pose a danger to household members. Curable and reactive silicones may be added in articles such as flexible bags and in other non-spray fabric treatment methods, such as dipping, adding during washing, adding during rinsing, and drying. It can be used in compositions specifically designed to be used in an additive manner. Many types of amino-functional silicones also cause fabric yellowing. Thus, silicones that cause discoloration of the fabric are also not preferred.

Preferred silicones have the formula [(CH₃)₂SiO]_n(Where n is about 3 to about 7)
Volatile silicone, which is preferably about 5 (D5)).
Fluid or the formula (CH₃)₃SiO [(CH₃)₂SiO]_mSi (CH₃) ₃ (Wherein m may be 0 or more, and the viscosity of the silicone at 25 ° C. is preferably about
(With an average value such that it is less than 5 centistokes)
Polymer fluid.

[0060] Non-volatile silicones useful and preferred in the compositions of the present invention are silicone fluids of polyalkyl and / or phenyl silicone and gums having the formula:

A—Si (R ₂ ) —O— [Si (R ₂ ) —O—] _q —Si (R ₂ ) —A An alkyl group (R) substituted on a siloxane chain, or a terminal of the siloxane chain. The alkyl group (A) substituted with may have any structure as long as the obtained silicone remains fluid at room temperature.

Each R group may preferably be an alkyl, aryl, hydroxy or hydroxyalkyl group, and mixtures thereof, more preferably each R is a methyl, ethyl, propyl or phenyl group, most preferably R Is methyl. Each A group that blocks the end of the silicone chain is hydrogen, methyl, methoxy, ethoxy,
It may be a hydroxy, propoxy, and aryloxy group, preferably methyl. Suitable A groups include hydrogen, methyl, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, and propoxy. q is preferably an integer from about 7 to about 8,000.
A preferred silicone is polydimethylsiloxane, and a more preferred silicone is a polydimethylsiloxane having a viscosity at 25 ° C. of about 50 to about 1,000,000 centistokes. Mixtures of volatile silicones and non-volatile polydimethylsiloxanes are also preferred. Suitable examples are Dow Corning Corporation and Gener
Includes silicones available from al Electric Company.

Other useful but less preferred silicone materials than polydimethylsiloxane include those having the formula:

HO— [Si (CH ₃ ) ₂ —O] _x — {Si (OH) [(CH ₂ ) ₃ —NH— (CH ₂ ) ₂ —NH ₂ ] O} _y —H where x and y depends on the molecular weight of the silicone and has a viscosity at 25 ° C. of about 10,000 cst to about 500,000 cst. This material is called "a
Also called "modimethicone". Silicones containing a high number of amine groups, eg, greater than about 0.5 millimolar equivalents, can also be used, but are not preferred because they can cause yellowing of the fabric.

Similarly, usable silicone materials are of the formula (R¹)_aG_3-a-Si-(-OSiG₂)_n-(OSig_b(R¹)_2-b)_m-O-Si
G_3-a(R¹)_a Where G is hydrogen, phenyl, OH, and / or C₁~ C₈From alkyl
A represents 0 or an integer of 1 to 3, b represents 0 or 1,
The sum of n + m is a number from 1 to about 2,000;¹Is the formula C_pH_2pMonovalent group of L
And p is an integer of 2 to 8, and L is -N (R²) CH₂-CH₂−N (R²)₂, -N (R²)₂, -N⁺(R²)₃A⁻, And -N⁺(R²) CH₂-CH₂N⁺H₂A⁻ Selected from the group consisting of²Is hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl, saturated charcoal
Each A is selected from the group consisting of hydride groups⁻Is a compatible anion, such as halo
Gender ion), and the formula R³-N⁺(CH₃)₂-Z- [Si (CH₃)₂O]_f-Si (CH₃)₂-Z-N⁺(CH
₃)₂-R³・ 2CH₃COO⁻ (Where Z is -CH₂-CH (OH) -CH₂O-CH₂)₃-And R³Is
Represents a long chain alkyl group, and f represents an integer of at least about 2).

In the formulas shown here, the definitions apply individually and include the average.

Another silicone that can be used but not as preferred as polydimethylsiloxane is
It has the following formula: _{(CH 3) 3 Si- [OSi} (CH 3) 2] n - {OSi (CH 3) [(CH 2) 3 -NH- (C
_{H 2) 2 -NH 2]}} m -OSi (CH 3) ₃ wherein, n and m are the same as above. Preferred silicones of this type are those which do not cause discoloration of the fabric.

Alternatively, the silicone material can be formed as part or part of an oligosaccharide molecule. These materials provide lubricity benefits in addition to the expected fabric protection properties. Another example of a dual-functional silicone material useful in the present invention is an auxiliary shape-retaining copolymer to which a siloxane macromer has been grafted. The non-silicone backbone of such polymers should have a molecular weight of from about 5,000 to about 1,000,000, and the polymer should have a glass transition temperature (Tg), i. The temperature at which it changes to the plastic state should be above about -20 ° C. The auxiliary shape-retaining silicone-containing polymers useful in the present invention are described in more detail below, along with other auxiliary shape-retaining polymers.

When present, the silicone is present in an amount effective to provide at least fiber lubricity, typically about 0.1 to about 5% by weight of the use composition, preferably about 0%.
. It is present in an amount from 2 to about 3% by weight, more preferably from about 0.3 to about 2% by weight.

[0070] Silicone is also a useful optional ingredient in the fabric protection composition added during rinsing of the present invention. The silicone may be polydimethylsiloxane (polydimethylsilicone or PDMS), or a derivative thereof, such as aminosilicone, ethoxylated silicone, and the like. PDMS is a low molecular weight silicone, for example, having a viscosity of about 2 to about 5000 cSt, preferably about 5 to about 500 cSt, more preferably about 25 to about 200 cSt. Silicone emulsions can be conveniently used to make the compositions of the present invention. However, in compositions comprising a fabric softening active, the silicone is preferably not emulsified, at least initially. That is, the silicone should be emulsified in the composition itself. During the manufacture of the composition, the silicone preferably comprises water and optionally other,
It is added to a "water sheet" comprising components that usually stay in the aqueous phase.

It is preferred to use low molecular weight PDMS for the fabric protection composition of the present invention. Low molecular weight PDMS is easily formulated without pre-emulsification.

[0072] Silicone derivatives, such as amino-functional silicones, quaternized silicones, and silicone derivatives containing Si-OH, Si-H, and / or Si-Cl bonds can be used. However, these silicone derivatives are usually more adherent to the fabric and may accumulate on the fabric after repeated treatments and may actually reduce the absorbency of the fabric.

When added to water, the fabric softener composition causes the cationic fabric softening active to adhere to the fabric surface and provide a fabric softening effect. However, typical washing methods using automatic washing machines can significantly reduce the water absorbency of cotton fabrics at high softening active ingredient levels and / or after many cycles. When used with this level of fabric softening active, the silicone improves the water absorption of the fabric, especially the freshly treated fabric, without adversely affecting the fabric softening performance. Since silicone is inherently hydrophobic, the mechanism by which this improved water absorption occurs is not well understood. It is very surprising that the water absorption is improved, rather than reduced. PDMS, in addition to improving the rewetability of the fabric, also improves the ease of ironing.

The amount of PDMS required to significantly improve water absorption depends on the initial rewet performance, which depends on the type of detergent used in the laundry. An effective amount is about 2 ppm to about 50 ppm, preferably about 5 to about 20 ppm, in the rinse water. The ratio of PDMS to the softening active is from about 2: 100 to about 50: 100, preferably from about 3: 100 to about 35: 100, more preferably from about 4: 100 to about 25:
100. This is typically about 0.2% to about 20%, preferably about 0.5%.
% To about 10%, more preferably about 1% to about 5% silicone.

(B) Synthetic solid particles Solid polymeric particles having an average particle size of less than about 10 microns, preferably less than 5 microns, more preferably less than about 1 micron, such as Velustrol commercially available from Clariant
The P-40 oxidized polyethylene emulsion can be used as a lubricant because it acts as a "roller-bearing". When solid polymeric particles are present, these particles are present in an amount effective to provide fiber lubricity, typically from about 0.01 to about 0.01% of the composition employed.
It is present in an amount of about 3% by weight, preferably about 0.05 to about 1% by weight, more preferably about 0.1 to about 0.5% by weight.

Auxiliary Fabric Shape Retaining Polymers These polymers, which may be natural or synthetic, can function by forming a coating and / or by exerting adhesive properties. For example,
The present invention can optionally use an arm-forming and / or adhesive polymer to retain the shape of the fabric, especially the garment. By "adhesive" is meant that the polymer can bind to the surface when applied to the fiber surface as a solution or dispersion and dried. The polymer can form a coating on the surface or is between two fibers,
When in contact with those two fibers, the two fibers can be joined together. Other polymers, such as starch, can form a coating and / or combine fibers by pressing the treated fabric with a hot iron. Such a coating has adhesive strength, cohesive failure strength, and cohesive failure strain.

Examples of natural polymers include, but are not limited to, starch and its derivatives, and chitin and its derivatives.

The synthetic polymers useful in the present invention are composed of monomers. Examples of monomers that can be used to form the synthetic polymers of the present invention include low molecular weight C ₁ -C ₆ unsaturated organic mono- and polycarboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, croton acid, maleic acid and its half esters, itaconic acid, and mixtures thereof, said acid and _C 1 _{-C 12} alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol, 1-
Propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-methyl-1-propanol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, 2-methyl-
1-butanol, 1-methyl-1-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol,
1-methyl-1-pentanol, 2-methyl-1-pentanol, 3-methyl-
1-pentanol, t-butanol, cyclohexanol, 2-ethyl-1-butanol, neodecanol, 3-heptanol, benzyl alcohol, 2-octanol, 6-methyl-1-heptanol, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, 3
, 5-dimethyl-1-hexanol, 3,5,5-trimethyl-1-hexanol, 1-decanol, 1-dodecanol, and the like, and mixtures thereof, but are not limited thereto. Examples of such esters are methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, t-butyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, methoxyethyl methacrylate, and mixtures thereof, amides and imides of the acid, such as N, N -Dimethylacrylamide, Nt
-Butylacrylamide, maleimide, low molecular weight unsaturated alcohol,
For example, vinyl alcohol (prepared by hydrolysis of vinyl acetate after polymerization), allyl alcohol, esters of the alcohol with low molecular weight carboxylic acids, such as vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, ethers of the alcohol, such as methyl vinyl ether, aromatic vinyl, such as Polar vinyl heterocyclic compounds such as styrene, alpha-methylstyrene, t-butylstyrene, vinyltoluene, polystyrene macromer, etc., such as vinylpyrrolidone, vinylcaprolactam, vinylpyridine, vinylimidazole, and mixtures thereof, and other unsaturated Amines and amides,
For example, vinylamine, diethylenetriamine, dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, ethenylformamide, vinylsulfonate, salts of the above acids and amines, low molecular weight unsaturated hydrocarbons and derivatives such as ethylene, propylene, butadiene, cyclohexadiene, vinyl chloride, But not limited to vinylidene chloride, and mixtures thereof, and alkyl quaternized derivatives thereof, and mixtures thereof. Preferably, the monomers are vinyl alcohol, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, t-butyl acrylate, t-butyl methacrylate, n-butyl acrylate, n-methacrylate. Butyl, isobutyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, N, N-dimethylacrylamide, N, N-dimethylmethacrylamide, Nt-butylacrylamide, vinylpyrrolidone, vinylpyridine, adipic acid, diethylenetriamine , Their salts and their alkyl quaternized derivatives, and mixtures thereof.

Preferably, the monomer has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of from about −20 ° C. to about 150 ° C.
° C, preferably about -10 ° C to about 150 ° C, more preferably about 0 ° C to about 100 ° C,
To form a homopolymer and / or copolymer (i.e., a film-forming and / or adhesive polymer), most preferably, the adhesive polymer is excessively tacky when dried to form a film. The Tg is at least about 25 ° C. so that there is no or no touch when touched. Preferably, the polymer is soluble and / or dispersible in water and / or alcohol. The polymer typically has a molecular weight of at least about 500, preferably from about 1,000 to about 2,000,000, more preferably from about 5,000 to about 1,000,000, and may have some weight For coalescence, more preferably from about 30,000 to about 300,000.

Examples of homopolymers and copolymers that can be used in the film-forming and / or adhesive polymer of the present invention include adipic acid / dimethylaminohydroxypropyldiethylenetriamine copolymer, adipic acid / epoxypropyldiethylenetriamine copolymer , Poly (vinylpyrrolidone / dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate), polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyridine n-oxide, methacryloylethyl betaine / methacrylate copolymer, ethyl acrylate / methyl methacrylate /
Methacrylic acid / acrylic acid copolymer, polyamine resin, and polyquaternary amine resin, poly (ethenylformamide), poly (vinylamine) hydrochloride, poly (vinyl alcohol-co-6% vinylamine), poly (vinyl alcohol) -Ko-12
% Vinylamine), poly (vinyl alcohol-co-6% vinylamine hydrochloride),
And poly (vinyl alcohol-co-12% vinylamine hydrochloride), but are not limited thereto. Preferably, the copolymer and / or homopolymer is adipic acid / dimethylaminohydroxypropyldiethylenetriamine copolymer, poly (vinylpyrrolidone / dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate), polyvinyl alcohol, ethyl acrylate / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid / Acrylic acid copolymer, methacryloylethyl betaine / methacrylate copolymer, polyquaternary amine resin, poly (ethenylformamide), poly (vinylamine) hydrochloride, poly (vinyl alcohol-co-6% vinylamine), poly ( Vinyl alcohol-co-12% vinylamine), poly (vinyl alcohol-co-6%)
Vinylamine hydrochloride), and poly (vinyl alcohol-co-12% vinylamine hydrochloride).

Examples of preferred commercially available polymers are polyvinylpyrrolidone / dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymers, such as Copolymer 958 (trade name), available from GAF Chemicals Corporation, having a molecular weight of about 100,000 and a Polymer 937, having a molecular weight of about 100,000. 1,000,000, adipic acid / dimethylaminohydroxypropyldiethylenetriamine copolymer, such as commercially available from Sandoz Chemicals Corporation
Cartaretin F-4 (trade name) and F-23, methacryloylethyl betaine / methacrylate copolymer, such as Diafor available from Mitsubishi Chemicals Corporation
mer Z-SM (trade name), polyvinyl alcohol copolymer resin such as Air Products
and Vinex 2019 (trade name) from Clariant or Mo
weol (trade name), adipic acid / epoxypropyldiethylene triamine copolymer, such as Delsette 101 (trade name) available from Hercules Incorporated; polyamine resins, such as Cypro 515 (trade name) commercially available from Cytec Industries, polyquaternary amine Resins, such as Kymene 557H (trade name) available from Hercules Incorporated,
And polyvinylpyrrolidone / acrylic acid, such as Sokalan EG 3 commercially available from BASF
10 (trade name), but not limited to these.

[0082] Preferred polymers useful in the present invention are selected from the group consisting of copolymers of hydrophilic and hydrophobic monomers. The polymer may be a linear random or block copolymer, and mixtures thereof. Such hydrophobic / hydrophilic copolymers typically have a hydrophobic mono / hydrophilic monomer ratio of from about 95: 5 to about 20:20 by weight of the copolymer.
80, preferably from about 90:10 to about 40:60, more preferably from about 80:20 to
It is about 50:50. The hydrophobic monomer may comprise a single hydrophobic monomer or a mixture of hydrophobic monomers, and the hydrophilic monomer may comprise a single hydrophilic monomer or a mixture of hydrophilic monomers. As used herein, the term "hydrophobic" conforms to its standard meaning of lacking affinity for water, and "hydrophilic" conforms to its standard meaning of having affinity for water. As used herein with respect to polymeric materials, including monomer units and copolymers,
"Hydrophobic" means substantially insoluble in water, and "hydrophilic" means substantially soluble in water. In this regard, "substantially insoluble in water" means not soluble in distilled (or equivalent) water at 25 ° C at a concentration of about 0.2% by weight, preferably about 0% by weight.
. Does not dissolve 1% by weight (calculated based on the weight of monomer or polymer in addition to water)
Used for materials. "Substantially soluble in water" refers to distilled (or equivalent) water,
It is used for materials that dissolve at 25 ° C. a concentration of about 0.2% by weight, preferably about 0.1% by weight. The terms “soluble”, “solubility”, and the like, for the purposes of the present invention, can be dissolved in water or other solvents to form a homogeneous solution, as is well understood by those skilled in the art (where applicable). C) corresponds to the maximum concentration of monomer or polymer.

Examples of useful hydrophobic monomers are C ₁ -C ₁₈ alkyl acrylates, such as methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, t-butyl acrylate, C ₁ -C ₁₈ alkyl methacrylates, such as methacrylic acid Methyl, methacrylic acid 2
-Ethylhexyl, methoxyethyl methacrylate, vinyl alcohol esters of carboxylic acids, such as vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl neodecanoate, aromatic vinyls, such as styrene, t-butylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl ethers, such as methyl vinyl ether, vinyl chloride , Vinylidene chloride, ethylene, propylene, other unsaturated hydrocarbons, and the like, and mixtures thereof, but are not limited thereto. Preferred hydrophobic monomers include methyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, t-butyl acrylate, t-butyl methacrylate, n-butyl acrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, and mixtures thereof.

Examples of useful hydrophilic monomers are unsaturated mono- and polycarboxylic acids, such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid and its half esters, itaconic acid, unsaturated esters. Alcohols, such as vinyl alcohol, allyl alcohol, polar vinyl heterocyclic compounds, such as vinyl pyrrolidone,
Vinylcaprolactam, vinylpyridine, vinylimidazole, vinylamine,
Vinyl sulfonates, unsaturated amides, such as acrylamide, such as N
, N-dimethylacrylamide, Nt-butylacrylamide, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, salts of the above acids and amines, and the like, and mixtures thereof, but are not limited thereto. Preferred hydrophilic monomers include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, N, N-dimethylacrylamide, N, N-dimethylmethacrylamide, Nt-butylacrylamide, dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, vinylpyrrolidone, salts thereof, and salts thereof. There are alkyl quaternized derivatives, and mixtures thereof.

Examples of the polymer used in the present invention include the following substances (the composition of the copolymer is shown as an approximate weight% of each monomer used in the polymerization reaction used in the production of the polymer): Vinylpyrrolidone / vinyl acetate copolymer (at a ratio of up to about 30% by weight of vinylpyrrolidone), dimethylacrylamide / t-butyl acrylate / ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (10/45/45), vinylpyrrolidone / vinyl acetate / Butyl acrylate copolymer (10/78/12 and 10/70/20),
Vinyl pyrrolidone / vinyl propionate copolymer (5/95), vinyl caprolactam / vinyl acetate copolymer (5/95), acrylic acid / t-butyl acrylate (25/75), and Ultrahold from Ciba Geigy A styling resin (ethyl acrylate / acrylic acid / Nt-butylacrylamide copolymer) commercially available under the trade name, Resyn 28-1310 (trade name) commercially available from National Starch, and Luviset CA 66 (a commercial product from BASF) Name) (vinyl acetate / vinyl propionate / crotonic acid 50/40/10), Resyn 28-2930 (trade name) commercially available from National Starch
Vinyl acetate / vinyl neodecanoate / crotonic acid copolymer), Amerhold DR-25 (trade name) commercially available from Union Carbide (ethyl acrylate / methacrylic acid / methyl methacrylate / acrylic acid copolymer), and commercially available from BASF Polygen A (trade name) (polyacrylate dispersion), but is not limited thereto.

Preferably, the auxiliary shape-retaining polymer comprises an effective amount of a monomer having a carboxyl group. Highly preferred auxiliary shape-retaining copolymers are hydrophobic monomers, and unsaturated mono- and polycarboxylic acid monomers such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid and its half esters, A hydrophilic monomer comprising itaconic acid, and salts thereof, and mixtures thereof, and optionally other hydrophilic monomers.

Examples of hydrophilic unsaturated unsaturated monocarboxylic and polycarboxylic monomers are acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid and its half esters,
Itaconic acid, and salts thereof, and mixtures thereof. Examples of hydrophobic monomers, the above unsaturated organic mono- and polycarboxylic acids and C ₁ -C ₁₂ alcohol, such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-
Propanol, 1-butanol, 2-methyl-1-propanol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, 2-methyl-1-butanol, 1
-Methyl-1-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, 1-methyl-1-pentanol, 2-methyl-1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-pentanol,
t-butanol, cyclohexanol, 2-ethyl-1-butanol and mixtures thereof, preferably methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-methyl-1-propanol, t-butanol, And mixtures thereof, but not limited thereto. One highly preferred copolymer comprises acrylic acid and t-butyl acrylate monomer units, preferably in a ratio of about 90:10 acrylic acid / t-butyl acrylate.
About 10:90, preferably about 70:30 to about 15:85, more preferably about 4:90.
0:60 to about 20:80. Acrylic acid / acrylic acid t- useful in the present invention
Examples of butyl copolymers typically have a molecular weight of about 1,000 to about 2,000,000.
0, preferably about 5,000 to about 1,000,000, more preferably about 30,
A copolymer having a weight ratio of acrylic acid / t-butyl acrylate of about 25:75 and an average molecular weight of about 70,000 to about 100,000; / T-butyl acrylate has an approximate weight ratio of about 35
: 65 and an average molecular weight of about 60,000 to about 90,000, but is not limited thereto.

The film-forming and / or adhesive polymer of the present invention may be present in at least a shape-retaining effective amount, typically from about 0.05 to about 10% by weight of the composition used, preferably from about 0.1 to about 0.1%.
To about 5% by weight, more preferably about 0.2 to about 3% by weight, and even more preferably about 0.
3 to about 1.5% by weight.

The adhesive polymer may be present in the composition such that the amount of the polymer is about 0.5 to the weight of the dry fabric.
001 to about 1% by weight, preferably about 0.01 to about 0.5% by weight, more preferably about 0.02 to about 0.4% by weight.

[0090] Higher or lower levels of weight are used as long as they are used in an amount effective to impart adhesion and film forming properties to the composition, and can be formulated and effectively applied to its intended purpose. It does not preclude the use of coalescence.

The silicone and the film-forming polymer can be combined to produce a preferred wrinkle reducing active. Typically, the weight ratio of silicone to film-forming polymer is
About 10: 1 to about 1:10, preferably about 5: 1 to about 1: 5, more preferably about 2
: 1 to about 1: 2. Typically, preferred wrinkle reducing actives of the silicone + polymer comprise from about 0.1 to about 8%, preferably from about 0.3 to about 5%, by weight of the composition,
More preferably, it is present in an amount of about 0.5 to about 3% by weight.

[0092] The optionally used but preferred adhesive and / or film-forming polymers useful in the compositions of the present invention actually comprise a silicone moiety within the polymer itself. These preferred polymers include silicone and graft and block copolymers of moieties containing the hydrophilic and / or hydrophobic monomers described above. The silicone-containing copolymer in the spray composition of the present invention provides shape retention, body, and / or a good, flexible fabric feel. Highly preferred silicone-containing copolymers are hydrophobic monomers, and unsaturated organic mono- and polycarboxylic monomers such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid and its half esters, itaconic acid, And their salts, and mixtures thereof, and optionally other hydrophilic monomers.

[0093] Both the silicone-containing graft and block copolymers useful in the present invention have the following properties.

(1) the silicone moiety is covalently bonded to the non-silicone moiety, (2) the molecular weight of the silicone moiety is from about 1,000 to about 50,000, (3) the non-silicone moiety is The entire coalesced must be dissolved or dispersed in the wrinkle control composition medium and the copolymer adhered / cohered to the treated fabric.

[0095] Suitable silicone copolymers include the following materials. (A) Silicone Graft Copolymer Preferred silicone-containing polymers are silicone graft copolymers containing acrylate groups and are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,658,557, Bolich et al., 1;
Promulgated August 19, 997, U.S. Patent No. 4,693,935, Mazurek, 198.
Promulgated on September 15, 2007, and U.S. Pat. No. 4,728,571, Clemens et al.
, Issued March 1, 1988, together with their methods of manufacture. Another silicone-containing polymer is disclosed in US Pat.
No., 480,634, Hayama et al., Promulgated on October 2, 1996, No. 5,16.
No. 6,276, Hayama et al., Promulgated November 24, 1992, No. 5,061,
No. 481, promulgated on November 24, 1992, Suzuki et al., US Pat.
No. 6,609, Bolich et al., Promulgated on April 21, 1992, U.S. Pat.
00,658, Bolich et al., Issued March 31, 1992, U.S. Pat.
No. 100,657, Ansher-Jackson et al., Issued Mar. 31, 1992, U.S. Pat. No. 5,104,646, Bolich et al., Issued Apr. 14, 1992. ing.

These polymers preferably have a vinyl polymeric backbone, onto which a monovalent siloxane polymeric moiety and a non-silicone hydrophilic and hydrophobic monomer are grafted. And coalescence.

[0097] The silicone-containing monomer is represented by the following general formula. _{X (Y) n Si (R} ) in _{3-m Z m} formula, X is a polymerizable group, for example, a vinyl group, a part of the polymer backbone,
Y is a divalent linking group, R represents hydrogen, hydroxyl, lower alkyl (e.g., _C 1 _-C 4), aryl, alkaryl, alkoxy or alkylamino,, Z has an average molecular weight of at least about 500 A monovalent polymeric siloxane moiety, which is substantially non-reactive under copolymerization conditions, hangs from the vinyl polymeric skeleton described above, n is 0 or 1, and m is 1 to It is an integer of 3.

Preferred silicone-containing monomers have a weight average molecular weight of about 1,000 to about 50.
3,000, preferably from about 3,000 to about 40,000, most preferably about 50,000
00 to about 20,000.

Preferred silicone-containing monomers have, by way of non-limiting example, the following formula:

Embedded image

In these structures, m is an integer of 1 to 3, preferably 1, p is 0 or 1, q is an integer of 2 to 6, and n is an integer of 0 to 4, preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0, and R ¹ is hydrogen, lower alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy,
Aryl, alkylamino, preferably R ¹ is alkyl, R ″ is alkyl or hydrogen, X is CH (R ³ ) ＝ C (R ⁴ ) —, R ³ is hydrogen or —COOH, Preferably, it is hydrogen, R ⁴ is hydrogen, methyl or —CH ₂ COOH, preferably methyl, Z is R ⁵ — [Si (R ⁶ ) (R ⁷ ) —O—] _r , R ⁵ , R ⁶ and R ⁷ are independently lower alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, hydrogen or hydroxyl, preferably alkyl, and r is about 1
0 to about 700, preferably about 40 to about 600, more preferably about 70 to about 300
Is an integer. Most preferably, R ⁵ , R ⁶ , and R ⁷ are methyl and p = 0
, Q = 3.

The silicone-containing adhesive and / or film forming copolymers useful in the present invention include
% To about 90%, preferably about 10% to about 80%, more preferably about 40% to about 7%.
5% of a hydrophobic monomer, 0% to about 90%, preferably about 5% to about 80%, of a hydrophilic monomer, and about 5% to about 50%, preferably about 10% to about 40%, and more. Preferably, about 15% to about 25% comprises the silicone-containing monomer.

The composition of a particular copolymer helps determine its formulation properties. In fact, by appropriate selection and combination of specific hydrophobic, hydrophilic and silicone-containing components, the copolymer can be optimized for incorporation into a particular medium. For example, a polymer that is soluble in an aqueous formulation can have from 0% to about 70%, preferably from about 5% to about 70%, of a hydrophobic monomer, and from about 30% to about 98%, preferably from about 30% to about 70%. Preferably, it comprises 80% of a hydrophilic monomer and about 1% to about 40% of a silicone-containing monomer. The dispersible polymer preferably comprises from 0% to about 70%, more preferably from about 5% to about 70%, of the hydrophobic monomer, and from about 20% to about 80%, more preferably about 20%.
From about 1% to about 40% hydrophilic monomer, and from about 1% to about 40% silicone-containing monomer.

The silicone-containing copolymer preferably has a weight average molecular weight of about 10,000 to about 1,000,000, preferably about 30,000 to about 300,000.

A preferred polymer is a vinyl polymeric backbone, preferably having a Tg or Tm of about −20 ° C. as defined above, and a weight average molecular weight of about 1,000 to about Comprising 50,000, preferably from about 5,000 to about 40,000, most preferably from about 7,000 to about 20,000 polydimethylsiloxane macromers. The polymer, when formulated into the final composition and then dried, has a polymer phase comprising a discontinuous phase comprising polydimethylsiloxane macromer,
And a polymer that separates into a continuous phase containing a skeleton. Typical silicone grafted polymers used in the present invention include the following materials (copolymer composition is indicated by approximate weight percent of each monomer used in the polymerization reaction to produce the copolymer): . N, N-dimethylacrylamide / isobutyl methacrylate / (PDMS macromer-estimated molecular weight 20,000) (PDMS is polydimethylsiloxane) (20/60/20 w / w / w), average molecular weight of about 400,000 Polymer, N, N-dimethylacrylamide / (PDMS macromer-estimated molecular weight 20,
000) (80/20 w / w), a copolymer having an average molecular weight of about 300,000, t-butyl acrylate / N, N-dimethylacrylamide / (PDMS macromer-
Estimated molecular weight 10,000) (70/10/20), average molecular weight about 400,000
And (N, N, N-trimethylammonioethyl methacrylate chloride) / N, N-dimethylacrylamide / (PDMS macromer-estimated molecular weight 15,000) (40/40/20), average molecular weight of about 150 2,000 copolymer.

Highly preferred auxiliary shape-retaining copolymers of this type are hydrophobic monomers, silicone-containing monomers, and unsaturated mono- and polycarboxylic acid monomers such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid. , Maleic acid and its half esters, itaconic acid, and salts thereof, and mixtures thereof. Highly preferred copolymers are composed of acrylic acid, t-butyl acrylate and silicone-containing monomer units, and are preferably about 20
% To about 90%, preferably about 30% to about 80%, more preferably about 50% to about 7%.
5% t-butyl acrylate, about 5% to about 60%, preferably about 8% to about 45%
More preferably about 10% to about 30% acrylic acid, and about 5% to about 50%,
Preferably about 7% to about 40%, more preferably about 10% to about 30%, having an average molecular weight of about 1,000 to about 50,000, preferably about 5,000 to about 40,000.
Most preferably, it contains from about 7,000 to about 20,000 polydimethylsiloxane. An example of an acrylic acid / t-butyl acrylate / polydimethylsiloxane macromer copolymer useful in the present invention is an approximate monomer weight ratio of t-butyl acrylate / acrylic acid / (polydimethylsiloxane macromer, approximate molecular weight 10,0
00) (70/10/20 w / w / w), copolymer having an average molecular weight of about 300,000, t-butyl acrylate / acrylic acid / (polydimethylsiloxane macromer, estimated molecular weight 10,000) (65/25) / 10 w / w / w), average molecular weight about 2
000-000 copolymer, t-butyl acrylate / acrylic acid / (polydimethylsiloxane macromer, estimated molecular weight 10,000) (63/20/17) Polymer and methacrylic acid n
-Butyl / acrylic acid / (polydimethylsiloxane macromer, approximate molecular weight 20
000) (70/10/20), a copolymer having an average molecular weight of about 100,000, but is not limited thereto. A useful copolymer of this kind is Mitsubishi
Diahold ™ ME, commercially available from Chemicals Corp., t-butyl acrylate / acrylic acid / (polydimethylsiloxane macromer, estimated molecular weight 12,000) (
60/20/20), a copolymer having an average molecular weight of about 128,000.

(B) Silicone Block Copolymers Silicone block copolymers comprising recurring units of polysiloxane are also useful herein.

Examples of silicone-containing block copolymers are all described in US Pat. No. 5,523,365, Geck et al., Issued Jun. 4, 1996, US Pat. No. 689,289, Crivello, promulgated on August 25, 1987,
U.S. Pat. No. 4,584,356, Crivello, promulgated on April 22, 1986, Macromolecular Design, Concept & Practice, Ed .: MK Mishra, Pol.
ymer Frontiers International, Inc., Hopewell Jct., and Block Copolymer
s, A. Noshay and JE McGrath, Academic Press, NY (1977). Other silicone block copolymers suitable for use herein are the copolymers described in the above references and in US Pat. No. 5,658,577, together with the method of preparation.

The silicone-containing block copolymers useful in the present invention have the formula AB, ABA,
And-(AB) _n- , wherein n is an integer of 2 or more. AB is 2
Represents a block structure, ABA represents a three-block structure, and-(AB) _n -represents a multi-block structure. Block copolymers also comprise mixtures of diblock, triblock, and higher multiblock combinations, as well as minor amounts of homopolymers.

The silicone block part B is represented by the following polymer structure. -(SiR ₂ O) _m-wherein R is independently hydrogen, hydroxy, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy, C ₂ -C ₆ alkylamino, styryl, phenyl, C ₁ is selected from the group consisting of -C ₆ alkyl or alkoxy-substituted phenyl, preferably methyl, m is about 10 or more, preferably about 40 or more, more preferably about 60 or more, and most preferably about 100 or more integer It is.

The non-silicone block A comprises a monomer selected from the monomers described above for the non-silicone hydrophilic and hydrophobic monomers for the silicone grafted copolymer. Vinyl blocks are the preferred monomers. The block copolymer preferably comprises one or more non-silicone blocks, and up to about 50% by weight.
Preferably, it contains about 10 to about 20% by weight of one or more polydimethylsiloxane blocks.

Also useful herein are sulfur-bonded silicone-containing copolymers, including (c) sulfur-bonded silicone-containing copolymer block copolymers. As used herein in the context of a silicone-containing copolymer, the term "sulfur-bonded" refers to a copolymer in which the copolymer is a sulfur-linked (ie, -S-), disulfide-linked (ie, -SS-), or sulfhydryl. Group (i.e., -SH).
The sulfur-containing silicone-containing copolymer is represented by the following general formula.

[0112]

Embedded image Wherein G ₅ and G ₆ are independently alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, alkoxy, alkylamino, fluoroalkyl, hydrogen, and -ZSA (A is substantially composed of a polymerized free radical polymerizable monomer. denotes vinyl polymeric moiety, Z is a divalent linking group (useful divalent linking groups Z include those C ₁ -C ₁₀ alkylene, alkarylene, encompasses arylene, and alkoxyalkylene is limited to Preferably, Z is selected from the group consisting of methylene and propylene, as it is commercially available, wherein each G ₂ comprises A; and each G ₄ comprises A Wherein each R ₁ is alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, alkoxy, alkylamino,
A monovalent moiety selected from the group consisting of fluoroalkyl, hydrogen, and hydroxyl (preferably, R ₁ can be independently the same or different and is C _1- Represents a monovalent moiety selected from the group consisting of ₄ alkyls and hydroxyls; most preferably R ₁ is methyl; and each R ₂ is a divalent linking group (preferred divalent linking groups include , C ₁ -C ₁₀ alkylene, arylene, alkarylene, and alkoxyalkylene, but are not limited thereto.
R _{2 is} selected from the group consisting of _{C 1-3} alkylene and _C 7 _{-C 10} alkarylene. Most preferably, R ₂ is —CH ₂ —, 1,3-propylene, and

Embedded image Wherein each R ₃ is independently the same or different and is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, alkoxy, alkylamino, fluoroalkyl, hydrogen, and hydroxyl A selected monovalent moiety (preferably, R ₃ is independently selected from the group consisting of C _1-4 alkyl and hydroxyl, because they may be the same or different and are commercially available It represents a monovalent moiety. most preferably _{R 3} is methyl.), each _{R 4} is a divalent linking group (suitable divalent linking _groups, C 1 _{-C 10} alkylene, arylene, alk arylene, and it encompasses a alkoxyalkylene, in order not limited to. the synthesis is facilitated, preferably, R ₄ is
It is selected from the group consisting of C _1-3 alkylene and C ₇ -C ₁₀ alkalylene. Most preferably _{R 4} is _-CH 2 -, 1,3-propylene, and

Embedded image X is an integer of 0 to 3, y is an integer of 5 or more (preferably y is about 14 to about 700, preferably about 20
To about 200 is an integer of), q is an integer of 0 to 3, in which at least one of the following correct, i.e. q is an integer of at least one, x is an integer of at least one, _{G 5} comprising at least one -ZSA moiety, or G ₆ comprises at least one -ZSA moiety.

As mentioned above, A is a vinyl polymer-like moiety formed from a polymerized free radical polymerizable monomer. A is typically selected based on the intended use of the composition and the properties that the copolymer must have to achieve its intended purpose. When A comprises a block in the case of a block copolymer, AB and / or AB, respectively, depending on whether the mercapto functional group -SH has been added to one or both terminal silicon atoms of the mercapto-functional silicone compound ABA
A polymer having the structure is obtained. The weight ratio of the vinyl polymer block or fragment to the silicone portion of the copolymer can vary. Preferred copolymers have a unique weight ratio of vinyl polymer to silicone fragments of about 98: 2 to 50:
50 is the copolymer.

Sulfur-bonded silicone copolymers are described in US Pat. No. 5,468,477, Kumar et al., Issued Nov. 21, 1995, and PCT Application No. WO 95, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. / 073776, assigned to 3M, 1995
Published February 9, 2008, in more detail.

Other useful silicone-containing polymers are those that include hydrophilic moieties, such as polyvinylpyrrolidone / quaternary compounds, polyacrylates, polyacrylamides, polysulfonates, and mixtures thereof, such as those described herein. No. 5,120,812 which is incorporated by reference.

The film-forming and / or adhesive silicone-containing copolymers of the present invention are at least effective to maintain shape, typically from about 0.05 to about 10% by weight of the use composition, preferably Is about 0.1 to about 5% by weight, more preferably about 0.2 to about 3% by weight
, More preferably from about 0.3 to about 1.5% by weight.

[0117] The silicone-containing copolymer is present in an amount of about 0.001 to about 1%, preferably about 0.01 to about 0.5%, more preferably about 0.02 to about 0% by weight per unit weight of dry fabric. 0.4% by weight.

When the optional cyclodextrin is present in the composition, the polymers useful for shape retention in the compositions of the present invention are compatible with, ie, complex with, cyclodextrin. However, the performance of the cyclodextrin and / or the polymer should not be substantially reduced. The formation of the complex
Affects both the ability of cyclodextrin to absorb odors and the ability of the polymer to retain fabric shape. In this case, a monomer having a pendant group capable of forming a complex with cyclodextrin is not preferable because it may form a complex with cyclodextrin. Examples of such _monomers, C 7 _{-C 18} alcohols, for example Neodekanoru, 3-heptanol, benzyl alcohol, 2-octanol, 6-methyl-1-heptanol, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, 3,5-dimethyl -1-
Acrylic or methacrylic esters of hexanol, 3,5,5-trimethyl-1-hexanol, and 1-decanol, aromatic vinyls such as styrene, 1-butylstyrene, vinyltoluene, and the like.

Starch Starch is usually not preferred as it makes the fabric less deformable. However, starch increases the "body" (body), which is often desirable. Starch is particularly preferred for the ironing compositions of the present invention. When used, the starch is solubilized or dispersed in the composition. Any type of starch, such as corn, wheat, rice, cereal sorghum, waxy sorghum, waxy corn or tapioca, or mixtures thereof and their water-soluble or dispersible modifications or derivatives are used in the compositions of the present invention. can do. Commercially available low-viscosity propoxylated and / or ethoxylated starches can be used in the present compositions, have relatively low solids concentrations and low viscosities, and are very well suited for spraying processes It is preferred. Suitable alkoxylated low viscosity starches are particles of hydrophobic starch less than 1 micron in size, which are monofunctional alkoxylating agents that readily disperse in water and provide ether-bonded hydrophilic groups to the starch. It is produced by alkoxylating granular starch. A preferred method of making these materials is described in U.S. Pat.
, 462,283. According to the present invention, the propoxylated or ethoxylated starch derivative comprises from about 0.1 to about 10%, preferably from about 0.5 to about 6%, more preferably from about 1 to about 4% by weight of the use composition. % By weight in an aqueous medium.

Lithium Salt The lithium salt optionally used is useful in the fabric protection composition of the present invention to improve the effect of suppressing fabric wrinkles. Examples of lithium salts useful in the present invention include lithium bromide, lithium chloride, lithium lactate, lithium benzoate, lithium acetate, lithium sulfate, lithium tartrate, and / or lithium bitartrate, preferably lithium bromide and / or Lithium lactate, but not limited thereto. Certain water-soluble salts, such as lithium benzoate, form a complex with cyclodextrin, and are not preferred when the optional cyclodextrin is present. An effective amount of the lithium salt is from about 0.1 to about 10%, preferably from about 0.5 to about 7%, more preferably from about 1 to about 5% by weight of the use composition.

Hydrophilic Plasticizer Optionally, the composition includes a hydrophilic plasticizer to soften both the fabric fibers, especially cotton fibers, and the auxiliary adhesive and / or film forming shape-retaining polymer. be able to. Examples of preferred hydrophilic plasticizers are short chain low molecular weight polyhydric alcohols,
For example, glycerol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, sorbitol, erythritol or a mixture thereof, more preferably diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, and a mixture thereof.
If a hydrophilic plasticizer is used, the hydrophilic plasticizer is present in an amount of 0.01 to 5%, preferably about 0.05 to 2%, more preferably 0.1 to 1% by weight of the composition used. Exists in.

[0122] Surfactant The surfactant will be used, if desired, it is highly preferred component of the present invention.
Surfactants are particularly useful in the composition to help disperse and / or solubilize wrinkle inhibitors, such as silicones and / or certain relatively water-soluble auxiliary shape-retaining polymers. is there. Surfactants can provide some plasticizing effect to the supplemental shape-retaining polymer, resulting in a more flexible polymer network. Such surfactants are preferably included when the composition is used in a spray delivery device, which enhances the spray properties of the composition and distributes the composition including the fabric protecting polysaccharide having a globular structure more evenly. Prevents the spray device from clogging.
Spreading the composition thinner allows the composition to dry faster and use the treated material faster. In concentrated compositions, the surfactant facilitates the dispersion of many active ingredients, such as antimicrobial active ingredients and fragrances, in the concentrated aqueous composition.
Suitable surfactants useful in the present invention are nonionic surfactants, anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, amphoteric surfactants, and mixtures thereof. When a surfactant is used in the compositions of the present invention, the surfactant is present in an amount effective to provide one or more of the properties described herein, typically from about 0.01 to about 5% by weight, preferably about 0.05 to about 3% by weight, more preferably about 0.1 to about 2%
%, More preferably from about 0.2 to about 1% by weight.

A preferred type of surfactant is an ethoxylated surfactant such as the addition product of ethylene oxide with fatty alcohols, fatty acids, fatty amines, and the like.
If desired, addition products of mixtures of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide with fatty alcohols, fatty acids, fatty amines can be used. Ethoxylated surfactants include compounds having the general formula: During ^{_{R 8 -Z- (CH 2 CH 2}} O) s B formula, ^{R 8} is an alkyl group or an alkylaryl group, about 6 to about 20 carbon atoms, preferably from about 8 to about 18, more preferably About 10 to about 15, primary, secondary and branched alkyl hydrocarbyl groups, primary, secondary and branched alkenyl hydrocarbyl groups, and / or primary, secondary. And s is about 2 to about 45, preferably about 2 to about 20, more preferably about 2 to about 15, Wherein B is hydrogen, a carboxylate group, or a sulfate group, and the bonding group Z is -O-, -C (O) O-, -C (O) N
(R) -, or -C (O) N (R) -, and mixtures thereof, wherein R, if present, is ^{R 8} or hydrogen.

The nonionic surfactant of the present invention has an HLB (hydrophilic-lipophilic balance) of 5 to 5.
20 and preferably 6 to 15.

Examples of [0125] Preferred ethoxylated surfactants, - linear primary alcohol ethoxylate ^{(R 8} is _C 8 _{-C 18,} more preferably _C 10 _{-C 14} alkyl and / or alkenyl group in and, s is about 2 to about 8, preferably about 2 to about 6), - linear secondary alcohol ethoxylates ^{(R 8} is _C 8 _{-C 18} alkyl and / or alkenyl, e.g., 3 -Hexadecyl, 2-octadecyl, 4-eicosanyl, and 5-eicosanyl, wherein s is about 2 to about 10; -alkylphenol ethoxylate (where alkylphenol is a primary, secondary or branched chain structure) Has an alkyl or alkenyl group having 3 to 20, preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and s is about 2 to about 12, preferably about 2 to about 8. ),
Branched alcohol ethoxylates (e.g. branched primary and secondary alcohols obtained by the well-known "OXO" process or variants thereof (or Guer
bet alcohol) is ethoxylated), but is not limited thereto.

A particularly preferred material is R⁸Is C₈~ C₁₆Linear and / or branched chain
And the number s of ethyleneoxy groups is about 2 to about 6, preferably about 2 to about 4.
Alkyl ethoxylate surfactant, more preferably R⁸Is C₈~ C_{1 5} Alkyl and s is from about 2.25 to about 3.5. These nonionic interfaces
The activator has an HLB of 6 to about 11, preferably about 6.5 to about 9.5, more preferably
Is from about 7 to about 9. Examples of commercially preferred surfactants include Ne
odol 91-2.5 (C₉~ C₁₀, S = 2.7, HLB = 8.5), Neodol 23-3 (C ₁₂ ~ C₁₃, S = 2.9, HLB = 7.9) and Neodol 25-3 (C₁₂~ C
_Fifteen, S = 2.8, HLB = 7.5), but are not limited thereto.
There is no. Quite surprisingly, these preferred surfactants are themselves
Not very water soluble (0.1% aqueous solutions of these surfactants are not clear)
But at low levels, even in the absence of low molecular weight alcohols
Such as copolymers containing acrylic acid and t-butyl acrylate and silicone
Dissolves and / or disperses the terpolymer containing the polymer effectively to form a transparent composition
I do.

Also preferred are nonionic surfactants selected from the group consisting of the fatty acid (C _12-18 ) esters of ethoxylated (EO _5-100 ) sorbitan. More preferably, the surfactant is a mixture of sorbitol and laurate esters of sorbitol anhydride, a mixture of sorbitol and stearate esters of sorbitol anhydride,
And a mixture of sorbitol and oleate esters of sorbitol anhydride. More preferably, the surfactant is Polysorbate 20, a mixture of laurate esters of sorbitol and sorbitol anhydride, consisting essentially of monoesters, condensed with about 20 moles of ethylene oxide, predominantly mono-condensed with about 20 moles of ethylene oxide. Polysorbate 60, a mixture of stearate esters of sorbitol and sorbitol anhydride, consisting of esters, Polysorbate, a mixture of oleate esters of sorbitol and sorbitol anhydride, mainly consisting of monoesters condensed with about 20 moles of ethylene oxide
80, and mixtures thereof. Most preferably, the surfactant is Polysorbate 60.

Other examples of preferred ethoxylated surfactants include carboxylated alcohol ethoxylates (also called ether carboxylates, wherein R ⁸ has from about 12 to about 16 carbon atoms and s is from about 5 to about 5; About 13), ethoxylated quaternary ammonium such as PEG-5 cocomonium methosulfate, PEG-15 cocomonium chloride, PEG-15 oleammonium chloride and bis (polyethoxyethanol)
Tallow ammonium chloride is exemplified.

Another suitable nonionic ethoxylated surfactant is an ethoxylated alkylamine obtained from the condensation of ethylene oxide and a hydrophobic alkylamine, wherein R ⁸ has about 8 to about 22 carbon atoms and s Is about 3 to about 30.

The alkyl polysaccharides described in US Pat. No. 4,565,647, Llenado, issued Jan. 21, 1986, are also nonionic ethoxylated surfactants suitable for use herein. And a hydrophobic group having from 8 to 30, preferably from about 10 to about 16, carbon atoms, and from about 1.3 to about 10, preferably from about 1.3 to about 3, and most preferably from about 1.3 to about 3, saccharide units. About 1.3 to about 2.7, having a hydrophilic group of a polysaccharide such as a polyglycoside. All reducing sugars having 5 or 6 carbon atoms can be used, for example, glucose, galactose and galactosyl moieties can replace glucosyl moieties. The intersugar linkage may be, for example, between one position of the additional sugar unit and 2, 3, 4, and / or 6 positions on the preceding sugar unit.
Preferred alkyl polyglycosides have the formula: R ² O (C _n H _2n O) _t (glycosyl) _{x In the} formula, R ² is an alkyl, alkylphenyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl in which the alkyl group has 10 to 18, preferably 12 to 14 carbon atoms. Selected from the group consisting of phenyl, and mixtures thereof, wherein n is 2 or 3, preferably about 1.3 to about 3, and most preferably about 1.3 to about 2.7. Glycosyl is preferably derived from glucose.

Another category of preferred surfactants useful for solubilizing and / or dispersing silicone lubricants and / or auxiliary shape-retaining copolymers containing silicone in the formulation of the compositions of the present invention. The agent is a silicone surfactant. These materials can be used alone and / or preferably in combination with the preferred alkyl ethoxylate surfactants described above. Examples of silicone surfactants include, but are not limited to, polyalkylene oxide polysiloxanes having a dimethyl polysiloxane hydrophobic moiety and one or more hydrophilic polyalkylene side chains and having the general formula: Absent. R ^1- (CH ₃ ) ₂ SiO-[(CH ₃ ) ₂ SiO] _a -[(CH ₃ ) (R ¹ ) SiO] _b −
Si (CH ₃₎ in ₂ -R ¹ expression, a + b is from about 1 to about 50, preferably from about 3 to about 30, more preferably from about 10
And each R ¹ is the same or different and is selected from the group consisting of methyl and a poly (ethylene oxide / propylene oxide) copolymer group having the general formula: (CH ₂ ) _n O (C ₂ H ₄ O) _c (C ₃ H ₆ O) _d R ^{2 At} least one R ¹ is a poly (ethyleneoxy / propyleneoxy) copolymer group, and n is 3 Or 4, preferably 3, and the sum of c (for all polyalkyleneoxy side groups) is from 1 to about 100, preferably from about 6 to about 100
Where the sum of d is 0 to about 14, preferably 0 to about 3, more preferably d is 0, and the sum of c + d is about 5 to about 150, preferably about 9 to about 100
Wherein each R ² is the same or different and is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and an acetyl group, preferably hydrogen and methyl. Each polyalkylene oxide polysiloxane has at least one poly (ethylene oxide / propylene oxide) copolymer group, R ¹ .

Examples of this type of surfactant are OSi Specialties, Inc., Danbury, Connecticut.
Silwet (trade name) surfactants available from, but not limited to. Representative Silwet surfactants containing only ethyleneoxy (C 2 _{H 4 O)} groups are as follows.

Name Average molecular weight Average a + b Average total c L-7608 600 19 L-7607 1,000 217 L-77 600 19 L-7605 6,000 20 99 L-7604 4,000 21 53 L-7600 4,000 11 68 L-7657 5,000 20 76 L-7602 3,000 20 29 L-7622 10,000 88 75 ethyleneoxy _{(C 2 H} 4 O) and propyleneoxy _{(C 3 H} 6 O) groups Examples of surfactants that include both include, but are not limited to, the following:

Name Average molecular weight EO / PO ratio Silwet L-720 12,000 50/50 Silwet L-7001 20,000 40/60 Silwet L-7002 8,000 50/50 Silwet L-7210 13,000 20/80 Silwet L-7200 19,000 75/25 Silwet L-7220 17,000 20/80

The molecular weight of the polyalkyleneoxy group (R ¹ ) is about 10,000 or less. Preferably, the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneoxy group is less than or equal to about 8,000, and most preferably from about 300 to about 5,000. Therefore, the values of c and d may be numbers giving molecular weights within these ranges. However, the polyether chain (R ¹⁾ in the ethyleneoxy units - the number of (C 2 _{H 4 O)} must be sufficient to impart water-dispersible or water-soluble polyalkylene oxide polysiloxane. If propyleneoxy groups are present in the polyalkyleneoxy chain, these groups can be randomly distributed in the chain or can be present as blocks. Surfactants containing only propyleneoxy groups and no ethyleneoxy groups are not preferred. preferable
Silwet surfactant is L-7600, L-7602, L-7604, L-7605, L-7657, and mixtures thereof. The most preferred Silwet surfactant for solubilizing and / or dispersing the auxiliary silicone-containing shape-retaining polymer and / or volatile silicone is low molecular weight L-77. In addition to surface activity, polyalkylene oxide polysiloxane surfactants can also impart other properties to the fabric, such as antistatic properties, lubricity and softness.

Other useful silicone surfactants include hydrophobic moieties and, for example, anionic systems,
A surfactant having a cationic group and a hydrophilic ionic group including an amphoteric group. Examples of anionic silicone surfactants include silicone sulfosuccinate,
Silicone sulfate, silicone phosphonate, silicone carboxylate, and mixtures thereof, as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,717,498, 4,960,845, 5,149,765, and 5,296, respectively. , 4
No. 34, but is not limited thereto. Examples of cationic silicone surfactants are silicone alkyl quaternary ammonium, silicone amide quaternary ammonium, silicone imidazoline quaternary ammonium, and mixtures thereof, each of US Pat. No. 5,098,979,
Nos. 5,135,294 and 5,196,499, but are not limited thereto. Examples of amphoteric silicone surfactants include:
Silicone betaine, silicone aminopropionate, silicone phosphobetaine, and mixtures thereof, each of which is disclosed in US Pat. No. 4,654,161.
No. 5,073,619, and 5,237,035, but are not limited thereto. All of these patents are hereby incorporated by reference.

The fabric protection compositions of the present invention for use in the wash cycle can be used with common laundry detergents or, indeed, detergent compositions comprising a fabric protection polysaccharide having a spherical structure. The detergent composition of the present invention comprises a surfactant or a surfactant system, wherein the surfactant is non-ionic and / or anionic and / or cationic and / or amphoteric and / or amphoteric. And / or zwitterionic and / or semipolar nonionic surfactants.

[0138] The surfactant is typically present in an amount from 0.1 to 60% by weight. A more preferred amount is 1 to 35% by weight, more preferably 1 to 30% by weight of the detergent composition of the present invention.

The surfactant is preferably formulated so as to be compatible with the globular structured fabric protecting polysaccharide present in the composition.

Suitable nonionic, anionic, cationic, amphoteric, zwitterionic and semipolar nonionic surfactants are described in US Pat. No. 5,707,9, which is incorporated herein by reference.
No. 50 and 5,576,282.

A highly preferred nonionic cosurfactant is a polyhydroxyfatty acid amide surfactant having the formula: During ^{R 2 -C (O) -N (} R 1) -Z formula, ^{R 1} is either a H, or ^{R 1} is _{C 1-4} hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl or a mixture thereof There, R ² is C _5-31 hydrocarbyl, Z is a linear hydrocarbyl chains, at least three or hydroxyl is a poly hydroxyhydrocarbyl directly connected, or alkoxylated thereof the chain It is a derivative. Preferably, R ¹ is methyl, R ² is a linear C _11-15 alkyl or C _16-18 alkyl or alkenyl chain, such as coconut alkyl, or a mixture thereof, and Z is a reductive amination reaction. It is derived from reducing sugars such as glucose, fructose, maltose, lactose.

Highly preferred anionic surfactants include alkyl alkoxy sulfate surfactants, which are water-soluble salts or acids of the formula RO (A) _m SO ₃ M, wherein R hydroxyalkyl groups having _C 10 _{-C 24} alkyl or _C 10 _{-C 24} alkyl component not substituted, preferably _C 12 _{-C 20} alkyl or hydroxyalkyl, more preferably _C 12 _{-C 18} alkyl or hydroxyalkyl Wherein A is an ethoxy or propoxy unit and m is greater than 0, typically from about 0.5 to about 6, more preferably from about 0.5 to about 3,
M can be H or a cation, such as a metal cation (eg, sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, etc.), ammonium or a substituted ammonium cation. Alkyl ethoxylated sulfates as well as alkyl propoxylated sulfates are contemplated herein.

When included, the laundry detergent compositions of the present invention typically comprise from about 1% to about 40% by weight.
And preferably from about 3 to about 20% by weight of such anionic surfactant.
You. Highly preferred cationic surfactants useful in the present invention have the formula:
Water-soluble quaternary ammonium compound. R₁R₂R₃R₄N⁺X⁻ Where R₁Is C₈~ C₁₆Alkyl, and each R₂, R₃And R₄Is independent
And C₁~ C₄Alkyl, C₁~ C₄Hydroxyalkyl, benzyl, and
− (C₂H₄₀)_xH, x has a value from 2 to 5, and X is an anion. R ₂ , R₃Or R₄Should be benzyl.

When included, the detergent compositions of the invention will typically contain from 0.2 to about 25% by weight,
Preferably, from about 1 to about 8% by weight of such a cationic surfactant.

When included, the detergent compositions of the invention typically contain from 0.2 to about 15% by weight,
Preferably, from about 1 to about 10% by weight of such an amphoteric surfactant.

When included, the detergent compositions of the invention typically contain from 0.2 to about 15% by weight,
Preferably, from about 1 to about 10% by weight of such zwitterionic surfactants.

When included, the detergent compositions of the invention typically contain from 0.2 to about 15% by weight,
Preferably about 1 to about 10% by weight of such a semipolar surfactant.

[0148] The detergent composition of the present invention may further comprise a co-surfactant selected from the group of primary or tertiary amines.

Primary amines suitable for use herein include amines of the formula R ₁ NH ₂ ,
Wherein R ₁ is a C ₆ -C ₁₂ , preferably C ₆ -C ₁₀ alkyl chain or R ₄ X (
CH ₂ ) _n , X is —O—, —C (O) NH— or —NH—, R ₄ is C ₆ -C ₁₂ , and n is 1-5, preferably 3. The R ₁ alkyl chain may be straight or branched and interrupted by up to 12, preferably less than 5, ethylene oxide moieties.

Preferred amines of the above formula are n-alkylamines. Suitable amines for use herein can be selected from 1-hexylamine, 1-octylamine, 1-decylamine and laurylamine. Other preferred amines include C
8-C10 oxypropylamine, octyloxypropylamine, 2-ethylhexyl-oxypropylamine, lauramidopropylamine and amidopropylamine.

Suitable tertiary amines for use herein include tertiary amines having the formula R ₁ R ₂ R ₃ N, wherein R ₁ and R ₂ are C ₁ -C ₈ alkyl. Chain or

Embedded image R ₃ is a C ₆ -C ₁₂ , preferably a C ₆ -C ₁₀ alkyl chain, or R ₃ is R ₄ X (CH ₂ ) _n , where X is —O—, —C (O ) NH- or-
NH-, R ₄ is C ₄ -C ₁₂ , n is 1-5, preferably 2-3, R ₅ is H or C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl, x is 1-6. is there.

R ₃ and R ₄ can be straight or branched and the R ₃ alkyl chain can be interrupted by up to 12, preferably less than 5, ethylene oxide moieties.

A preferred tertiary amine is R ₁ R ₂ R ₃ N, wherein R ₁ is a C ₆ -C ₁₂ alkyl chain, and R ₂ and R ₃ are C ₁ -C ₃ alkyl or

Embedded image And R ₅ is H or CH ₃ , and x = 1 to 2.

Also preferred are amidoamines having the formula: O‖R ₁ -C-NH- (CH ₂ ) _n -N- (R ₂ ) _{2 wherein} R ₁ is C ₆ -C ₁₂ alkyl, n is 2 to 4, and preferably n is 3 And R ₂ and R ₃ are C ₁ -C ₄ .

Most preferred amines of the present invention include 1-octylamine, 1-hexylamine, 1-decylamine, 1-dodecylamine, C8-10 oxypropylamine, Ncoco 1-3 diaminopropane, coconut alkyldimethylamine , Lauryldimethylamine, laurylbis (hydroxyethyl) amine, cocobis (hydroxyethyl) amine, laurylamine 2 mol propoxylation, octylamine 2 mol propoxylation, lauramidopropyldimethylamine, C8-10amidopropyldimethylamine and C10 Amidopropyldimethylamine.

Most preferred amines for the compositions of the present invention are 1-hexylamine, 1-octylamine, 1-decylamine, 1-dodecylamine. Particularly preferred is n
-Dodecyldimethylamine and bishydroxyethylcoconut alkylamine and 7-fold ethoxylated oleylamine, lauramidopropylamine and cocoamidopropylamine.

Odor control compositions for controlling odors are disclosed in US Pat. Nos. 5,534,165 and 5,578,5.
No. 63, 5,663,134, 5,668,097, 5,670,4
No. 75, and No. 5,714,137, Trinh et al., July 1996, respectively.
Promulgated on March 9, 1997, November 26, 1997, September 2, 1997, 1997
The disclosures of which are issued on September 16, 1997, September 23, 1997, and February 3, 1998, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
The fabric protection composition of the present invention can include several different odor control agents, preferably cyclodextrin, water-soluble zinc salts, water-soluble copper salts, and mixtures thereof.

(A) Cyclodextrin The term “cyclodextrin” as used herein refers to a known cyclodextrin,
It includes, for example, unsubstituted cyclodextrins containing 6 to 12 glucose units, especially alpha-cyclodextrin, beta-cyclodextrin, gamma-cyclodextrin and / or their derivatives and / or mixtures thereof.
Alpha-cyclodextrin consists of six glucose units arranged in a donut ring, beta-cyclodextrin consists of seven glucose units, and gamma-cyclodextrin consists of eight glucose units. The specific linkage and structure of the glucose unit gives the cyclodextrin a rigid, conical molecular structure with a specific volume of hollow interior. The "lining" of each internal cavity is formed by hydrogen atoms and oxygen atoms bridging the glycosides. Due to the unique shape and physico-chemical properties of this cavity, the cyclodextrin molecule can absorb (form an inclusion complex with) organic molecules or parts of organic molecules that can fit into the cavity. it can. Many odor molecules, including many malodor molecules and perfume molecules, can fit into this cavity. Thus, the use of cyclodextrins, especially mixtures of cyclodextrins having cavities of different sizes, can be used to reduce the odor caused by a wide range of organic odorants, with or without reactive functional groups. Can be suppressed. Complex formation of cyclodextrin and odor molecules occurs rapidly in the presence of water. However, the degree of complex formation also depends on the polarity of the absorbed molecule. In an aqueous solution, strongly hydrophilic molecules (molecules having high water solubility) are only partially absorbed, if at all.
Thus, when certain very low molecular weight organic amines and acids are present at low levels on wet fabrics, cyclodextrins do not effectively complex with those materials. However, when the water is removed, for example, by drying the fabric, certain low molecular weight organic amines and acids have a greater affinity for cyclodextrin and become more rapidly complexed.

The cavities in the cyclodextrin in the solution of the present invention are substantially unfilled while in the solution so that they can absorb various odor molecules when the solution is applied to a surface ( Cyclodextrin is not complexed). Underivatized (normal) beta-cyclodextrin is approximately 1.8 at room temperature.
It can be present up to a solubility limit of 5% (about 1.85 g in 100 g of water). Beta-cyclodextrin is not preferred for compositions requiring levels of cyclodextrin above its water solubility limit. Since underivatized beta-cyclodextrin adversely affects the surface activity of most of the preferred surfactants that are compatible with derivatized cyclodextrin, it is common when the composition includes a surfactant. Not preferred.

Preferably, the odor absorbing solution of the present invention is transparent. As used herein, the term "transparent" means transparent or translucent, preferably "water-clear," when viewed through a layer having a thickness of less than about 10 cm.

Preferably, the cyclodextrin used in the present invention has high water solubility, for example, alpha-cyclodextrin and / or a derivative thereof, gamma-cyclodextrin and / or a derivative thereof, derivatized beta-cyclodextrin, And / or mixtures thereof. Cyclodextrin derivatives mainly consist of molecules in which some of the OH has been converted to OR groups. Cyclodextrin derivatives include, for example, cyclodextrins having a short chain alkyl group, such as methylated cyclodextrin and ethylated cyclodextrin (R is methyl or ethyl), cyclodextrins having a hydroxyalkyl substituent, such as hydroxypropyl cyclodextrin and / or hydroxyethyl cyclodextrins (R is _-CH 2 _-CH (OH) _{-CH 3} or _-CH 2 CH ₂ -
OH groups), branched cyclodextrins such as maltose-linked cyclodextrins, cationic cyclodextrins such as 2-hydroxy-3
Cyclodextrin containing-(dimethylamino) propyl ether (R is low p
H is a cationic system CH ₂ —CH (OH) —CH ₂ —N (CH ₃ ) _2.
Quaternary ammonium such as 2-hydroxy-3- (trimethylammonio)
Propyl ether chloride group (R is CH ₂ —CH (OH) —CH ₂ —N ⁺ (C
H ₃ ) ₃ Cl ⁻ ), anionic cyclodextrins such as carboxymethylcyclodextrin, cyclodextrin sulfate, and cyclodextrin succinylate, amphoteric cyclodextrins such as carboxymethyl /
Quaternary Ammonium Cyclodextrin, "Optimal Per
formances with Minimal Chemical Modification of Cyclodextrins ", F. Dieda
ini-Pilard and B. Perly, The 7th International Cyclodextrin Symposium
Abstracts, April 1994, p. 49, a cyclodextrin wherein at least one glucopyranose unit has a 3-6-anhydro-cyclomalto structure, such as mono-3-6-anhydrocyclodextrin, And mixtures thereof. Other cyclodextrin derivatives are disclosed in U.S. Pat.
No. 6,011, Parmerter et al., Issued February 4, 1969, No. 3,453,2.
No. 57, No. 3,453,258, No. 3,453,259 and No. 3,453
No. 260, all published on July 1, 1969, under the name of Parmerter et al., No. 3,
No. 459,731, Gramera et al., Promulgated August 5, 1969, No. 3,553,1
No. 91, Parmerter et al., Promulgated January 5, 1971, No. 3,565,887, Parmerter et al., Promulgated Feb. 23, 1971, No. 4,535, 152, Sz
ejtli et al., promulgated August 13, 1985, No. 4,616,008, Hirai et.
al., promulgated October 7, 1986, No. 4,678,598, Ogino et al., 1
Proposed July 7, 987, No. 4,638,058, Brandt et al., Promulgated January 20, 1987, and No. 4,746,734, Tsuchiyama et al., 198.
And issued on May 24, 08, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. A highly water-soluble cyclodextrin has a solubility in water of at least about 10 g in 100 ml of water at room temperature, preferably at least about 2 g in 100 ml of water.
0 g, more preferably at least about 25 g in 100 ml of water at room temperature. The availability of solubilized, uncomplexed cyclodextrin is essential for effective and efficient odor control. The solubilized, water-soluble cyclodextrin can exhibit more efficient odor control performance than a water-insoluble cyclodextrin when adhered to a surface, particularly a fabric.

Examples of preferred cyclodextrins suitable for use herein include hydroxypropyl alpha-cyclodextrin, methylated alpha-cyclodextrin, methylated beta-cyclodextrin, hydroxyethyl beta-cyclodextrin, and hydroxypropyl beta -Cyclodextrin. The hydroxyalkylcyclodextrin derivative preferably defines the total number of OR groups per cyclodextrin as the degree of substitution, and preferably has a degree of substitution of about 1 to about 14, more preferably about 1.5 to about 7. Methylated cyclodextrin derivatives typically have a degree of substitution of about 1 to about 18, preferably about 3 to about 16. Known methylated beta-cyclodextrins are hepakis-2, commonly referred to as DIMEB.
, 6-di-O-methyl-beta cyclodextrin, wherein each glucose unit has about two methyl groups and a degree of substitution of about 14. A preferred, more commercially available methylated beta-cyclodextrin is an irregularly methylated beta-cyclodextrin, commonly referred to as RAMEB, which has different degrees of substitution,
Usually it has about 12.6. RAMEB is preferred over DIMEB because it affects the surface activity of preferred surfactants over RAMEB.
Preferred cyclodextrins are, for example, Cerestar USA, Inc. and Wacker Chemi
It is commercially available from cals (USA), Inc.

It is also preferred to use a mixture of cyclodextrins. Such mixtures absorb odors more widely by complexing with a wide range of odor molecules with a wider range of molecular sizes. Preferably, at least a portion of the cyclodextrin is alpha-cyclodextrin and its derivatives, gamma-cyclodextrin and its derivatives, and / or derivatized beta-cyclodextrin, more preferably alpha-cyclodextrin, or alpha-cyclodextrin. A mixture of a cyclodextrin derivative and a derivatized beta-cyclodextrin, more preferably a mixture of a derivatized alpha-cyclodextrin and a derivatized beta-cyclodextrin, most preferably hydroxypropyl alpha-cyclo A mixture of dextrin and hydroxypropyl beta-cyclodextrin, and / or a mixture of methylated alpha-cyclodextrin and methylated beta-cyclodextrin. That.

To control odors on textiles, the compositions are preferably used as sprays.
Typical levels of cyclodextrin in the use composition for the conditions of use are from about 0.01 to about 5%, preferably from about 0.1 to about 4%, more preferably from about 0.5 to about 5% by weight of the composition. About 2% by weight. The treated fabric preferably contains less than about 5 mg of cyclodextrin per gram of fabric, more preferably less than about 2 mg of cyclodextrin per gram of fabric.

Low Molecular Weight Polyols Low molecular weight polyols having a relatively high boiling point compared to water, such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol and / or glycerol, are useful in improving the odor control performance of the compositions of the present invention. Preferred, if any, optional ingredients. Without being bound by theory, it is believed that the incorporation of small amounts of low molecular weight glycols into the compositions of the present invention enhances the formation of cyclodextrin inclusion complexes when the fabric dries.

It is believed that the ability of the polyol to stay on the fabric for a longer period of time than the water when the fabric dries can form a ternary complex with cyclodextrin and certain malodorous molecules. It is believed that the space within the cyclodextrin cavity that is not filled by the malodor molecules of relatively small size is filled by the addition of glycol. Preferably, the glycol used is glycerin, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, or a mixture thereof, more preferably ethylene glycol and / or propylene glycol. Cyclodextrins made by processes that form certain amounts of such polyols are highly preferred because they can be used without removal of the polyol.

Certain polyols, such as dipropylene glycol, are also useful to help solubilize certain perfume ingredients in the compositions of the present invention.

Typically, glycols are present in the compositions of the present invention at from about 0.01% to about 3%, preferably from about 0.05% to about 1%, more preferably from about 0% to about 0% by weight of the composition. 0.1 to about 0.5% by weight. The preferred weight ratio of low molecular weight polyol to cyclodextrin is from about 2: 1,000 to about 20: 100, more preferably about 3: 1,
000 to about 15: 100, more preferably about 5: 1,000 to about 10: 100.
, Most preferably from about 1: 100 to about 7: 100.

(B) Metal Salts Optionally, but very preferably, the present invention encompasses metal salts when cyclodextrins are present, to enhance the odor absorption and / or antimicrobial properties of the cyclodextrin solution. be able to. The metal salt is selected from the group consisting of copper salts, zinc salts, and mixtures thereof.

Copper salts have some antimicrobial properties. In particular, cupric abietic acid acts as a fungicide, copper acetate acts as a mildew inhibitor, cupric chloride acts as a fungicide, copper lactate acts as a fungicide, copper sulfate Acts as a fungicide. Copper salts also have some odor control capabilities. U.S. Pat. No. 3,172,817 discloses a deodorizing composition for treating disposable products comprising at least a slightly water-soluble salt of acylacetone, including copper and zinc salts. , Leupold
See, et al., all of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Preferred zinc salts have an odor control ability. Zinc is used because of its odor ameliorating ability, for example, in U.S. Pat.
No. 325,939, promulgated on April 20, 1982, and 4,469,6.
No. 74, promulgated on September 4, 1983, a mouthwash product as described in
Most commonly used. Highly ionized soluble zinc salts, such as zinc chloride, are the best sources of zinc ions. Zinc borate acts as a bacteriostat and white mold inhibitor, zinc caprylate acts as a fungicide, zinc chloride acts as a preservative and deodorant, zinc ricinoleate acts as a fungicide, Zinc sulfate heptahydrate functions as a fungicide, and zinc undecylate functions as a fungicide.

Preferably, the metal salt is a water-soluble zinc salt, copper salt or a mixture thereof, more preferably a zinc salt, especially ZnCl ₂ . These salts are preferably present in the present invention primarily to absorb amine and sulfur containing compounds that are too small in molecular size to effectively complex with the cyclodextrin molecule. Low molecular weight sulfur-containing materials, such as sulfides and mercaptans, are components of many malodors, such as food odors (garlic, onion), body / sweat odor, exhaled odor, and the like. Low molecular weight amines are also components of many malodors, such as food odor, body odor, urine, and the like.

When a metal salt is added to a composition of the present invention, the metal salt typically comprises from about 0.1% to about 10%, preferably from about 0.2% to about 8%, by weight of the use composition. Preferably about 0
. 3 to about 5% by weight. If a zinc salt is used as the metal salt and a clear solution is desired, to keep the solution clear, preferably the pH of the solution is less than about 7,
More preferably less than about 6, and most preferably less than about 5.

[0174] (c) a soluble carbonate and / or bicarbonate water-soluble alkali metal carbonate and / or bicarbonate salts, such as sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, and mixtures thereof Can be added to the composition of the present invention to suppress certain acid-type odors. Preferred salts are sodium carbonate monohydrate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, and mixtures thereof. When these salts are added to the compositions of the present invention, they will typically comprise from about 0.1% to about 5%, preferably from about 0.2% to about 3%, more preferably from about 0.2% to about 3%, by weight of the composition. It is present in an amount from about 0.3 to about 2% by weight. When these salts are added to the compositions of the present invention, it is preferred that there are no metal salts incompatible with the present invention. Preferably, when using these salts, the composition comprises zinc and other incompatible metal salts, such as Ca, Fe, Ba, which form water-insoluble salts.
Etc. should be substantially not included.

(D) If the clarity of the zeolite solution is not required and the solution is not sprayed on a fabric, other odor absorbing materials can be used, such as zeolites and / or activated carbon. A preferred type of zeolite is characterized as an "intermediate" silicate / aluminate zeolite. The intermediate zeolite is characterized by a SiO ₂ / AlO ₂ molar ratio of less than about 10. _Preferably, SiO ₂ / AlO 2 molar ratio is from about 2 to about 10. Intermediate zeolites have an advantage over "high" zeolites. The intermediate zeolite has a higher affinity for amine-type odors than the high zeolite,
Since the surface area is large, the weight efficiency regarding odor absorption is high, the resistance to moisture is high, and the odor absorption capacity in water is large. Various intermediate zeolites suitable for use herein are available from PQ Corporation as Valfor CP301-68, Valfor 30
0-63, Valfor (trade name) CP300-35, and Valfor (trade name) CP300-56, and from Conteka as CBV100 (trade name) series zeolites.

Also preferred are zeolite materials commercially available from The Union Carbide Corporation and UOP under the tradenames Abscents and Smellrite. These materials typically have a particle size of 3
It is commercially available as a white powder of ５5 microns. Such materials are preferred over intermediate zeolites for controlling sulfur-containing odors such as thiols, mercaptans.

(E) Activated carbon Suitable carbon materials for use in the present invention are those materials that are well known commercially as organic molecules and / or absorbents for air purification purposes. Such carbon materials are often referred to as "activated" carbon or "activated" carbon. Such carbon is
It is marketed under trade names such as Calgon-Type CPG, Type PCB, Type SGL, Type CAL, and Type OL.

(F) Mixtures Thereof Mixtures of the above materials are preferred, especially when the mixture suppresses a wide range of odors.

Fragrances The fabric protection compositions of the present invention can, if desired, provide a "fragrance signal" in the form of an aroma that gives the treated fabric a fresh impression. The scent signal can be designed to give a fleeting scent. When the fragrance is added as a scent signal, the fragrance may be at a very low level, for example, from about 0.001 to about 0.5%, preferably from about 0.003 to about 0.3%, more preferably from about 0.003 to about 0.3% by weight of the use composition. 0.005 to about 0.2% by weight.

Perfumes can also be added as stronger scents in products and on fabrics. If a stronger level of perfume is desired, a relatively high level of perfume can be added.

The composition of the present invention can be blended with any kind of fragrance. Preferred perfume ingredients are ingredients suitable for application on fabrics and clothing. Typical examples of such preferred components are described in US Pat. No. 5,445,747, incorporated herein by reference.
No. 5,985,898, issued to Kvietok et al. On Aug. 29, 1995. If a long lasting fragrance on the fabric is desired, it is preferred to use at least an effective amount of the adherent fragrance component. Examples of such preferred components are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,500,138 and 5,652,206, which are incorporated herein by reference, March 19, 1996 and July 29, 1997, respectively. Bacon et a
but is not limited thereto. After treating the fabric with the fabric protection composition of the present invention, it is also preferred to use a material that can release the perfume component slowly. Such materials are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,531,910, Seve.
rns et al., Jul. 2, 1996, which patent is hereby incorporated by reference.

As used herein, perfumes include natural (ie, flowers, herbs, leaves, roots, bark, wood,
Scented substances or mixtures of substances, including those obtained by extraction of flowers or grasses of fruit trees, artificial (i.e. mixtures of various natural oils or oil components) and synthetic (i.e. synthetically produced) fragrances Is mentioned. Such materials often involve auxiliary materials such as fixatives, extenders, stabilizers and solvents. These auxiliary ingredients also fall under the meaning of "perfume" as used herein. Typically, perfumes are complex mixtures of multiple organic compounds.

Examples of perfume ingredients useful in the perfume of the present invention include, but are not limited to, the materials disclosed in that patent.

The perfumes useful in the compositions of the present invention are substantially free of halogenated substances and nitro masks.

Suitable solvents, diluents or carriers for the above-mentioned perfume ingredients are, for example, ethanol, isopropanol, diethylene glycol, monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol, diethyl phthalate, triethyl citrate and the like. The amount of such solvents, diluents or carriers incorporated into the perfume is preferably kept to the minimum necessary to provide a homogeneous perfume solution.

The fragrance may comprise from 0 to about 15%, preferably from about 0.1 to about 15% by weight of the finished fabric protection composition.
It can be present in an amount of about 8% by weight, more preferably about 0.2 to about 5% by weight. When cyclodextrin is present, even if all of the fragrances in the composition are complexed with the cyclodextrin molecules, still effective levels of uncomplexed cyclodextrin molecules are present in the solution and sufficient odor is present. It is essential to add perfume in such an amount as to provide control. When cyclodextrin is present, to ensure an effective amount of cyclodextrin molecules for odor control, the perfume typically comprises
Less than about 90% of the cyclodextrin is complexed with the fragrance, preferably less than about 50% of the cyclodextrin is complexed with the fragrance, more preferably less than about 30% of the cyclodextrin is complexed with the fragrance. , Most preferably less than about 10% of the cyclodextrin is present in an amount that forms a complex with the perfume. The weight ratio of cyclodextrin to perfume is greater than about 8: 1, preferably greater than about 10: 1, more preferably greater than about 20: 1, even more preferably greater than 40: 1, and most preferably about 70: Should exceed 1.

Preferably, the perfume is hydrophilic, mainly (a) a hydrophilic component having a ClogP of less than about 3.5, more preferably less than about 3.0, and (b) a very low detection threshold. And components selected from the group consisting of components and mixtures thereof. Typically, at least about 50%, preferably at least about 60%, more preferably at least about 70%, and most preferably at least about 8% by weight of the perfume.
0% by weight is composed of the perfume components of the above groups (a) and (b). For these preferred perfumes, the weight ratio of cyclodextrin to perfume is typically about 2: 1.
To about 200: 1, preferably about 4: 1 to about 100: 1, more preferably about 6: 1.
To about 50: 1, more preferably from about 8: 1 to about 30: 1.

(A) Hydrophilic perfume component The hydrophilic perfume component has a higher solubility in water than ordinary perfume components, has less tendency to form a complex with cyclodextrin, and is more present in the odor absorbing composition. . The degree of hydrophobicity of the perfume components depends on their octanol / water partition coefficient P
Can be correlated. The octanol / water partition coefficient of a perfume component is the ratio between the equilibrium concentration of the perfume in octanol and water. Perfume components with a higher distribution coefficient P are considered to be more hydrophobic. Conversely, a fragrance component having a smaller distribution coefficient P is considered to have higher hydrophilicity. Since the distribution coefficient of the perfume component usually has a high value, it is convenient to express it in the form of logarithmic logP with respect to the base 10. For example, a hydrophilic fragrance component that is a preferred fragrance of the present invention has a log P of about 3.5 or less,
Preferably it is about 3.0 or less.

[0189] The logP of many perfume ingredients has been reported, for example, Daylight Chemical Info
Po available from rmation Systems, Inc. (Daylight CIS), Irvine, California
The mona92 database describes much, with reference to the original literature. But,
The logP value can be calculated most conveniently by the "CLOGP" program, also available from Daylight CIS. This program also provides experimental logP values,
If it is in the Pomona92 database, it is listed. "Calculated log P" (Cl
ogP) are described in Hansch and Leo (A. Leo, Comprehensi, incorporated herein by reference).
ve Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 4, C. Hansch, PG Sammens, JB Taylor and CA Ramsden, Eds., p. 295, Pergamon Press, 1990).
ragment approach). The fragment approach takes into account the number and type of atoms, the connectivity of the atoms, and the chemical bonds based on the chemical structure of each perfume component. The selection of perfume ingredients useful in the present invention is the most reliable in terms of this physicochemical property,
It is preferred to use the widely used rating ClogP value instead of the experimental logP value.

Examples of more preferred hydrophilic fragrance ingredients include allyl amyl glycolate, allyl caproate, amyl acetate, amyl propionate, anisaldehyde, anisyl acetate, anisole, benzaldehyde, benzyl acetate, benzylacetone, benzyl alcohol, and benzyl formate , Benzyl isovalerate, benzyl propionate, beta gamma hexenol, calone, camphor gum, levo-carveol, d-carvone, levo-carvone, cinnamyl alcohol, cinnamyl acetate, cinnamyl alcohol, cinnamyl formate, Cinnamyl propionate, cis-jasmon, cis-3-hexenyl acetate, coumarin, cumin alcohol, cumin aldehyde, Cyclal C, cyclogalvanate, dihydroeuginol, dihydroisojasmonate, Methylbenzylcarbinol, dimethylbenzylcarbinyl acetate, ethyl acetate, ethyl acetoacetate, ethyl amyl ketone, ethyl anthranilate, ethyl benzoate, ethyl butyrate, ethyl cinnamate, ethylhexyl ketone, ethyl maltol, ethyl-2-methyl butyrate , Ethyl methylphenyl glycidate, ethylphenyl acetate, ethyl salicylate, ethyl vanillin, eucalyptol, eugenol, eugenyl acetate, eugenyl formate, eugenyl methyl ether, fentyl alcohol, flor (acetyl tricyclodecenyl acetate), Fructon, fluten (tricyclodecenyl propionate), geraniol, geranyloxyacetaldehyde, heliotropin, hexenol, hexenyl acetate, hexyl acetate, hexyl formate, hinoki Thiol, hydrotropic alcohol,
Hydroxycitronellal, hydroxycitronellal diethyl acetal, hydroxycitronellol, indole, isoamyl alcohol, isocyclocitral, isoeugenol, isoeugenyl acetate, isomentone, isopregil, acetate, isoquinoline, keone, rigstral, linalool, linalool oxide, linalyl formate, Rural, Menthone, Methylacetophenone, Methylamylketone, Methylanthranilate, Methylbenzoate, Methylbenzylacetate, Methyl cinnamate, Methyldihydrojasmonate, Methyleugenol, Methylheptenone, Methylheptin carbonate, Methylheptylketone, Methylhexyl Ketone, methylisobutenyltetrahydropyran, methyl-N-methylanthranilate, methyl Beta naphthyl ketone, methylphenylcarbinyl acetate, methyl salicylate, nerol, nonalactone, octalactone, octyl alcohol (octanol-2), para-anisaldehyde, para-cresol, para-cresyl methyl ether, para-hydroxyphenylbutanone, Para-methoxyacetophenone, para-methylacetophenone, phenoxyethanol, phenoxyethyl propionate, phenylacetaldehyde, phenylacetaldehyde diethyl ether, phenylethyloxyacetaldehyde, phenylethyl acetate, phenylethyl alcohol, phenylethyldimethylcarbinol, prenyl acetate, propyl butyrate, Plegon, rose oxide, safrole,
Terpineol, vanillin, pyridine, and mixtures thereof,
It is not limited to these.

Examples of other preferred hydrophilic perfume ingredients that can be used in the perfume composition of the present invention include allyl heptanoate, amyl benzoate, anethole, benzophenone, carvacrol,
Citral, citronellol, citronellyl nitrile, cyclohexylethyl acetate, simul, 4-decenal, dihydroisojasmonate, dihydromyrcenol, ethylmethylphenyl glycidate, fentyl acetate, flohlhydral, gamma-nonalactone, geranyl formate, geranyl Nitrile, hexenyl isobutyrate, alpha-ionone, isobornyl acetate, isobutyl benzoate, isononyl alcohol, isomenthol, para-isopropylphenylacetaldehyde, isopulegol, linalyl acetate, 2-methoxynaphthalene, menthyl acetate, methylcavibicol, mask ketone, Beta-naphthol methyl ether, neral, nonylaldehyde, phenylheptanol, phenylhexanol, terpinyl acetate, Veratrol Yara - Yara, and mixtures thereof, not limited thereto.

Preferred perfume compositions for use in the present invention include at least four different hydrophilic perfume components, preferably at least five different hydrophilic perfume components, and more preferably at least six different hydrophilic perfume components. Ingredients, more preferably at least seven different hydrophilic perfume ingredients. The most common fragrance ingredients derived from natural sources are composed of multiple ingredients. When each such material is used in formulating a preferred perfume composition of the present invention, that material is counted as a single component for purposes of limiting the present invention.

(B) Low Odor Detection Threshold The odor detection threshold of a fragrance component odor generating material is the lowest vapor concentration of the material that can be detected olfactory. The odor detection threshold and the odor detection threshold are, for example, “Standardized Human Olfact
ory Thresholds '', M. devos et al., IRL Press at Oxford University Press,
1990, and the Compilation of Odor and Taste Threshold Values Data, editor
FA Fazzalari, ASTM Data Series DS 48A, American Society for Testing an
d Materials, 1978, both of which are incorporated herein by reference. By using a small amount of the fragrance component having a low odor detection threshold, these components are not as hydrophilic as the fragrance component of the above-mentioned (a) group, but can improve the odor characteristics of the fragrance. Fragrance components which do not belong to the group (a) but have a very low detection threshold useful in the composition of the present invention include ambrox, bacdanol, benzyl salicylate, butyl anthranilate, cetalox, damassenone, alpha-damascon, and gamma- Dodecalactone, evanol, herbavert, cis-3-hexenyl salicylate, alpha-ionone, beta-ionone, alpha-isomethylionone, rial, methylnonyl ketone, gamma-undecalactone, undecylenic aldehyde, and mixtures thereof Selected from the group consisting of These materials are preferably present at low levels, typically in addition to the hydrophilic component of group (a), typically less than about 20%, preferably less than about 15%, by weight of the total perfume composition of the present invention. Preferably about 10
Weight percent. However, only low levels are needed to be effective.

There are also hydrophilic components of group (a) that have significantly lower detection thresholds and are particularly useful in the compositions of the present invention. Examples of these components include allyl amyl glycolate, anethole, benzylacetone, caron, cinnamalcohol, coumarin, cyclogalvanate, Cyclal C, simul, 4-decenal, dihydrojasmonate, ethyl anthranilate, ethyl butyrate-2. -Methyl, ethyl methylphenyl glycidate, ethyl vanillin, eugenol, flour acetate, flour hydral, fructon,
Fluten, heliotropin, keon, indole, isocyclocitral, isoeugenol, lyal, methyl heptine carbonate, linalool, methyl anthranilate, methyl dihydrojasmonate, methyl isobutenyl tetrahydropyran, methyl beta naphthyl ketone, beta naphthol methyl ether,
Nerol, para-anisaldehyde, para-hydroxyphenylbutanone, phenylacetaldehyde, vanillin, and mixtures thereof. By using a low odor detection threshold fragrance component, the level of organic substances released into the atmosphere can be minimized.

Antimicrobial Active Ingredients If desired, the fabric protection compositions of the present invention may be used in an amount effective to kill microorganisms or inhibit their growth, preferably from about 0.001% to about 2% by weight of the use composition. , More preferably about 0.002 to about 1% by weight, even more preferably about 0.003 to about 0% by weight.
. 3% by weight of the antimicrobial active ingredient. Effective antibacterial active ingredients are disinfectants /
It can function as a fungicide and is useful for protecting against organisms adhering to the fabric.

Examples of antimicrobial active ingredients useful in the present invention are set forth below, but are not limited thereto.

Pyrithiones, especially zinc complexes (ZPT), octopirox, parabens (including methylparaben, propylparaben, butylparaben, ethylparaben, isopropylparaben, isobutylparaben, benzylparaben, sodium methylparaben, and sodium propylparaben); DMDM Hydantoin (Gly
dant), methylchloroisothiazolinone / methylisothiazolinone (Kathon CG),
Sodium sulfite, sodium bisulfite, imidazolidinyl urea, diazolidinyl urea (germail 2), sorbic acid / potassium sorbate, dehydroacetic acid / sodium dehydroacetate, benzyl alcohol, sodium borate, 2-bromo-2-
Nitropropane-1,3-diol (Bronopol), formalin, iodopropynylbutyl carbamate, boric acid, chloroacetamide, methenamine, methyldibromoglutaronitrile, glutaraldehyde, hexaamidine isethionate, 5
-Bromo-5-nitro-1,3-dioxane, phenethyl alcohol, o-phenylphenol / sodium o-phenylphenol, sodium hydroxymethyl glycinate, polymethoxybicyclic oxazolidine, dimethoxane, Thimer
sol, dichlorobenzyl alcohol, captan, chlorophenesin, dichlorophen, phenoxyethanol, phenoxyisopropanol, halogenated diphenyl ether, 2,4,4′-trichloro-2′-hydroxy-diphenyl ether (Triclosan), 2,2′-dihydroxy- 5,5′-dibromo-diphenyl ether, phenolic compounds— (phenol and its homologues, mono- and polyalkyl and aromatic halophenols, resorcinol and its derivatives,
Bisphenol compounds and halogenated salicylanilides), phenol and homologs thereof (phenol, 2-methylphenol, 3-methylphenol, 4-methylphenol, 4-ethylphenol, 2,4-dimethylphenol, 2, 5-dimethylphenol, 3,4-dimethylphenol, 2,6-
Dimethylphenol, 4-n-propylphenol, 4-n-butylphenol, 4-n-amylphenol, 4-tert-amylphenol, 4-n-hexylphenol, and 4-n-heptylphenol), mono -And poly-alkyl and aromatic halophenols (p-chlorophenol, methyl p-chlorophenol, ethyl p-chlorophenol, n-propyl p-chlorophenol, n-butyl p-chlorophenol, n-amyl p-chlorophenol Phenol, sec-amyl p-chlorophenol, n-hexyl p-chlorophenol, cyclohexyl p-chlorophenol, n-heptyl p-chlorophenol,
n-octyl p-chlorophenol, o-chlorophenol, methyl o-chlorophenol, ethyl o-chlorophenol, n-propyl o-chlorophenol, n-butyl o-chlorophenol, n-amyl o-chlorophenol, ter
t-amyl o-chlorophenol, n-hexyl o-chlorophenol, n-heptyl o-chlorophenol, o-benzyl p-chlorophenol, o-benzyl-m-methyl p-chlorophenol, o-benzyl-m, m-dimethyl p-chlorophenol, o-phenylethyl p-chlorophenol, o-phenylethyl-m-methyl p-chlorophenol, 3-methyl p-chlorophenol, 3,
5-dimethyl p-chlorophenol, 6-ethyl-3-methyl p-chlorophenol, 6-n-propyl-3-methyl p-chlorophenol, 6-iso-propyl-3-methyl p-chlorophenol, 2- Ethyl-3,5-dimethyl p-chlorophenol, 6-sec-butyl-3-methyl p-chlorophenol, 2-iso-propyl-3,5-dimethyl p-chlorophenol, 6-diethylmethyl-
3-methyl p-chlorophenol, 6-iso-propyl-2-ethyl-3-methyl p-chlorophenol, 2-sec-amyl-3,5-dimethyl p-chlorophenol, 2-diethylmethyl-3,5 -Dimethyl p-chlorophenol, 6-
sec-octyl-3-methyl p-chlorophenol, p-chloro-m-cresol, p-bromophenol, methyl p-bromophenol, ethyl p-bromophenol, n-propyl p-bromophenol, n-butyl p- Bromophenol, n-amyl p-bromophenol, sec-amyl p-bromophenol, n-hexyl p-bromophenol, cyclohexyl p-bromophenol,
o-bromophenol, tert-amyl o-bromophenol, n-hexyl o-bromophenol, n-propyl-m, m-dimethylhexyl o-bromophenol, 2-phenylphenol, 4-chloro-2-methylphenol, 4-
Chloro-3-methylphenol, 4-chloro-3,5-dimethylphenol, 2
, 4-Dichloro-3,5-dimethylphenol, 3,4,5,6-tetrabromo-2-methylphenol, 5-methyl-2-pentylphenol, 4-isopropyl-3-methylphenol, para-chloro-meta -Xylenol (PCMX)
, 5-chloro-2-hydroxydiphenylmethane, resorcinol and derivatives thereof (resorcinol, methyl resorcinol, ethyl resorcinol, n-propyl resorcinol, n-butyl resorcinol, n-amyl resorcinol, n-hexyl resorcinol, n-heptyl resorcinol, n- Octyl resorcinol, n-nonyl resorcinol, phenyl resorcinol, benzyl resorcinol, phenylethyl resorcinol, phenylpropyl resorcinol, p-chlorobenzyl resorcinol, 5-chloro-2,4-dihydroxydiphenylmethane, 4'-chloro-2,4-dihydroxydiphenylmethane, 5-
Bromo 2,4-dihydroxydiphenylmethane and 4′-bromo 2,4-dihydroxydiphenylmethane), bisphenol compounds “2,2 ′
-Methylenebis (4-chlorophenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (3,4,
6-trichlorophenol), 2,2′-methylenebis (4-chloro-6-bromophenol), bis (2-hydroxy-3,5-dichlorophenyl) sulfide and bis (2-hydroxy-5-chlorobenzyl) sulfide Include]
Benzoic acid esters, including p-hydroxybenzoic acid, methyl p-hydroxybenzoic acid, ethyl p-hydroxybenzoic acid, propyl p-hydroxybenzoic acid, and butyl p-hydroxybenzoic acid.

Another class of antimicrobial agents useful in the present invention are the so-called “natural” antimicrobial active ingredients called natural essential oils. The names of these active ingredients are derived from their presence in natural plants. Typical natural essential oil antibacterial active ingredients include anise, lemon, orange,
Rosemary, cypress, musculus, lavender, clove, hop, tea tree, citronella, wheat, barley, lemongrass, cedar leaf, cedar tree, cinnamon, fleagrass, geranium, sandalwood, violet, Cranberry, eucalyptus, black pine, peppermint,
Benzoin gum, Hydastis carradensis, Berberidaceae. Daceae, Ratanhiae and Curcuma longa. This category of natural essential oils also includes important chemical components of vegetable oils that have been found to provide antimicrobial properties. These chemicals include:
Anethole, catechol, camphene, thymol, eugenol, eucalyptol, ferulic acid, farnesol, hinokitiol, tropolone, limonene, menthol, methyl salicylate, salicylic acid, thymol, terpineol, berbenone, berberine, ratanhiae extract, cariopherene oxide, citronell But not limited to acids, curcumin, nerolidol, geraniol and benzoic acid.

Another active agent is a bactericidal metal salt. This category generally includes salts of metals of groups 3b-7b, 8 and 3a-5a. Especially aluminum, zirconium, zinc, silver, gold, copper, lanthanum, tin, mercury, bismuth, selenium, strontium, scandium, yttrium, cerium, praseodymium, neodymium, promethium, samarium, europium, gadolinium, terbium, dysprosium, holmium, erbium , Thulium, ytterbium, ruthenium and their mixtures.

Preferred antimicrobial agents for use herein include triclosan, phenoxyisopropanol, phenoxyethanol, PCMX, natural essential oils and their essential components,
And a wide range of active ingredients selected from the group consisting of: and mixtures thereof. The most preferred antimicrobial active for use herein is triclosan.

Quaternary Compounds In the compositions of the present invention, a wide variety of quaternary compounds can be used as antimicrobial active ingredients, along with preferred surfactants. Examples of useful quaternary compounds include (1)
Benzalkonium chloride and / or substituted benzalkonium chlorides, such as the commercially available Barquat® (commercially available from Lonza), Maquat
(Trade name) (commercially available from Mason), Variquat (trade name) (commercially available from Witco / Sherex)
And Hyamine® (commercially available from Lonza), (2) di (C ₆ -C ₁₄ ) alkyl di-short-chain (C _1-4 alkyl and / or hydroxyalkyl) quaternary compounds, such as Lonza's Bardac ( Trade name) products [these quaternary compounds have two relatively short chains, for example _C1-4 alkyl and / or hydroxyalkyl groups and two _C6-12 , preferably _C6-10 , preferably comprises _{C 8} alkyl group], (3) N- (3- chloroallyl) hex mini um chloride, e.g. Do
Dowicide (trade name) and Dowicil (trade name) available from w. (4) Benzuethonium chloride, such as Hyamine (trade name) 1622 available from Rohm & Haas, (5)
Methyl benzethonium chloride, for example Hyamine supplied by Rohm & Haas
(Trade Name) 10X, (6) Cetylpyridinium chloride, such as Cepacol chloride commercially available from Merrell Labs, but is not limited thereto.
Examples of preferred dialkyl quaternary compounds are di _(C 8 ~C ₁₂₎ dialkyl dimethyl ammonium chloride, for example, didecyldimethylammonium chloride (B
ardac 22), and dioctyldimethylammonium chloride (Bardac 2050). Typical concentrations for obtaining the bactericidal effect of these quaternary compounds are from about 0.001 to about 0.8% by weight of the use composition, preferably from about 0.005 to about 0.3% by weight.
, More preferably about 0.01 to 0.2% by weight. The concentration corresponding to the concentrated composition is from about 0.003 to about 2% by weight of the concentrated composition, preferably from about 0.006 to about 1.
2% by weight, more preferably about 0.1-0.8% by weight.

When cyclodextrin is present, a water-soluble antimicrobial active is useful to protect it from organisms adhering to the treated fabric. The antimicrobial agent should be substantially free of complex with the cyclodextrin, for example, with the cyclodextrin (if present) in the odor absorbing composition. Free, uncomplexed antibacterial, eg, bactericidal, active ingredients exhibit optimal antibacterial performance.

The disinfection of fabrics can be carried out using antibacterial materials such as bactericidal halogenated compounds, quaternary compounds,
And a phenolic compound.

[0202] Cyclodextrin-compatible, more potent antimicrobial agents that can function as biguanide disinfectants / disinfectants, as well as preservatives for the finished product (see below) and are useful in the compositions of the present invention. The reactive halogenated compound is a 1,1 compound generally called chlorohexidine.
'-Hexamethylenebis (5- (p-chlorophenyl) biguanide), and salts thereof, for example, salts with hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, and gluconic acid. Digluconate is highly soluble in water, about 70% in water, and diacetate is about 1.8% soluble in water. When chlorohexidine is used as a bactericide in the present invention, this material will typically comprise from about 0.001 to about 0.4% by weight of the use composition, preferably from about 0.002 to about 0.002%.
It is present in an amount of about 0.3% by weight, more preferably about 0.05 to about 0.2% by weight. In some cases, virucidal activity may require an amount of about 1 to about 2% by weight.

Other useful biguanide compounds include Cosmoci® CQ, Vantocil® IB, including poly (hexamethylene biguanide) hydrochloride. Other useful cationic antimicrobial agents include bis-biguanide alkanes. Possible water-soluble salts of the above substances are chlorides, bromides, sulphates, alkylsulphonates such as methylsulphonate and ethylsulphonate, phenylsulphonates such as p-methylphenylsulphonate, nitrate , Acetate, gluconate,
And so on.

Examples of suitable bisbiguanide compounds include chlorohexidine, 1,6-bis- (2
-Ethylhexylbiguanidehexane) dihydrochloride, 1,6-di- (N₁, N₁’
-Phenyldiguanide-N₅, N₅′) -Hexane tetrahydrochloride, 1,6-di- (N ₁ , N₁'-Phenyl-N₁, N₁'-Methyldiguanide-N₅, N₅’) Heki
San dihydrochloride, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁'-O-chlorophenyldiguanide-N ₅ , N₅′) Hexane dihydrochloride, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁'-2,6-dichloro
Phenyldiguanide-N₅, N₅') Hexane dihydrochloride, 1,6-di [N₁, N ₁ '-Beta- (p-methoxyphenyl) diguanide-N₅, N₅’] Hexane
Dihydrochloride, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁'-Alpha-methyl-beta-phenyldi
Guanide-N₅, N₅′) Hexane dihydrochloride, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁’-P-
Nitrophenyl diguanide-N₅, N₅’) Hexane dihydrochloride, Omega.:.Ome
G. '-Di- (N₁, N₁'-Phenyldiguanide-N₅, N₅))-Di-n-
Propyl ether dihydrochloride, omega.:.omega. '-Di- (N₁, N₁’-P-
Chlorophenyl diguanide-N₅, N₅') -Di-n-propyl ether tetrahydrochloride
Salt, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁'-2,4-dichlorophenyldiguanide-N₅,
N₅′) Hexane tetrahydrochloride, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁'-P-methylphenyldi
Guanide-N₅, N₅′) Hexane dihydrochloride, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁'-2,
4,5-trichlorophenyldiguanide-N₅, N₅') Hexane tetrahydrochloride, 1
, 6-di [N₁, N₁'-Alpha- (p-chlorophenyl) ethyldiguanide
-N₅, N₅') Hexane dihydrochloride, omega.:.omega. '-Di- (N₁, N₁
'-P-chlorophenyldiguanide-N₅, N₅′) M-xylene dihydrochloride, 1
, 12-di (N₁, N₁'-P-chlorophenyldiguanide-N₅, N₅’) Do
Decane dihydrochloride, 1,10-di (N₁, N₁'-Phenyldiguanide-N₅, N ₅ ′) Decane tetrahydrochloride, 1,12-di (N₁, N₁'Phenyldiguanide-N₅ , N₅′) Dodecane tetrahydrochloride, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁'-O-chlorophenyl
Diguanide-N₅, N₅′) Hexane dihydrochloride, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁’-P
-Chlorophenyldiguanide-N₅, N₅’) Hexane tetrahydrochloride, ethylene bis
(1-tolylbiguanide), ethylenebis (p-tolylbiguanide), ethylene
Bis (3,5-dimethylphenylbiguanide), ethylenebis (p-tert-
Amylphenylbiguanide), ethylenebis (nonylphenylbiguanide), d
Tylene bis (phenyl biguanide), ethylene bis (N-butyl phenyl biguan)
Nide), ethylenebis (2,5-diethoxyphenylbiguanide), ethylenebi
(2,4-dimethylphenylbiguanide), ethylenebis (o-diphenylbiguanide)
Guanide), ethylene bis (mixed amylnaphthyl biguanide), N-butylethyl
Lenbis (phenyl biguanide), trimethylene bis (o-tolyl biguanide)
, N-butyltrimethylenebis (phenylbiguanide), and all of the above materials
Corresponding pharmaceutically acceptable salts such as acetate, gluconate, hydrochloride, odor
Hydride, citrate, bisulfite, fluoride, polymaleate, N-coco
Nut alkyl sarcosinate, phosphite, hypophosphite, perfluorooctane
Tantalate, silicate, sorbate, salicylate, maleate, tartrate,
Fumarate, ethylenediaminetetraacetate, iminodiacetate, cinnamate,
Ossinate, alginate, pyromellitate, tetracarboxybutyrate, benzoate
Perfumes, glutarates, monofluorophosphates, and perfluoropropions
Acid salts, and mixtures thereof. Preferred antimicrobial agents in this group are 1,6-
Di- (N₁, N₁'-Phenyldiguanide-N₅, N₅') -Hexane tetrahydrochloride
, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁'-O-chlorophenyldiguanide-N₅, N₅’)
Hexane dihydrochloride, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁'-2,6-dichlorophenyl jig
Anide-N₅, N₅′) Hexane dihydrochloride, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁'-2,4
-Dichlorophenyldiguanide-N₅, N₅') Hexane tetrahydrochloride, 1,6-di
[N₁, N₁'-Alpha- (p-chlorophenyl) ethyldiguanide-N₅,
N₅') Hexane dihydrochloride, omega.:.omega. '-Di- (N₁, N₁’-P-
Chlorophenyl diguanide-N₅, N₅') M-xylene dihydrochloride, 1,12-
J (N₁, N₁'-P-chlorophenyldiguanide-N₅, N₅’) Dodecane 2
Hydrochloride, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁'-O-chlorophenyldiguanide-N₅, N ₅ ′) Hexane dihydrochloride, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁'-P-chlorophenyl jig
Anide-N₅, N₅’) Hexane tetrahydrochloride, and mixtures thereof,
Preferably, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁'-O-chlorophenyldiguanide-N₅ , N₅′) Hexane dihydrochloride, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁'-2,6-dichlorofu
Enyldiguanide-N₅, N₅′) Hexane dihydrochloride, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁ '-2,4-dichlorophenyldiguanide-N₅, N₅’) Hexane tetrahydrochloride,
1,6-di [N₁, N₁'-Alpha- (p-chlorophenyl) ethyldiguani
Do-N₅, N₅') Hexane dihydrochloride, omega.:.omega. '-Di- (N₁, N
₁'-P-chlorophenyldiguanide-N₅, N₅′) M-xylene dihydrochloride,
1,12-di (N₁, N₁'-P-chlorophenyldiguanide-N₅, N₅’)
Dodecane dihydrochloride, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁'-O-chlorophenyldiguanide
-N₅, N₅′) Hexane dihydrochloride, 1,6-di (N₁, N₁'-P-chlorofu
Enyldiguanide-N₅, N₅’) Hexane tetrahydrochloride, and mixtures thereof
is there. As mentioned above, the bis biguanides to be selected are chlorohexidine, its salts,
For example, digluconate, dihydrochloride, diacetate, and mixtures thereof.

Surfactants tend to improve antimicrobial activity when added to antimicrobial agents. This is especially true when siloxane surfactants are combined with chlorohexidine antimicrobial actives.

Aminocarboxylate chelating agents Chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), hydroxyethylenediaminetriacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, other aminocarboxylate chelating agents, and mixtures thereof, and salts thereof, and These mixtures can, if desired, be used to increase the antibacterial and preservative effects against Gram-negative bacteria, especially Pseudomonas species. EDTA
And although sensitive to other aminocarboxylate chelators is mainly Pseu domonas species characteristics, in addition to the bacterial species highly sensitive to chelators, Achromobacter, Alcaligenes, Azotobacter, Escherichia , Salmonella, Spir illum , And Vibrio . Other species, including fungi and yeast, are also sensitive to these chelators. In addition, aminocarboxylate chelators are useful, for example, for maintaining product clarity, protecting odor and fragrance components, and preventing malodor and odor generation.

These aminocarboxylate chelators are not inherently potent fungicides, but function as enhancers to improve the performance of other antimicrobial / preservatives in the compositions of the present invention. Amino carboxylate chelators are many of the cationic, anionic and nonionic antimicrobial / preservatives, phenolic compounds, and isothiazolinones used as antimicrobial / preservatives in the compositions of the present invention. Performance can be enhanced. Examples of antimicrobial agents / preservatives that are enhanced by aminocarboxylate chelators in solution include chlorohexidine salts (including digluconate, diacetate, and dihydrochloride), and Quaternium-15, Dowicil 200 Dowi, also known as
cide Q, Preventol D1, benzalkonium chloride, cetrimonium, myristoalkonium chloride, cetylpyridinium chloride, laurylpyridinium chloride, and the like, but are not limited thereto. Examples of useful anionic antimicrobial agents / preservatives that are enhanced by aminocarboxylate chelators include, but are not limited to, sorbic acid and potassium sorbate. Examples of useful nonionic antimicrobial agents / preservatives that are enhanced by aminocarboxylate chelators are DMDM hydantoin, phenethyl alcohol, monolaurin, imidazolidinyl urea, and Bronopol (2-bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3 -Diol), but is not limited thereto.

Examples of useful phenolic antimicrobial agents / preservatives enhanced by these chelating agents are chloroxylenol, phenol, tert-butylhydroxyanisole, salicylic acid, resorcinol, and o-phenylphenate. Examples of isothiazolinone antimicrobial agents / preservatives enhanced by aminocarboxylate chelators include, but are not limited to, Kathon, Proxel and Promexal.

[0211] The optional chelating agent may be employed in the compositions of the present invention to provide the antimicrobial efficacy of the present invention, typically from about 0.01% to about 0.3% by weight of the use composition. , More preferably from about 0.02 to about 0.1% by weight, most preferably from about 0.02 to about 0.05.
% By weight.

To enhance the efficacy of the antimicrobial agent, a free, uncomplexed aminocarboxylate chelator is required. Therefore, when excess alkaline earths (especially calcium and magnesium) and transition metals (iron, manganese, copper, etc.) are present, no free chelating agent is obtained and no enhancement of the antimicrobial agent is observed. Free, uncomplexed aminocarboxylate chelates when the water hardness is very high or large amounts of transition metals are present, or when the product requires specific chelating agent levels for aesthetic reasons Higher levels may be required to secure the agent and function as an antimicrobial / preservative enhancer.

Antimicrobial preservatives If desired, but preferably, to protect the fabric-protecting polysaccharides having a globular structure and / or other readily degradable organic components, such as cyclodextrins, in the compositions of the present invention. An antimicrobial preservative, preferably a solubilized, water-soluble antimicrobial preservative, can be added, provided that these molecules consist, for example, of a variable number of glucose units, especially in aqueous compositions. This is because it can be a growth medium for a specific microorganism. This disadvantage can lead to long term storage stability problems of the fabric protection solution. Contamination by certain microorganisms and subsequent microbial growth may form unsightly and / or malodorous solutions. Since the growth of microorganisms in a fabric protection solution is highly undesirable, an antimicrobial preservative effective to inhibit and / or inhibit microbial growth, preferably a solubilized, water-soluble, antimicrobial preservative. It is desirable to enhance the storage stability of the preferably transparent, aqueous, odor absorbing solution, including a fabric protective polysaccharide having a globular structure.

It is preferred to use preservatives with a broad range of efficacy, such as preservatives that are effective against both bacteria (both Gram-positive and Gram-negative) and fungi. Preservatives with limited efficacy, such as preservatives that are only effective against a single group of microorganisms, such as fungi, may be broad-spectrum preservatives or other limited, complementary and / or complementary It can be used in combination with an active preservative. Mixtures of broad-spectrum preservatives can also be used. If contamination by a particular group of microorganisms (eg, Gram-negative bacteria) is a problem, aminocarboxylate chelators can be used alone or in conjunction with other preservatives as enhancers. For example, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (
Chelating agents including EDTA), hydroxyethylenediaminetriacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, other aminocarboxylate chelators, and mixtures thereof, and salts thereof, and mixtures thereof are gram-negative bacteria, especially Pseudomonas Preservative effect on species can be enhanced.

[0215] Antimicrobial preservatives useful in the present invention include bactericidal compounds, ie, substances that kill microorganisms, biosuppressive compounds, ie, substances that inhibit and / or regulate the growth of microorganisms. Suitable preservatives are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,534,165, 5,578,563, 5,663,134, 5,668,097, 5,670,475, and 5,714,137, Trinh et al., July 9, 1996, November 26, 1996, September 2, 1997, September 16, 1997, and 19, respectively.
The disclosures of each of which are issued on September 23, 1997, and issued February 3, 1998, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. Many antimicrobial preservatives are described in the Antimicrobial Active Ingredients section above. Water-soluble antimicrobial preservatives, such as parabens and triclosan, are useful in the fabric protection compositions of the present invention, but use solubilizers, emulsifiers, dispersants, and the like, such as surfactants and / or cyclodextrins. , There is a need to effectively distribute the preservative into the liquid composition. Preferred antimicrobial preservatives are water-soluble preservatives and are effective at low levels. Water-soluble preservatives useful in the present invention have a solubility in water of at least about 0.3 g per 100 ml of water at room temperature,
That is, it exceeds about 0.3% at room temperature, and preferably exceeds about 0.5% at room temperature. The water-soluble antimicrobial preservative in the present invention is included in an effective amount. The term "effective amount" as defined herein is intended to prevent spoilage or the growth of microorganisms added unintentionally.
A sufficient amount to inhibit for a specified period of time. That is, it is not used to kill microorganisms on surfaces to which the composition is attached to remove odors generated by the microorganisms. Rather, it prevents spoilage of the fabric protective polysaccharide solution having a spherical structure,
It is preferably used to increase the shelf life of the composition. The preferred amount of preservative is from about 0.0001 to about 0.5% by weight of the use composition, more preferably about 0.0
002 to about 0.2% by weight, most preferably about 0.0003 to about 0.1% by weight.

Preservatives can be any organic preservatives that do not cause damage to the fabric appearance, such as discoloration, coloration, bleaching. Preferred water-soluble preservatives include organic sulfur compounds, halogenated compounds, cyclic organic nitrogen compounds, low molecular weight aldehydes, quaternary ammonium compounds, dehydroacetic acid, phenyl and phenolic compounds, and mixtures thereof.

The preservatives of the present invention can be used in mixtures to control a wide range of microorganisms.

The bacteriostatic effect may be achieved by adding the pH of the composition to an acidic pH, eg, less than about pH 4, preferably less than about pH 3, or a basic pH, eg, greater than about 10, preferably greater than about 11. It may be obtained by adjusting to.

Fabric Softening Active Ingredients The fabric protection composition of the present invention can optionally include a fabric softening active. The composition added during liquid rinsing is typically about 1% to about 75%, preferably about 2% to about 65%, more preferably about 3% to about 45%, even more preferably about 1% by weight of the composition. From about 4 to about 35% by weight of the fabric softener active ingredient. For compositions added in a dryer, this amount may range from about 1 to about 99% by weight, preferably from about 10 to about 8%.
0%, more preferably about 20% to about 70%, even more preferably about 25% to about 60% by weight of the fabric softener active ingredient. In the composition to be sprayed, this amount is from about 0.05 to about 10%, preferably from about 0.1 to about 7%, more preferably from about 0.5 to about 5% by weight.

[0220] The fabric protection composition added during rinsing containing the fabric softening active may comprise a liquid composition which may be a dispersion or a transparent.

Dispersion Compositions Stable "dispersion" compositions are described in US Pat. No. 4,661,269, T.T.
issued to Rinh et al. on April 28, 1987, and US Pat. No. 5,545,34.
No. 0, published on August 13, 1996 in Wahl et al.,
The patent is hereby incorporated by reference. In addition to the softening actives, suitable optional ingredients are described below. The dispersion composition may be diluted or concentrated, but is preferably concentrated.

Transparent Compositions Preferred compositions are concentrated, transparent, I.I. From about 2 to about 80%, preferably from about 13 to about 75%, more preferably from about 17 to about 70%, even more preferably from about 19 to about 65%, by weight of the composition, of fabric softener activity. Ingredient (The fabric softener active ingredient has a phase transition temperature of about 50 ° C.
Less than about 35 ° C., more preferably less than about 20 ° C., even more preferably less than about 0 ° C., and preferably comprises an unsaturated alkyl group and / or a branched fatty alkyl group; The converted alkyl group has an average iodine value (IV
) Is at least about 40 and the level of polyunsaturation is preferably at least about 5
%, Wherein the level of C18: 3 acyl groups in the starting fatty acyl source material for producing the softening active is preferably less than about 1% by weight. II). Less than about 40%, preferably from about 10 to about 35%, more preferably from about 12 to about 25%, even more preferably from about 14 to about 20% by weight of the composition of a major solvent, wherein the major solvent is ClogP of about -2.0 to about 2.6, preferably about -1.7.
To about 1.7, more preferably from about -1.0 to about 1.0, with some asymmetry), if desired, but preferably in an amount sufficient to improve transparency. Molecular weight water-soluble solvents such as ethanol, isopropanol, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, propylene carbonate, etc., and, if desired,
Preferably, however, a sufficient amount of water-soluble calcium and / or magnesium salts, preferably chloride, to improve clarity; II. If desired, but highly preferred for the transparent / translucent composition, at least an effective amount, typically less than about 40% by weight of the composition, preferably from about 1 to about 25% by weight
, More preferably from about 3 to about 8% by weight, preferably from about -2.0 to about 2.6, more preferably from about -1.7 to about 1.6, even more preferably from about -1.0. ~
III. Optionally, but preferably about 0.1% to about 10%, preferably about 0.75% to about 2.5%, more preferably about 1.0% by weight of the composition. From about 1 to about 2% by weight of the electrolyte described below, IV. Optionally, but preferably, from 0 to about 15%, preferably from about 0.1 to about 7%, more preferably from about 1 to about 6% by weight of the composition of a phase stabilizer, preferably an alkoxylation, Surfactants, also preferably having an HLB of about 8 to about 20, more preferably about 10 to about 18, even more preferably about 11 to about 15; It comprises the minor components and / or water-soluble solvents that make up the remainder.

Preferred primary solvent and / or electrolyte levels and primary solvent types are
Usually, it is selected according to the amount and type of the softening agent. Preferred levels and types of major solvents, electrolytes and phase stabilizers that provide a clear and stable composition are described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09 / 309,128, 1
Filed May 10, 999, and disclosed in Frankenbach et al.

The ClogP of a solvent is the logarithm calculated for the base 10 of the octanol / water partition coefficient (P) of the solvent. ClogP values are calculated from Daylight Chemical Information Sy
Calculated conveniently by the “CLOGP” program available from stems, Inc. (Daylight CIS), Irvine, California. "Calculated logP" (ClogP) is based on Hansch
And Leo (A. Leo, Comprehensive Medicinal Chemi included here for reference)
stry, Vol. 4, C. Hansch, PG Sammens, JB Taylor and CA Ramsden, Ed
s., p, 295, see Pergamon Press, 1990).
Can be determined by The fragment approach takes into account the number and type of atoms, the connectivity of the atoms, and the chemical bonds based on the chemical structure of each component. Other methods that can be used to calculate ClogP include the Crippen fragment method described in, for example, J. Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci., 27, 21 (1987), J. Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci. , 29, 163 (19
89), and the fragment method of Viswanadhan described in Eur. J. Med. Chem.-Chi
m. Theor., 19, 71 (1984).

Fabric Softening Active Ingredients The fabric softening actives that can be used herein are at least generally described in US Pat. No. 3,408,361, Mannheimer, Oct. 29, 1968, for its basic structure. No. 4,709,045, Kubo et al., Promulgated Nov. 24, 1987, No. 4,233,451, Pracht et al., Promulgated Nov. 11, 1980, No. 4,127,489. Procht et al., Promulgated November 28, 1979, No. 3,689,424, Berg et al., Promulgated September 5, 1972, 4,128.
No. 4,485, Baumann et al., Promulgated on December 5, 1978, No. 4,161,60.
No. 4, Elster al., Promulgated July 17, 1979, No. 4,189,593, Wech
sler et al., promulgated February 19, 1980, No. 4,339,391, Hoffmane
t al., promulgated July 13, 1982, U.S. Pat. No. 3,861,870, Edwards
And Diehl, 4,308,151, Cambre, 3,886,075, Ber.
nardino, No. 4,233,164, Davis, No. 4,401,578, Verbrugg
en, 3,974,076, Wiersema and Rieke, and 4,237,0.
No. 16, Rudkin, Clint and Young, No. 4,885,102, Yamamura et al.
., Promulgated December 5, 1989, No. 4,937,008, Yamamura et al., 1
Promulgated June 26, 990, and 5,133,885, Contor et al., 1
Proposed July 28, 992, Case 4768, Trinh et al., And European Patent Applications Nos. 91 / 336,267, Rutzen et al. And 91 / 423,894, Contor et al., And International Patent No. WO 91/01295, Trius et al.,
The disclosures of each of which are published on February 7, 1991, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Other preferred fabric softening actives for compositions added during liquid rinsing are described in US Pat. No. 4,661,269, T. Trinh, EH, Apr. 28, 1987.
Wahl, promulgated in DM Swartley and RL Hemingway. Biodegradable ester and / or amide linked fabric softening actives are described, for example, in US Pat. No. 5,545,340, Aug. 13, 1996, Wahl et al.
., Is stated in the promulgation. Biodegradable unsaturated ester and / or amide linked fabric softening actives in concentrated clear compositions are described in US Pat. No. 5,759,990, Wahl on Jun. 2, 1998. , Tordil, Trinh, Car
r, Keys, and Meyer, and in US Pat. No. 5,747,443, issued May 5, 1998, under the names Wahl, Trinh, Gosselink, Letton, and Sivik. . All of the patents are hereby incorporated by reference. Examples of suitable amine softening actives that can be used in the present invention are described in PCT Application No. WO99
/ 06509, KA Grimm, DR Bacon, T. Trinh, EH Wahl and H
B. Tordil, published February 11, 1999, which application is hereby incorporated by reference.

Quaternary containing saturated, partially saturated, unsaturated and / or highly unsaturated, linear and / or branched alkyl groups All fabric softening actives, including and non-quaternary softening actives, can be used in the fabric protection composition added during rinsing of the present invention. Biodegradable fabric softening actives are preferred.

Preferred fabric protection compositions of the present invention comprise highly unsaturated and / or branched hydrophobic chains, preferably biodegradable, highly unsaturated, and / or A fabric softening active selected from branched fabric softening actives, and mixtures thereof, is used. These highly unsaturated and / or branched fabric softening actives are used to improve fabric appearance properties, including restoration of fabric color appearance, improved color integrity, and anti-wrinkle properties. It has the properties necessary for use at high levels. Fabric softener comprising a saturated and / or less unsaturated fabric softening active, for example having an iodine value of less than about 10, and an unsaturated chain having a trans structure The active ingredients usually have better softening performance per unit weight, but are more difficult to concentrate, so low levels in the composition, typically about 30% by weight of the composition, Less than 25% by weight, more preferably less than 20% by weight.

The preferred fabric softening actives of the present invention comprise most of the following compounds:

Diester Quaternary Ammonium Fabric Softening Active Compound (DEQA) (1) The first type of DEQA comprises a compound having the following formula as a major active ingredient. ^{_{{R 4-m -N + -}} [(CH 2) n -Y-R 1] m} A - wherein each R substituent is hydrogen, a short chain _C 1 -C _6, preferably _C 1 -C ₃ Alkyl or hydroxyalkyl groups such as methyl (most preferred), ethyl, propyl,
Hydroxyethyl, etc., a poly (C _2-3 alkoxy), preferably a polyethoxy group, benzyl, or a mixture thereof, each m is 2 or 3, each n is 1 to about 4, and each Y is -O- (O) C-, -C (O) -O-, -NR- (O)
C— or —C (O) —NR—, and the total number of carbons in each R ¹ (Y is —O— (
O) +1) when C— or —NR— (O) C— is C ₁₂ -C ₂₂ , preferably C ₁₄ -C ₂₀ , and each R ¹ is a hydrocarbyl or a substituted hydrocarbyl group; , a ^- is any anion of its flexibility imparting agent compatible,
Preferably, chloride, bromide, methyl sulfate, ethyl sulfate, sulfate, and nitrate, more preferably chloride or methyl sulfate (as used herein, a "softener active ingredient comprising a particular R ¹ group." percent "of is based on the percentage of the total active ingredient based on the percentage of the particular R ¹ group to the total R ¹ groups present).

(2) The second type of DEQA active ingredient has the following general formula: _{^{[R 3 N + CH 2 CH}} (YR 1) (CH 2 YR 1)] A - wherein each Y, R, ^{R 1,} and A ^- have the same meanings as described above. Such compounds include those having the formula: [CH ₃ ] ₃ N ⁽⁺⁾ [CH ₂ CH (CH ₂ O (O) CR ¹ ) O (O) CR ¹ ] Cl ^{( −)} wherein each R is a methyl or ethyl group, preferably R ¹ is _C 15 _{~C 1 9.}

These types of materials and their general methods of manufacture are described in US Pat. No. 4,137,180, Naik et al., Jan. 3, 1979, incorporated herein by reference.
Promulgation on the 0th day. An example of a preferred DEQA of formula (2) is
“Propyl” ester quaternary ammonium fabric softening active ingredient having di (acyloxy) -3-trimethylammoniopropane chloride, wherein acyl is the same as the acyl of FA ¹ described below.

These biodegradable quaternary ammonium fabric softening compounds preferably include a —C (O) R ¹ group, which is derived primarily from saturated fatty acids, such as stearic acid. But more preferably from partially saturated and / or partially hydrogenated fatty acids obtained from natural sources, such as from animal fats, such as tallow fatty acids. Unsaturated fatty acids, such as oleic acid, and polyunsaturated fatty acids, such as vegetable oils, such as canola oil;
Also preferred are fatty acids derived from safflower oil, peanut oil, sunflower oil, corn oil, soybean oil, tall oil, rice bran oil, and the like. Non-limiting examples of fatty acids (FA) are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,759,990, paragraphs 4, 45-66. Unsaturated and polyunsaturated fatty acids are preferred in the formulation of the concentrated clear fabric softening compositions of the present invention.

A mixture of fatty acids can be used and is preferred. Examples of fatty acids that can be mixed to form the fatty acid mixture (FA) of the present invention include, but are not limited to, the following. Fatty acyl groups _{^{FA 1 FA 2 FA 3 C 14}} 0 0 1 C 16 3 11 25 C 18 3 4 20 C14: 1 0 0 0 C16: 1 1 1 0 C18: 1 79 27 45 C18: 2 13 50 6 C18: 3 17 0 Unknown component 0 0 3 Total 100 100 100 IV 99 125-138 56 cis / trans (C18: 1) 5-6 Unknown 7 TPU 14 576 FA ¹ was partially hydrogenated from canola oil a fatty acid, FA ² is a fatty acid prepared from soybean oil, FA ³ is a tallow fatty acid slightly hydrogenated.

The iodine value (referred to herein as “IV”) is used to define the level of fatty acid unsaturation. As used herein, the iodine value of the “parent” fatty acid, ie, the “corresponding” fatty acid on which the R ¹ group is based, is also used to define the level of unsaturation of the fabric softening active. The IV of the parent fatty acid of these R ¹ groups averages from about 0 to about 140;
More preferably from about 40 to about 130. For concentrated clear compositions, the IV is preferably on average about 70 to about 140, more preferably about 80 to about 130, and even more preferably about 90 to about 115.

It is preferred that at least a majority of the fatty acyl groups are unsaturated, for example, from about 50% to 100%, preferably from about 55% to about 100%, more preferably from about 60% to about 100%. The cis / trans ratio of the unsaturated fatty acyl groups is important; preferred cis / trans ratios are from 1: 1 to about 50: 1, with a minimum of 1: 1 and preferably at least 3: 1. And more preferably from about 4: 1 to about 20: 1. Long chain hydrocarbon groups can also comprise at least some of those groups, for example, branched chains derived from isostearic acid. The sum of the active ingredients represented by the branching groups (if present) is typically about 1% to about 100%, preferably about 10%.
% To about 70%, more preferably about 20% to about 50%.

Unsaturated (including polyunsaturated) fatty acyl groups not only provide surprisingly effective softening properties, but also have better absorbency, good antistatic properties, and freezing and freezing properties. It also provides excellent recovery after melting. These highly unsaturated / branched materials minimize water absorption and "greasy" fabric feel while providing excellent softening effects. These two properties allow the use of higher levels of softening active than is normally desired, thereby providing significant color retention and protection for colored fabrics, especially colored cotton and cotton blend fabrics. And / or healing, providing a variety of benefits including improved anti-wrinkle properties, improved color integrity, ie, reduced damage to fabric, improved antistatic properties, and a high level of flexibility.

[0238] Materials with a high degree of unsaturation are easy to formulate into concentrated premixes that maintain a low viscosity and are therefore easy to process, eg, pump, mix, and the like. These highly unsaturated materials (a small amount usually associated with such materials, i.e. about 5 to about 20% by weight of the total softening active / solvent mixture, preferably about 8 to about 25% by weight, (More preferably, containing only about 10 to about 20% by weight of solvent) are also readily formulated into the concentrated, stable compositions of the present invention, even at room temperature.

Of course, the substituents R and R ¹ can be optionally substituted with various groups, such as alkoxyl or hydroxyl, provided that R ¹ retains their basic hydrophobicity. Preferred compounds include biodegradable diester variants of ditallow dimethyl ammonium chloride (hereinafter "DTDMAC"), a widely used fabric softening active. A preferred long chain DEQA is DEQA made from a source containing high levels of polyunsaturation, ie, N, N-di (acyl-oxyethyl) -N, N-dimethylammonium chloride, wherein the acyl is sufficiently Derived from fatty acids containing high polyunsaturation.

As used herein, when a diester (m = 2) is specified, it can include monoesters (m = 1) and / or triesters (m = 3) present. Preferably, at least about 70% of the DEQA is in diester form and 0%
% To about 30% can be DEQA monoester. In terms of softness, under laundry conditions with no / low detergent carryover, the percentage of monoester should be as low as possible, preferably no more than about 15%. However, under conditions where the carryover of anionic detergent surfactants or detergent builders is high, some monoesters or monoamides may be preferred. The overall ratio of diester to monoester or diamide to monoamide is from about 100: 1 to about 2: 1, preferably about 50: 1.
To about 5: 1, more preferably from about 13: 1 to about 8: 1. Under conditions of high detergent carryover, the di / monoester ratio is preferably about 11: 1. The level of monoester or monoamide present can be adjusted during DEQA production.

The above compounds used as biodegradable quaternized ester-amine or amide-amine softeners in the practice of the present invention can be prepared using standard reaction chemistry. In one synthesis of the diester variant of DTDMAC, the formula RN (
The amine of CH ₂ CH ₂ OH) ₂ is esterified at both hydroxyl groups with an acid chloride of the formula R ¹ C (O) Cl and then quaternized with an alkyl halide RX to give the desired reaction product (R And R ¹ are as defined above). However, as will be apparent to those skilled in the art, this reaction sequence allows a wide selection of reagents to be prepared.

Still another DEQA softening active, suitable for formulating the concentrated liquid fabric protection composition of the present invention, has the above formula (1), wherein one R group is C _1-4 hydroxy. An alkyl group or a polyalkoxy group, preferably a hydroxyalkyl group, more preferably a hydroxyethyl group. An example of such a hydroxyethyl ester active ingredient is di (acyloxyethyl) (2-hydroxyethyl) methylammonium methyl sulphate, wherein the acyl is derived from the fatty acids mentioned above, such as oleic acid. Such a DEQA comprises: (a) a saturated or unsaturated,
A fraction of a linear or branched fatty acid or of a derivative of said acid, said fatty acid or derivative each having a hydrocarbon chain and having 5 to 21 atoms in the chain, and (
b) The quaternized product of the condensation between triethanolamines, the condensation product having an acid number of about に よ り as determined by titrating the condensation product with a standard KOH solution against a phenolphthalein indicator. It is characterized by being less than 6.5. The acid number is preferably about 5 or less, more preferably about 3 or less. In fact, the lower the AV, the better the flexibility imparting performance.

The acid number is determined according to ISO # 53402 by titrating the condensation product with a standard KOH solution against a phenolphthalein indicator. AV is the condensation product
Expressed as mg KOH / g.

For optimal flexibility imparting properties, it is preferred that the reactants be present in a molar ratio of fatty acid fraction to triethanolamine from about 1: 1 to about 2.5: 1.

It has been found that optimal softening performance is also affected by the washing conditions that carry over the detergent, more specifically the presence of an anionic surfactant in the solution using the softening composition. . In fact, the presence of anionic surfactants generally carried over from the laundry interacts with the softener compound, reducing its performance. For this reason, the fatty acid / triethanolamine molar ratio can be very important, depending on the conditions of use. Therefore, if no rinsing is performed between the washing cycle and the rinsing cycle containing the softening compound, a large amount of anionic surfactant is carried over to the rinsing cycle containing the softening compound. In this case, the molar ratio of fatty acid fraction / triethanolamine is preferably from about 1.4: 1 to about 1.8: 1. High amounts of anionic surfactants are those in which the molar ratio of anionic surfactant / cationic softener compound of the present invention is at least about 1/10 during the rinse cycle. It means that it exists in an amount that becomes

The composition includes a DEQA having formula (1) and / or (2) above.
Can also include the following medium chain cationic ammonium fabric softening compound:
At this time, each Y is -O- (O) C-,-(R) N- (O) C-, -C (O) -N (
R)-, or -C (O) -O-, preferably -O- (O) C-, m is 2 or 3, preferably 2, each n is 1-4, preferably 2, And each R is as described above, and each R¹Or YR¹The hydrophobic group is a saturated, C₈~ C₁₄, Preferably C _12-14 Hydrocarbyl, or a substituted hydrocarbyl substituent (I
V is preferably about 10 or less, more preferably less than about 5), [in the hydrophobic group
The total carbon is R¹In the group, or Y is -O- (O) C- or-(R) N- (
O) When it is C-, YR¹The number of carbon atoms in the group], the counterion A⁻Is above
Same as above. Preferably, A⁻Does not include phosphate.

The saturated C ₈ -C ₁₄ fatty acyl groups may be pure derivatives or of mixed chain length.

Suitable fatty acid sources for the fatty acyl groups are cocoic, lauric, caprylic, and capric acids.

With respect to C ₁₂ -C ₁₄ (or C ₁₁ -C ₁₃ ) hydrocarbyl groups, these groups are preferably saturated, eg, the IV is preferably less than about 10, preferably less than about 5.

Of course, R and R ¹ may be optionally substituted with various groups, such as alkoxyl or hydroxyl groups, provided that the R ¹ groups maintain their basic hydrophobicity,
It may be linear or branched.

The DEQA active ingredients described above may include low levels of fatty acids, which may be unreacted starting materials and / or partial degradation of the softening active ingredients in the finished composition, such as hydrolysates. It can be a by-product of decomposition. Preferably, the free fatty acids are at a low level, preferably less than about 10%, more preferably less than about 5% by weight of the softening active.

Other types of fabric softening actives can be used in the fabric protection composition added during rinsing of the present invention.

(3) The DEQA active ingredient also includes a neutralized amine softening active ingredient in which at least one R group is a hydrogen atom. An example of such an active ingredient is, but not limited to, the hydrochloride salt of (unsaturated alkoyloxyethyl) (unsaturated alkylamidotrimethylene) methylamine. Another example of a suitable amine softening active is PCT Application No. WO 99/065.
09, KA Grimm, DR Bacon, T. Trinh, EH Wahl and HB Tord
il, published February 11, 1999, which application is incorporated herein by reference.

(4) Polyquaternary Ammonium Softening Active Ingredient The fabric softening active having two or more positive quaternary ammonium charges is also useful in the composition added during rinsing. It is. Examples of this type of softening active ingredient have the formula:

Embedded image Wherein each R is H or a short chain C ₁ -C ₆ , preferably C ₁ -C ₃ alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group such as methyl (most preferred), ethyl, propyl, hydroxyethyl, etc., benzyl, or (R ² O) _2-4 H, wherein each R ¹ is a C ₆ -C ₂₂ , preferably C ₁₄ -C ₂₀ hydrocarbyl, or substituted hydrocarbyl substituent, preferably a C ₁₀ -C ₂₀ alkyl or alkenyl (polyalkyl). Unsaturated alkyl, including saturated alkyl, sometimes referred to as “alkylene”), most preferably C ₁₂ -C ₁₈ alkyl or alkenyl, wherein each R ² is a C _1-6 alkylene group, preferably an ethylene group, a ^- is as follows. A fabric softening active ingredient having the formula:

[0255]

Embedded image Wherein R ¹ is derived from oleic acid, which compound is commercially available from Witco Company.

The polyquaternary ammonium compounds disclosed in the following documents are also suitable for the present invention. European Patent Application 0,803,498, Al, Robert, O. Keys and Floyd E. Friedli, filed April 25, 1997, British Patent No. 808,265, Arnold Hoffman & Co., Incorporated, 1956. Promulgated on January 28, 1st, 1st
61,552, Koebner and Potts, promulgated August 13, 1969, DE 4,2
03,489 A1, Henkel, published August 12, 1993, EP 0
No. 5,221,855, Topfl, Heinz and Jorg, promulgated on November 3, 1986, No. 0,503,155, Rewo, promulgated on December 20, 1991, No. 0,507,0.
03, Rewo, promulgated on December 20, 1991, EPA 0,803,498, 1
Published October 29, 997, French Patent No. 2,523,606, Marie-Helene F
raikin, Alan Dillarstone and Marc Couterau, filed March 22, 1983,
Japanese Patent No. 84-273918, Terumi Hawai and Hiroshi Kitamura, 1
No. 986, No. 2-011,545, Kao Corp., issued on Jan. 16, 1990, U.S. Pat. No. 3,079,436, Hwa issued on Feb. 26, 1963, No. 4,418.
No. 4,051, Green et al., Promulgated November 29, 1983, No. 4,721,51.
No. 2, Topfl, Abel and Binz, promulgated on January 26, 1988, 4,728,3
No. 37, Abel, Topfl and Riehen, promulgated March 1, 1988, 4,906.
No. 413, Topfl and Binz, promulgated March 6, 1990, No. 5,194,66.
No. 7, Oxenrideret al., Promulgated March 16, 1993, No. 5,235,082, Hill and Snow, promulgated August 10, 1993, No. 5,670,472, Keys
, Promulgated on September 23, 1997, Weirong Miao, Wei Hou, Lie Chen
And Zongshi Li, Studies on Multifunctional Finishing Agents, Riyong
Huaxue Gonye, No. 2, pp. 8-10, 1 992, Yokagaku, Vol 41, No. 4 (1992), and Disinfection, Sterilization, a
nd Preservation, 4th edition, published in 1991, Lea & Febiger, Chapter 13, 226-
30 pages. All of these references are incorporated herein by reference. Fatty acids and N, N, N
The products formed by the quaternization of the reaction product of ', N', tetrakis (hydroxyethyl) -1,6-diaminohexane are also suitable for the present invention.

(5) A softening agent having the following formula: wherein each m is 2 or 3, and each R¹Is C₆~ C₂₂, Preferably C₁₄~
C₂₀(However, two or more₁₂Not less than, the other is at least about 16
A) hydrocarbyl, or a substituted hydrocarbyl substituent, preferably C ₁₀ ~ C₂₀Alkyl or alkenyl, most preferably C₁₂~ C₁₈Archi
Or alkenyl;¹The iodine value of the fatty acid containing a group is from 0 to about 140
And more preferably from about 40 to about 130, and the cis / trans ratio is from about 1: 1 to about 5
0: 1, minimum 1: 1, preferably from about 2: 1 to about 40: 1, more preferably
Preferably from about 3: 1 to about 30: 1, more preferably from about 4: 1 to about 20: 1.
, Each R¹Is a branched chain C₁₄~ C₂₂An alkyl group, preferably a branched chain C₁₆~ C_{1 8} Each R may be H or short chain C₁~ C₆, Preferably C₁~ C₃Archi
Or hydroxyalkyl groups such as methyl (most preferred), ethyl,
Benzyl, hydroxyethyl, etc., benzyl, or (R²O)_2-4H and A ⁻ Are anions compatible with the softening agent, preferably chloride, bromide,
Til sulfate, ethyl sulfate, sulfate, and nitrate,
More preferred are chloride and methyl sulfate.

(6) A softening active ingredient having the following formula:

Embedded image Wherein each R, R ¹ and A ⁻ are as defined above, each R ² is a C _1-6 alkylene group, preferably an ethylene group, and G is an oxygen atom, or —NR
-A group.

(7) A softening agent having the following formula:

Embedded image Wherein R ¹ , R ² and G are as defined above.

(8) A reaction product of a substantially unsaturated and / or branched higher fatty acid and a dialkylenetriamine, for example, having a molecular ratio of about 2: 1. The reaction product comprises a compound having the formula: R ¹ -C (O) -NH-R ² -NH-R ³ -NH-C (O) -R ^{1 wherein} R ¹ and R ² are as defined above, and each R ³ is C _{1 -6} alkylene group,
Preferably it is an ethylene group.

(9) A flexibility-imparting active ingredient having the following formula: [R ¹ -C (O) -NR-R ² -N (R) ₂ -R ³ -NR-C (O) -R ¹ ] ⁺ a ^{- wherein, R, R 1, R 2} , R 3 and a ^- are as defined above.

(10) A reaction product of a substantially unsaturated and / or branched higher fatty acid and a hydroxyalkylalkylenediamine in a molecular ratio of about 2: 1. The reaction product includes a compound having the formula: R ¹ -C (O) -NH-R ² -N (R ³ OH) -C (O) -R ^{1 wherein} R ¹ , R ² and R ³ are as defined above.

(11) Mixtures thereof Examples of compound (5) include dialkylene dimethyl ammonium salts such as dicanola dimethyl ammonium chloride, dicanola dimethyl ammonium methyl sulfate, di (partially hydrogenated soybean, cis / Trans ratio: about 4: 1) dimethyl ammonium chloride, dioleyl dimethyl ammonium chloride.
Dioleyldimethylammonium chloride and di (canola) dimethylammonium chloride are preferred. An example of a commercially available dialkylene dimethyl ammonium salt that can be used in the present invention is dioleyl dimethyl ammonium chloride available under the trade name Adogen 472 from Witco Corporation.

Examples of the compound (6) include 1-methyl-1-oleylamidoethyl-2-oleyl
Imidazolinium methyl sulfate, wherein R¹Is acyclic aliphatic C_{1 5} ~ C₁₇A hydrocarbon group;²Is an ethylene group, G is an NH group, R ⁵ Is a methyl group, and A⁻Is a methyl sulfate anion and is available from Witco Corpor
available under the trade name Varisoft 3690.

An example of compound (7) is 1-oleylamidoethyl-2-oleylimidazoline, wherein R ¹ is an acyclic aliphatic C ₁₅ -C ₁₇ hydrocarbon group and R ² is ethylene. G is an NH group.

Examples of the compound (8) include a molecular ratio of oleic acid to diethylenetriamine of about 2: 1.
And a mixture of the reaction products is represented by the following formula: N, N ″ -diole
Contains rudiethylenetriamine. R¹-C (O) -NH-CH₂CH₂-NH-CH₂CH₂-NH-C (O) -R ¹ Where R¹-C (O) is commercially available oleic acid from plant or animal sources, e.g.
For example, Emersol (trade name) 223LL or Emersol (trade name) manufactured by Henkel Corporation
) Is the oleyl group of 7021,²And R³Is a divalent ethylene group.

An example of compound (9) is a difatty amidoamine-based softening active ingredient having the formula: [R ¹ -C (O) —NH—CH ₂ CH ₂ —N (CH ₃ ) (CH ₂ CH ₂ OH) —CH ₂ CH ₂ —NH—C (O) —R ¹ ] ⁺ CH ₃ SO ₄ ⁻ Wherein R ¹ -C (O) is an oleyl group and is available from Witco Corporation as Varisoft 2
It is marketed under the trade name 22LT.

An example of the compound (10) is a reaction product of oleic acid and N-2-hydroxyethylethylenediamine having a molecular ratio of about 2: 1. Including. R ¹ -C (O) —NH—CH ₂ CH ₂ —N (CH ₂ CH ₂ OH) —C (O) —
Wherein R ^{1 formula,} R 1 -C (O) are commercially available oleic acid derived from a vegetable or animal source,
For example, the oleyl group of Emersol (trade name) 223LL or Emersol (trade name) 7021 manufactured by Henkel Corporation.

The individual compounds (active ingredients) described above can be used individually or as a mixture.

The above-mentioned flexibility-imparting active ingredient can be used in combination, and if desired,
A highly preferred type of other cationic compounds is a compound containing one long chain acyclic C ₈ -C ₂₂ hydrocarbon group, are selected from the following compounds, where, R ⁷ is Hydrogen or C ₁ -C ₄ saturated alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group, wherein R ¹ and A ⁻ are as defined above.

[0271] (12) Acyclic quaternary ammonium salts _{^{[R 1 -N (R 5)}} 2 -R 6] having the formula + A ^- wherein, ^{R 5} and ^{R 6} are _C 1 -C ₄ An alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group, wherein R ¹ and A ⁻ are as defined above.

(13) A substituted imidazolinium salt having the following formula:

Embedded image Wherein R ⁷ is hydrogen or a C ₁ -C ₄ saturated alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group, and R ¹ and A ⁻ are as defined above.

(14) A substituted imidazolinium salt having the following formula:

Embedded imageWhere R⁵Is C₁~ C₄An alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group,¹, R ² And A⁻Is as defined above.

(15) An alkylpyridinium salt having the following formula:

Embedded image Wherein R ⁴ is an acyclic aliphatic C ₈ -C ₂₂ hydrocarbon group, and A ⁻ is an anion.

(16) Alkanamidoalkylenepyridinium salt having the following formula

Embedded image Wherein R ¹ , R ² and A ⁻ are as defined above.

[0276] (17) Monoarukiruji quaternary salts, for example, substances having the formula _{^{A - [R 1 -N (+}} ) (R) 2 -R 2 N (+) (R) 3] A - wherein ^R, R 1, ^{R 2,} and a ^- are as defined above.

(18) Mixtures Thereof Examples of the compound (12) include monoalkenyltrimethylammonium salts such as
Nooleyl trimethyl ammonium chloride, monocanola trimethyl ammonium
Um chloride, and soyatrimethylammonium chloride. Mo
Nooleyltrimethylammonium chloride and monocanolatrimethylan
Monium chloride is preferred. Another example of compound (12) is Witco Corporatio
n Soya trimethylammon marketed under the trade name Adogen (trade name) 415
Num chloride, R¹Is derived from natural sources₂₂Elsi, a hydrocarbon radical
Rutrimethylammonium chloride, R¹Is C₁₆~ C₁₈A hydrocarbon group
, R⁵Is a methyl group, and R⁶Is an ethyl group, and A⁻But ethyl sulfate shade
The ion is soya dimethylethylammonium ethyl sulfate, and R ¹ Is C₁₈A hydrocarbon group;⁵Is a 2-hydroxyethyl group, and R⁶But
Methyl bis (2-hydroxyethyl) oleyl ammonium chloride, which is a tyl group
Id.

Examples of compound (14) include ethyl sulfate 1 wherein R ¹ is a C ₁₇ hydrocarbon group, R ² is an ethylene group, R ⁵ is an ethyl group, and A ⁻ is an ethyl sulfate anion. -Ethyl-1- (2-hydroxyethyl) -2-isoheptadecylimidazolinium.

An example of compound (17) is an N-tallowpentamethylpropanediamine having the following formula:
Ammonium dichloride, Cl⁻[(Tallow alkyl) -N⁽⁺⁾(CH₃)₂-CH₂-CH₂-N⁽⁺⁾(CH ₃ )₃] Cl⁻ Commercially available from Witco Corporation under the trade name Adogen (trade name) 477.

[0280] In the anion A cationic nitrogen salts of the invention are all anions with the flexibility imparting agent compatible anion A ^- is, provide electrical neutrality. The anion used to provide electrical neutrality in these salts is derived from strong acids and is most commonly a halide, such as chloride, bromide, or iodide. However, other anions such as ethyl sulfate, acetate, formate, sulfate, carbonate and the like can also be used. Chloride and methyl sulfate are preferred here as anions A.

Drying Compositions The fabric softening compounds useful in dryer added fabric protection compositions are selected from cationic, nonionic, amphoteric and / or anionic fabric softening compounds. be able to.

Typical cationic fabric softening compounds include water soluble quaternary ammonium fabric softening actives, the most commonly used being the di (long alkyl chain) dimethyl ammonium (C1 -C4 alkyl) sulfate or chloride, preferably a methyl sulfate compound, including the following compounds.

1) Di (tallowalkyl) dimethylammonium methyl sulfate (DTDM
AMS), 2) di (hydrogenated tallowalkyl) dimethylammonium methyl sulfate, 3) di (hydrogenated tallowalkyl) dimethylammonium chloride (DTDMA)
C), 4) distearyl dimethyl ammonium methyl sulfate, 5) dioleyl dimethyl ammonium methyl sulfate, 6) dipalmityl hydroxyethyl methyl ammonium methyl sulfate, 7) stearyl benzyl dimethyl ammonium methyl sulfate, 8) tallow alkyl trimethyl ammonium methyl sulfate 9) (hydrogenated tallow alkyl) trimethyl ammonium methyl sulfate; 10) (C _12-14 alkyl) hydroxyethyl dimethyl ammonium methyl sulfate; 11) (C _12-18 alkyl) di (hydroxyethyl) methyl ammonium methyl sulfate; ) Di (stearoyloxyethyl) dimethylammonium chloride, 13) Di (tallow oil oxyethyl) Methyl sulfate, 14) ditallow alkyl imidazolinium methyl sulfate, 15) 1- (2-tallow-ylamide ethyl) -2-tallow-yl imidazolinium methyl sulfate, and 16) mixtures thereof.

Presently preferred compounds, such as 12) and 13), are materials that are more environmentally friendly and are rapidly biodegradable alternatives to the traditionally used di (long alkyl chain) dimethyl ammonium methyl sulfate. It is a quaternary ammonium compound. Such quaternary ammonium compounds can include long-chain alk (en) yl groups interrupted by functional groups such as carboxy groups. Such materials and fabric softening compositions containing them are described in a number of documents, such as EP No. EP
-A-0,040,562 and EP-A-0,239,910. Similar quaternary ammonium compounds useful in the composition added in the dryer are those described above with respect to the composition added during rinsing.

In the composition to be added in the dryer of the present invention, a nonionic softening agent can be used. Typically, such non-ionic fabric softening materials have an HLB of about 2 to about 2.
About 9, more usually about 3-7. Generally, materials that are relatively crystalline, have a high melting point (eg,> 25 ° C., preferably> 40 ° C.), and are relatively insoluble in water should be selected.

[0286] The level of nonionic softening agent in the solid composition, when present, is typically from about 0.1% to about 50%, preferably from about 5% to about 30%.

Highly preferred nonionic softening agents for optional use in the present invention include:
C ₁₀ -C ₂₆ acyl sorbitan esters and polyglycerol monostearate. Sorbitan esters are esterified dehydrated products of sorbitol. Sorbitol, typically produced by the catalytic hydrogenation of glucose, dehydrates in a well known manner to form a mixture of anhydrous 1,4- and 1,5-sorbitol and a small amount of isosorbide. (See, US Pat. No. 2,322,821, Brown, promulgated June 29, 1943, herein incorporated by reference) A complex mixture of anhydrides of sorbitol of the above type is referred to herein as "sorbitan."
Call. Of course, this "sorbitan" mixture also contains some free, uncyclized sorbitol.

[0288] Preferred sorbitan esters _comprise a C 10 _{-C 26} acyl sorbitan monoesters and _C 10 _{-C 26} acyl sorbitan a material selected from the group consisting of diesters. It is also preferred that a large amount of trisorbitan ester is present in the ester mixture. Preference is given to ester mixtures comprising 20 to 50% of mono-esters, 25 to 50% of di-esters and 10 to 35% of tri- and tetra-esters. For the purposes of the present invention, sorbitan esters containing unsaturation (eg sorbitan monooleate) can be used.

Preferred sorbitan esters, including the formula, are described in detail in US Pat. No. 4,128,484, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Certain derivatives of the sorbitan esters preferred herein, especially the “lower” ethoxylates, ie, mono-, di-, oxy groups in which one or more of the unesterified OH groups contain from 1 to about 12 ethylene oxide units -, And tri-esters (eg, Twee
ns (trade name)) are also useful in the compositions of the present invention. Therefore, for the purpose of the present invention,
The term "sorbitan ester" also includes such derivatives.

Another preferred nonionic softening agent is a fatty acid partial ester of a polyhydric alcohol or anhydride thereof, wherein the alcohol or anhydride has about 2 to about 18, preferably about 2 to about 18 carbon atoms. 2 to about 8, and each fatty acid moiety has about 8 to about 3 carbon atoms.
0, preferably about 12 to about 20. Typically, such a softening agent is
It contains about 1 to about 3, preferably about 2 fatty acid groups per molecule. The polyhydric alcohol portion of the ester may be ethylene glycol, glycerol, poly (eg, di-,
It can be tri-, tetra-, penta-, and / or hexa-) glycerol, xylitol, sucrose, erythritol, and / or pentaerythritol.

[0292] The fabric protective composition added by the dryer used herein includes, as a softening agent component,
About 1 to about 60%, preferably about 5 to about 50%, more preferably about 10 to about 40%, by weight of the composition, of a tertiary amine and / or ester amine carboxylic acid having the formula: Salts may be included.

[0293]

Embedded imageWhere R⁵Is a long chain aliphatic group having about 8 to about 30 carbon atoms;⁶And R ⁴ Are the same or different from each other and have about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms.
An aliphatic group, preferably 1, of the formula R⁸OH (where R⁸Has about 2 to about 3 carbon atoms
A hydroxyalkyl group of the formula R⁹O (OC _n H_2n)^m(Where R⁹Has from about 1 to about 30, preferably 2 or 3, carbon atoms
An alkyl or alkenyl, or hydrogen, n is 2 or 3, m
Is about 1 to about 30, preferably 1 to about 5), ⁴ , R⁵, R⁶, R⁸, And R⁹The chain may be a group interrupted by an ester,⁷ Is an unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, aryl having about 8 to about 30 carbon atoms.
Alkaryl, and substituted alkyl having about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms,
Selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, aryl, alkaryl, and aralkyl
Wherein the substituent is a group consisting of halogen, carboxyl, and hydroxyl
Is selected from

This component improves odor and / or fabric softening performance as compared to similar compositions using a primary amine or ammonium compound as the sole fabric conditioner. It may include ^{R 4, R 5, R 6} , R 7, R 8, and / or ^{R 9} chains unsaturated.

Examples of preferred tertiary amines as a starting material for forming a tertiary amine salt by reacting an amine with a carboxylic acid include lauryl dimethylamine, myristyl dimethylamine, stearyl dimethylamine, tallow dimethylamine, and coconut dimethyl. Amine, dilaurylmethylamine, distearylmethylamine, ditallowmethylamine, oleyldimethylamine, dioleylmethylamine, lauryldi (3
- hydroxy - propyl) amine, Suteariruji (2-hydroxyethyl) amine, trilaurylamine, lauryl ethyl - methyl amine, and _{C 18 H 37 N (C 2} H 4 O) 10 H. Preferred carboxylic acids are stearic acid, oleic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, and mixtures thereof.

Amine salts are described in US Pat. No. 4,237,155, Kard.
ouche, promulgated on December 2, 1980, can be formed by simple addition reactions well known in the art. Excessive free amines can cause odor problems, and generally free amines have poorer softening performance than amine salts.

With respect to the composition to be added in the dryer, the pending application no. 08 is incorporated herein by reference.
No./937,536, filed Sep. 25, 1997, JW Smith, A. Coron
a, DRYER-ADDED FABRIC SOFTENER COMPOSITION US by T. Trinh and R. Wu
The active ingredients disclosed in AGE TO PROVIDE COLOR AND OTHER FABRIC APPEARANCE BENEFITS are particularly preferred. Other fabric softening materials can be used in addition to or in place of the fabric softeners described above. These materials are non-ionic,
It can be selected from amphoteric and / or anionic fabric softening materials.
Such materials are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,327,133, 4,421,792,
Nos. 4,426,299, 4,460,485, 3,644,203,
Nos. 4,661,269, 4,439,335, 3,861,870,
Nos. 4,308,151, 3,886,075, 4,233,164,
Nos. 4,401,578, 3,974,076, 4,237,016 and EP 472,178.

Primary Solvent System The primary solvent, when present, is typically present in an effective amount of up to about 40%, preferably from about 1 to about 25%, more preferably from about 3 to about 8% by weight of the composition. Use with
The primary solvent can be used most effectively in combination with high electrolyte levels and / or phase stabilizers, as disclosed in US patent application Ser. No. 09 / 309,128. For example, if high levels of electrolytes are not used, ClogP, the major solvent system described below, can be used in a range from about 0.15 to about 0.64, as described in US Pat. No. 5,747,443. Will be limited to the range.

When an electrolyte is present, much lower levels of the major solvent than about 15% by weight of the composition can be used, which is preferred for odor, safety and economic reasons. By combining the phase stabilizers defined below with very low levels of the main solvent, good transparency and / or stability of the composition is fully obtained when electrolytes are present. The electrolyte and / or the phase stabilizer can be added to render the composition translucent or transparent, or can be used to increase the temperature range in which the composition is translucent or transparent.

The primary solvent is efficient in that it provides the greatest advantage to a particular weight of solvent. Of course, the term "solvent" as used herein refers to the effect of the main solvent, rather than the physical form of the main solvent at a particular temperature, because certain main solvents are solid at room temperature.

The major solvents that may be present are selected to minimize the effect of solvent odor in the composition and to give the final composition a low viscosity.

The primary solvent typically has a ClogP of -2.0 to 2.6, preferably -1.7.
To 1.6, more preferably from -1.0 to 1.0.

[0303] The most preferred primary solvents can be identified by the appearance of the dilution treatment composition used to treat the fabric. These dilute compositions have a fabric softener dispersion that exhibits a more monolayer appearance than conventional fabric softener compositions. It is believed that the closer the appearance is to a single layer, the better the composition will perform. These compositions provide surprisingly good fabric softening properties as compared to similar compositions made in a conventional manner using the same fabric softener active ingredient.

The main solvent that can be used is selected depending on various items, for example, aliphatic and / or aliphatic having a specific number of carbon atoms.
Or cycloaliphatic diols, monools, derivatives of glycerin, alkoxylates of diols, and mixtures of all of the above, as disclosed in US Pat.
759,990 and 5,747,443 and PCT Application No. WO 97/03169, published Jan. 30, 1997, which patents and applications are hereby incorporated by reference. And the most appropriate disclosure is that W
O 97/03169, pages 24-82 and 94-108 (production method) and '443, paragraphs 11-54 and 66-78 (production method),
It is described in. Certain unusable solvents listed in the disclosure of the '443 specification include major solvents that can be used and / or high levels of electrolytes and / or
Alternatively, it can be used in a mixture with a phase stabilizer to produce a concentrated fabric softener composition that meets the stability / clarity requirements described herein.

There is a clear similarity between the availability (formulatability) of a saturated diol and its unsaturated homologs or analogs with higher molecular weight. Unsaturated congeners / analogs are compounds of their parent if the unsaturated solvent has one additional methylene (ie, CH ₂ ) group for each double bond in the formula. It has the same formulaability as the converted solvent. That is, one or more CH ₂ groups are added to each of the good saturated solvents of the present invention, suitable for formulating the clear concentrated fabric softener composition, and each added CH ₂ Two hydrogen atoms per group are removed from adjacent carbon atoms in the molecule to form one carbon-carbon double bond, thereby reducing the number of hydrogen atoms in the molecule to the "parent" saturation. There is a clear "additional rule" that there is a suitable unsaturated solvent, which is kept constant with respect to the formula of the oxidized solvent. This means that adding a —CH ₂ — group to the solvent formula has the effect of increasing its ClogP value by about 0.53, while removing two adjacent hydrogen atoms to form a double bond. to forming it is about the same amount the ClogP value, i.e. about 0.48 decreases, -CH 2 _- has the effect of offsetting the additional is due to the surprising fact. Thus, from one preferred saturated solvent,
By inserting one double bond for each additional CH ₂ group, thereby keeping the total number of hydrogen atoms equal to the parent saturated solvent, the ClogP value of the new solvent is within a valid range Preferred, as long as they contain at least one more carbon atom,
Higher molecular weight unsaturated analogs / homologs are obtained. Some examples are given below.

As long as an effective amount of the main solvent available according to the invention is still present in the liquid concentrate clear fabric softener composition, a portion of the main solvent mixture, per se, the main solvent of the invention It can be replaced by a secondary solvent or secondary solvent mixture that cannot be used as. When at least about 15% of the softener active ingredient is also present, the effective amount of the primary solvent of the present invention is greater than at least about 1%, preferably greater than about 3%, more preferably greater than about 3% of the composition. Over 5%.

Preferred main solvents for improving transparency at 50 ° F. are 1,2-hexanediol, 1,2-pentanediol, hexylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol , Pinacol, 1,5-hexanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, and / or 2,4-dimethyl-2,4-pentanediol.

Electrolyte The transparent, rinse-in, added fabric protection composition of the present invention that includes a high level of fabric softening agent may optionally, but preferably, be present in an effective amount, for example, about 0% of the composition.
. 5 to about 10% by weight, preferably about 0.75 to about 3% by weight, more preferably about 1 to about 10% by weight.
From about 2% by weight of electrolyte. US Patent No. 5,759, incorporated herein by reference.
990 discloses that the primary solvent in the clear formulation is from about 0.15 to about 0.64
It should have a ClogP of. With an effective amount of electrolyte,
A major solvent having a ClogP of about -2.0 to 2.6, preferably -1.7 to about 1.6, more preferably -1.0 to 1.0 can be used. The main solvent becomes more effective even at high electrolyte levels, so that the use of such main solvents can be reduced. The electrolyte can also mitigate the thickening phenomenon when certain concentrated transparent fabric softening compositions are diluted.

Inorganic salts suitable for use as electrolytes include MgI₂, MgBr₂, MgC
l₂, Mg (NO₃)₂, Mg₃(PO₄)₂, Mg₂P₂O₇, MgSO₄,
Magnesium silicate, NaI, NaBr, NaCl, NaF, Na₃(PO₄)
, NaSO₃, Na₂SO₄, Na₂SO₃, NaNO₃, NaIO₃, Na₃ (PO₄), Na₄P₂O₇, Sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, tet
Sodium lachloroaluminate, sodium tripolyphosphate (STPP), Na ₂ Si₃O₇, Sodium zirconate, CaF₂, CaCl₂, CaBr₂ , CaI₂, CaSO₄, Ca (NO₃)₂, Ca, KI, KBr, KCl,
KF, KNO₃, KIO₃, K₂SO₄, K₂SO₃, K₃(PO₄), K₄(
P₂O₇), Potassium pyrosulfate, potassium pyrosulfite, LiI, LiBr, Li
Cl, LiF, LiNO₃, AlF₃, AlCl₃, AlBr₃, AlI₃, A
l₂(SO₄)₃, Al (PO₄), Al (NO₃)₃, Aluminum silicate
And hydrates of these salts, and combinations of these salts with mixed cations.
For example, potassium alum AlK (SO₄)₂, And salt and mixed anions
Combinations, such as potassium tetrachloroaluminate and tetrafluoroaluminin
Acid sodium. IIIa, IVa, Va, with an atomic number> 13 on the periodic table
Salts containing cations from groups VIa, VIIa, VIII, Ib and IIb also have a reduced dilution viscosity.
Although useful for lowering, these salts tend to change the oxidation state, and
Adversely affect the odor or color of the formulation or reduce weight efficiency
Not so desirable. A positive atom with atomic number> 20 coming from group Ia or IIa
Salts with ions, as well as the lactinide or the cations from the actinide series
Salts with ions are useful for lowering the dilution viscosity, but may reduce weight efficiency.
And less preferred due to toxicity. Mixtures of the above salts are also useful. In the present invention
Organic salts include magnesium, sodium, lithium, potassium, zinc, and
And aluminum, formate, acetate, propionate, pelargonate, citrate
Carboxylates, including acid salts, gluconates, lactates, salts of aromatic acids, e.g.
Benzoates, phenolates and substituted benzoates or phenolates,
For example, phenolate, salicylate, polyaromatic terephthalate, and
Lithic acid salts such as oxylates, adipates, succinates, benzenedicarbo
And benzenetricarboxylate. Other useful organic acids include p
If H is preferred, carbonate and / or bicarbonate (HCO₃ ^-1), Alkyl
And aromatic sulphates and sulphonates, such as sodium methyl sulphate, benzene
Sulfonic acid salts and derivatives, such as xylene sulfonic acid salts, and pH are preferred
And amino acids. The electrolyte is composed of the above mixed salts and mixed cations.
Hydrated salts, such as potassium / sodium tartrate, partially neutralized salts, such as
Sodium hydrogen tartrate or potassium hydrogen phthalate, and one cation
It may comprise a salt comprising a mixed anion.

In general, an inorganic electrolyte is preferable to an organic electrolyte in order to improve weight efficiency and reduce cost. Mixtures of inorganic and organic salts can be used.
Typical levels of electrolytes in the composition are less than about 10%, preferably about 0.5 to about 5% by weight of the fabric softener composition, more preferably about 0.75 to about 2%.
. 5% by weight, most preferably about 1 to about 2% by weight.

Phase Stabilizers Phase stabilizers are highly preferred for formulating clear or translucent fabric softener compositions comprising the high levels of electrolytes of the present invention. Phase stabilizers improve the temperature range in which the composition is clear and stable. The phase stabilizer allows more electrolyte to be used without destabilization. Phase stabilizers can also reduce the amount of primary solvent required to achieve clarity and / or stability. Typical amounts of phase stabilizer in the softening composition are from about 0.1 to about 15% by weight of the composition, preferably from about 0.1% to about 15%.
3 to about 7% by weight, more preferably about 1 to about 5% by weight.

[0312] Phase stabilizers useful in the compositions of the present invention are certain surfactants that generally comprise hydrophobic and hydrophilic moieties. Preferred hydrophilic moieties are polyalkoxylated groups, preferably polyethoxylated groups.

Preferred phase stabilizers are the saturated and / or unsaturated unsaturated primary,
Secondary and / or branched nonionic surfactants derived from amines, amides, amine oxide fatty alcohols, fatty acids, alkylphenols, and / or alkylaryl carboxylic compounds, each having preferably a number of carbon atoms It has a hydrophobic chain of about 6 to about 22, more preferably about 8 to about 18, more preferably an alkyl or alkylene chain, wherein at least one active hydrogen of the compound has ≦ 50, preferably ≦ 30. Ethoxylated with from about 5 to about 15, more preferably from about 8 to about 12 ethylene oxide moieties, from about 8 to about 20,
Preferably an HLB of about 10 to about 18, more preferably about 11 to about 15 is provided.
Various stabilizers have different advantages. For example, alkoxylated cationic materials or cationic surfactant complexes improve flexibility and enhance wrinkle release properties. Preferred phase stabilizers for reducing the amount of main solvent used are alkoxylated alkyls, alkoxylated acylamides, alkoxylated alkylamines or alkoxylated quaternary alkylammonium salts, surfactant complexes, and mixtures thereof. .

Suitable phase stabilizers also include non-ionic surfactants with large head groups selected from the group below.

A. A surfactant having the following formula: R ¹ -C (O) -Y ′-[C (R ⁵ )] _m —CH ₂ O (R ₂ O) _z H (where R ¹ is saturated or unsaturated , Primary, secondary or branched alkyl or alkyl-aryl hydrocarbons, wherein the hydrocarbon chain length is about 6
~ About 22, Y 'is a group -O -, - N (A) - and the mixtures thereof, A is group _{^{H, R 1, - (R}} 2 -O) z -H, - (CH _{2) x} CH _3, is selected from phenyl or substituted aryl,, in which a 0 ≦ x ≦ about 3, z
Is about 5 to about 30 and each R ² is a group — (CH ₂ ) _n — and / or — [CH (
CH ₃₎ CH _2] - is selected from each ^{R 5} groups -OH and -O ^(R 2 _{O) z} -
H, wherein m is from about 2 to about 4), b. A surfactant having the formula:

Embedded imageWhere Y ″ = N or O and each R⁵Is independently -H, -OH,-(CH₂ )_xCH₃, -O (OR²)_z-H, -OR¹, -OC (O) R¹, And -C
H (CH₂− (OR²)_{z "}-H) -CH₂− (OR²)_{z '}-C (O) R¹Or
X and R¹Is as defined above, where 5 ≦ z, z ′ and
And z ″ ≦ 20, more preferably 5 ≦ z + z ′ + z ″ ≦ 20, most preferably
More preferably, the heterocyclic ring is a 5-membered ring of Y ″ = O, and one R⁵Is -H and two R ⁵ Is -O (R²O)_z-H and at least one R⁵Has the structure -CH (CH₂ − (OR²)_{z "}-H) -CH₂− (OR²)_{z '}-C (O) R¹And 8 ≦
z + z ′ + z ″ ≦ 20, and R¹Is a hydrocarbon having 8 to 20 carbon atoms,
Not an aryl group), c. Polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactant having the formula:²-C (O) -N (R¹) -Z (wherein each R¹Is H, C₁~ C₄Hydrocarbyl, C₁~ C₄Alkoxyalkyl
Or hydroxyalkyl, R²Is C₅~ C₃₁Hydrocarbyl part
Wherein each Z is a linear hydrogel with at least three hydroxyls directly attached to the chain.
A polyhydroxyhydrocarbyl moiety having a carbyl chain, or
A toxylated derivative, wherein each R 'is H or a cyclic mono- or polysaccharide;
Is its alkoxylated derivative), and d. Their mixture.

Preferred phase stabilizers are surfactants formed by one surfactant ion neutralized with one oppositely charged surfactant ion or one suitable electrolyte ion to reduce dilution viscosity. Also included are activator conjugates and block copolymer surfactants comprising a polyethylene oxide moiety and a propylene oxide moiety.

[0317] Examples of representative phase stabilizers include the following materials.

[0318] (1) - alkyl or alkyl - aryl alkoxylated nonionic surfactants Suitable alkyl alkoxylated nonionic surfactants are primary generally saturated or unsaturated, secondary, and Derived from branched fatty alcohols, fatty acids, alkylphenols, or alkylaryl (eg, benzoic) carboxylic acids, where the active hydrogen is ≦ about 30 alkylene (preferably ethylene) oxide moieties (eg, ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide) Has been These nonionic surfactants used in the present invention preferably have an alkyl or alkenyl chain having about 6 to about 22 carbon atoms and a linear or branched structure, preferably about 18 carbon atoms having about 18 to 18 carbon atoms. Wherein the alkylene oxide has a linear structure
Preferably, at the primary position, the average alkylene oxide per alkyl chain ≤ about 3
It is present in an amount of 0 mole, more preferably about 5 to about 15 moles of alkylene oxide, most preferably about 8 to about 12 moles of alkylene oxide. Preferred materials of this type have a pour point of about 70 ° F. and / or do not solidify in these clear formulations. Examples of straight chain alkyl alkoxylated surfactants include Neodol (trade names) 91-8, 25-9, 1-9, 25-12, 1-9, and 45-13 available from Shell, BASF Plurafac (trade name) B-26 and C-7, commercially available from ICI Surfactants, and Brij (trade name) 76 and 35, commercially available from ICI Surfactants. Examples of branched alkyl alkoxylated surfactants include:
Tergitol (trade name) 15-S-12, 15-S-15, and 15-S-20 available from Union Carbide
And Emulphogene (trade name) BC-720 and BC-840, commercially available from GAF. Examples of alkylarylalkoxylated surfactants include Igepal® CO-620 and CO-710, available from Rhone Poulenc, and Triton, available from Union Carbide (
Trade name) N-111 and N-150, Dowfax (trade name) 9N5 available from Dow, and Lutensol (trade name) AP9 and AP14 available from BASF.

[0319] (2) - or alkyl - aryl amine or amine oxide non-ion system suitable alkyl alkoxylated with an alkoxylated surfactant amine functional nonionic surfactant was generally saturation Or unsaturated, primary, secondary and branched fatty alcohols, fatty acids, fatty methyl esters, alkylphenols, alkylbenzoates, alkylbenzoic acids converted to amines, amine-oxides, One or two alkylene oxides substituted with secondary alkyl or alkylaryl hydrocarbons and each added with an amine function having ≦ about 50 moles of alkylene oxide moieties per mole of amine (eg, ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide) With chains. As used herein, the amine, amide or amine-oxide surfactant has about 6 to about 22 carbon atoms and is in a linear or branched structure, preferably having about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms. Are in a linear structure, and one or two alkylene oxide chains are in the amine moiety,
An average of ≦ about 50 moles of alkylene oxide per amine moiety, more preferably about 5 to about 15 moles of alkylene oxide, and most preferably about 8 to about 12 moles of alkylene oxide per amine moiety There is a single alkylene oxide chain on the amine moiety containing the oxide. Preferred materials of this type have a pour point of about 7
0 ° F. and / or does not solidify in these clear formulations. Examples of ethoxylated amine surfactants include Berol 397 and 303 from Rhone Poulenc and Ethomeens C / 20, C25, T / 25, S / 20, S / 20 from Akzo. Two
5 and Ethodumeens (trade names) T / 20 and T25.

Preferably, the alkyl or alkyl-aryl alkoxylated surfactant and the compound of alkyl or alkyl-aryl amine and alkoxylated amine-oxide have the following general formula: R ¹ _m -Y-[(R ² -O) _z -H] _p wherein each R ¹ is a saturated or unsaturated, primary, secondary or branched alkyl or alkyl. Selected from the group consisting of -aryl hydrocarbons, wherein the hydrocarbon chain preferably has about 6 to about 22, more preferably about 8 to about 18, even more preferably about 8 to about 15, and preferably about 9 to about 15 carbon atoms. a chain, not including the aryl moiety, each ^{R 2} group - _{(CH 2) n} - and / or _{- [CH (CH 3) CH} 2]
Or from combinations of these groups (about 1 <n <about 3), wherein Y is a group-
_{O -, - N (A)} q -, - C (O) O -, - (O ←) N (A) q -, - B-R 3 -O -, - B-R 3 -N (A) ^{_{q -, - B-R 3}} -C (O) O -, - B-R 3 -
N (→ O) (A)-, and mixtures thereof, wherein A is a group H, R ¹ ,-
(R ² —O) _z —H, — (CH ₂ ) _x CH ₃ , selected from phenyl or substituted aryl, where 0 ≦ x ≦ about 3, and B represents a group —O—, —N (A )-, -C (
O) O-, and mixtures thereof, wherein A is as defined above;
Each R ³ is selected from the group R ² , phenyl, or substituted aryl. The terminal hydrogen in each alkoxy chain can be replaced with a short C _1-4 alkyl or acyl group to “cap” the alkoxy chain. z is from about 5 to about 30. p is the number of ethoxylate chains, typically 1 or 2, preferably 1. m is the number of hydrophobic chains, typically 1 or 2, preferably 1. q is the number that completes the structure, usually one.

A preferred structure is a structure in which m = 1, p = 1 or 2, 5 ≦ z ≦ 30, and q may be 1 or 0, but when p = 2, q must be 0 , More preferably m = 1, p = 1 or 2, and 7 ≦ z ≦ 20, and still more preferably m = 1
, P = 1 or 2, and 9 ≦ z ≦ 12. Preferred y is 0.

(3)-Alkoxylated and Non-alkoxylated Nonionic Surfactants with Large Head Groups Suitable alkoxylated and non-alkoxylated phase stabilizers with bulky head groups generally include: To primary, secondary and branched chain fatty alcohols, fatty acids, alkylphenols and alkylbenzoic acids, derivatized with carbohydrate or heterocyclic head groups, Comes from. This structure can then be optionally substituted with more alkyl or alkyl-aryl alkoxylated or non-alkoxylated hydrocarbons. The heterocyclic compound or carbohydrate is alkoxylated with one or more alkylene oxide chains (eg, ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide) having ≦ about 50, preferably ≦ about 30 moles per mole of heterocyclic compound or carbohydrate, respectively. I do. As used herein, a hydrocarbon group on a carbohydrate or heterocyclic surfactant is
There is one hydrocarbon having about 6 to about 22 carbon atoms and in a linear or branched structure, preferably about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms, and one or two alkylene oxide chain carbohydrates or And wherein each alkylene oxide chain is present in an average amount of ≦ about 50, preferably ≦ about 30 moles of carbohydrate or heterocyclic moiety, more preferably about 5 to about 5 moles per alkylene oxide chain. 15 moles of alkylene oxide, most preferably a total of about 8 to about 12 moles of alkylene oxide per surfactant molecule including alkylene oxide on both the hydrocarbon chain and on the heterocyclic or carbohydrate moiety. Exists in. Examples of this type of phase stabilizer are ICI
Tweens 40, 60 and 80, commercially available from Surfactants.

Preferably, alkoxylated and non-alkoxylated non-alkoxy groups having large head groups
The compound of the ionic surfactant has the following general formula. R¹-C (O) -Y '-[C (R⁵)]_m-CH₂O (R₂O)_zH where R¹Is a saturated, unsaturated, primary, secondary or
Selected from the group consisting of branched alkyl or alkyl-aryl hydrocarbons,
The hydride chain length is from about 6 to about 22, and Y 'is a group -O-, -N (A)-and
Wherein A is a group H, R¹,-(R²-O)_z-H,-(CH₂) _x CH₃, Phenyl, or substituted aryl, wherein 0 ≦ x
≦ about 3, z is about 5 to about 30, and each R²Is a group-(CH₂)_n-And / or
Or-[CH (CH₃) CH₂]-Or from combinations of these groups
And each R⁵Is a group -OH and -O (R²O)_z-H, m is about 2 to
It is about 4. Another useful general formula for this type of surfactant is:

[0324]

Embedded imageWhere Y ″ = N or O and each R⁵Is a group -H, -OH,-(CH₂)_xCH ₃ , -O (OR²)_z-H, -OR¹, -OC (O) R¹, And -CH (CH ₂ − (OR²)_{z "}-H) -CH₂− (OR²)_{z '}-C (O) R¹Selected from
It is. x, R¹And R²Is as defined in section D above, and z, z 'and
z ″ are all from about 5 ≦ to about ≦ 20. In the most preferred form of this structure, multiple
The ring is a 5-membered ring of Y "= O, and one R⁵Is -H and two R⁵Is -O (
R²O)_z-H and at least one R⁵Has the structure -CH (CH₂− (OR² )_{z "}-H) -CH₂− (OR²)_{z '}-C (O) R¹And about 8 ≦ z + z ′
+ Z ″ ≦ about 20 and R¹Is a hydrocarbon having about 8 to about 20 carbon atoms;
Another group of surfactants that can be used are polyhydroxy fatty acids having the formula:
It is a mid surfactant. R⁶-C (O) -N (R⁷) -W where each R⁷Is H, C₁~ C₄Hydrocarbyl, C₁~ C₄Alkoxyalkyl
Or hydroxyalkyl such as 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyp
Ropir, etc., preferably C₁~ C₄Alkyl, more preferably C₁Or
C₂Alkyl, most preferably C₁Alkyl (ie methyl) or methoxyal
Kill and R⁶Is C₅C ~₃₁Hydrocarbyl moiety, straight chain C₇~ C₁₉Archi
Or alkenyl, more preferably linear C₉~ C₁₇Alkyl or alkenyl
, Most preferably straight chain C₁₁~ C₁₇Alkyl or alkenyl, or it
W is a line in which at least three hydroxyls are directly connected to the chain
A polyhydroxyhydrocarbyl moiety having a linear hydrocarbyl chain, or
Is an alkoxylated derivative thereof (preferably ethoxylated or propoxylated)
It is. W is preferably derived from a reducing sugar in a reductive amination reaction, more preferably
Alternatively, W is a glycityl moiety. W is preferably -CH₂(CHOH)_n-C
H₂OH, -CH (CH₂OH)-(CHOH)_n-CH₂OH, -CH₂(C
HOH)₂(CHOR ') (CHOH) -CH₂Selected from the group consisting of OH,
n is an integer of 3 to 5, R 'is H or a cyclic monosaccharide or polysaccharide,
It is a lucoxylated derivative. glycityl wherein n is 4, especially -CH₂(CHOH
)₄-CH₂O is most preferred. Mixtures of the above W parts are desirable.

R ⁶ is, for example, N-methyl, N-ethyl, N-propyl, N-isopropyl,
It may be N-butyl, N-isobutyl, N-2-hydroxyethyl, N-1-methoxypropyl, or N-2-hydroxypropyl.

R ⁶ —CO—N <may be, for example, cocamide, stearamide, oleamide, lauramide, myristamide, capricamide, palmitamide, tallowamide, and the like.

W represents 1-deoxyglucityl, 2-deoxyfrucchityl, 1-deoxymultityl, 1-deoxylactyl, 1-deoxygalacticyl, 1-deoxymannityl, 1-deoxymaltotriotiti And so on.

(4) -Alkoxylated cationic quaternary ammonium surfactants The alkoxylated cationic quaternary ammonium surfactants useful in the present invention include:
Generally derived from fatty alcohols, fatty acids, fatty methyl esters, alkyl-substituted phenols, alkyl-substituted benzoic acids, and / or alkyl-substituted benzoic esters, and / or fatty acids that are converted to amines, the amines of which Can be further reacted with a long chain alkyl or alkyl-aryl group, and the amine compound can then be reacted with 1 or 2 having ≦ about 50 moles of an alkylene oxide moiety (eg, ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide) per mole of amine, respectively. It is alkoxylated with two alkylene oxide chains.

Typical substances of this type are aliphatically saturated or unsaturated, primary
Products obtained by the quaternization of secondary, secondary or branched amines, the amines having one or two alkylene oxides each having less than about 50 alkylene oxide moieties on the amine atom It has one or two hydrocarbon chains of from about 6 to about 22 carbon atoms alkoxylated with a chain. The amine hydrocarbon used herein has about 6 to about 22 carbon atoms, and has a linear or branched structure.
One alkyl hydrocarbon group, preferably having about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms, is in the straight chain structure. Preferred quaternary ammonium surfactants include an amine moiety having one or two alkylene oxide chains on the amine moiety on average ≤ about 50 moles of alkylene oxide per alkyl chain, more preferably about 3 to about 20 moles of alkylene oxide. And most preferably a hydrophobic group such as an alkyl group, in an amount of from about 5 to about 12 moles of alkylene oxide per molecule. Preferred materials of this type have a pour point below about 70 ° F. and / or do not solidify in these clear formulations. Examples of suitable phase stabilizers of this type are Ethoquad® 18/25, C / 25 and O / 25 from Akzo, and Variquat®-66 from Witco (total of about 16 ethoxy). Tallow alkyl bis (polyoxyethyl) ammonium ethyl sulfate containing units
Is included.

Preferably, the ammonium alkoxylated cationic surfactant is of the following general formula:
Having an expression. ｛R¹ _m-Y-[(R²-O)_z-H]_p｝⁺ X⁻ Where R¹And R²Is as defined in section D above, and Y is a group = N⁺−
 (A)_q,-(CH₂)_n-N⁺-(A)_q, -B- (CH₂)_n-N⁺− (
A)₂,-(Phenyl) -N⁺-(A)_q,-(B-phenyl) -N⁺-(A) _q Wherein n is from about 1 to about 4.

Each A is independently a group H, R ¹ , — (R ² O) _z —H, — (CH ₂ ) _x CH ₃ ,
Selected from phenyl and substituted aryl, 0 ≦ x ≦ about 3, B is a group —O—,
_{NA -, - NA 2, -C} (O) O-, and -C (O) N (A) - is selected from, ^{R 2} is as defined above, is q = 1 or 2, X ^- is , A fabric softener is an anion that is compatible with the active and auxiliary ingredients.

A preferred structure is a structure where m = 1, p = 1 or 2, and about 5 ≦ z ≦ about 50, more preferably m = 1, p = 1 or 2, and about 7 ≦ z ≦ about 20 , Most preferably a structure where m = 1, p = 1 or 2, and about 9 ≦ z ≦ about 12.

(5)-Surfactant complex Surfactant complexes are formed when a surfactant ion is a surfactant ion having an opposite charge.
On neutralized substances or electrolytes suitable for reducing dilution viscosity, ammonium
Is considered to be a surfactant neutralized with ammonium salt or polycationic ammonium salt.
available. For the purposes of the present invention, certain surfactant conjugates have an oppositely charged field.
When formed by surfactants, their surfactants are distinctly different
For example, a long-chain surfactant and a short-chain surfactant form a complex having different chain lengths,
Preferably, the solubility of the coalescence is increased, and the long-chain surfactant may be an amine or ammonia.
More preferably, it is a surfactant containing uranium. Long chain surfactants have a low carbon number
It is defined as comprising an alkyl chain that is from about 6 to about 22. These alkyls
The chain is optionally phenyl or substituted phenyl or alkyleneoxy.
Can be included between the chain and the head group. Short-chain surfactants have 6 carbon atoms.
Alkyl chains that are less than
Represents a substituted phenyl or alkylene oxide moiety between the alkyl chain and the head group.
Can be included. Examples of suitable surfactant conjugates include Armeen APA-10
And calcium xylene sulfonate, Armeen APA-10 and magnesium chloride, carb
Lauryl acid and triethanolamine, linear alkyl benzene sulfonate and C ₅ -Dimethylamine, or alkyl ethoxylated sulfate and tetrakis
A mixture of N, N, N ', N'-(2-hydroxypropyl) ethylenediamine is
No.

Preferably, the long chain surfactant for making the conjugate has the following general formula: R ¹ -Y ^{2 In the} formula, R ¹ is as described in the above section D, and Y ² has the structure —N (A) ₂ , —C
_{(O) N (A) 2} , - (O ←) N (A) 2, -B-R 3 -N (A) 2, -B-
_{^{R 3 -C (O) N (}} A) 2, -B-R 3 -N (→ O) (A) 2, -CO 2 -, -
_{^{SO 3 -2, -OSO 3 -2,}} -O (R 2 O) x CO 2 -, -O (R 2 O) x S
It is selected from O ₃ ⁻² and —O (R ² O) ^x OSO ₃ ⁻² , wherein B and R ³ are as described in the above section D, and 0 <z ≦ 4.

Preferably, the short chain surfactant for making the conjugate has the following general formula: R ⁴ —Y ^{2 wherein} R ¹ , R ³ , B and Y ² are as described above, and R ⁴ is — (CH ₂ ) _y C
It can be selected from H ₃ , — (CH ₂ ) _y -phenyl or — (CH ₂ ) _y -substituted phenyl, where 0 ≦ y ≦ 6.

[0336] (6) - ethylene oxide block co-obtained by copolymerization of propylene oxide polymer suitable polymers include a copolymer having blocks of terephthalate and polyethylene oxide. More specifically, these polymers are ethylene and / or
Or a repeating unit of propylene terephthalate and polyethylene oxide terephthalate in a preferred molar ratio of ethylene terephthalate units to polyethylene oxide terephthalate units of about 25:75 to about 35:65, said polyethylene oxide terephthalate having a molecular weight of about 300 to about 2000. A polyethylene oxide block. The molecular weight of this polymer is from about 5,000 to about 55,000.
It is.

Another preferred polymer is a crystalline polyester having repeating units of ethylene terephthalate units comprising from about 10 to about 15% by weight of ethylene terephthalate units with from about 10 to about 50% by weight of polyoxyethylene terephthalate units. It is derived from polyoxyethylene glycol having an average molecular weight of about 300 to about 6,000, and the molar ratio of the polyesterethylene terephthalate unit to the polyoxyethylene terephthalate unit in the crystalline polymer compound is from 2: 1 to 6: 1. Examples of this polymer are
Commercially available materials Zelcon (trade name) 4780 (from DuPont) and Milease (trade name) T (IC
I)).

A very preferred polymer has the general formula: X- (OCH ₂ CH ₂ ) _n- [OC (O) -R ¹ -C (O) -R ² ) _u- [OC (O) -R ¹ -C (
O) -O) - _(CH in _{2 CH 2 O) n -X (} 1) formula, X may be a any suitable capping group, each X, H, and carbon atoms to about 1
Selected from the group consisting of alkyl or acyl groups that are from about 4 to about 4, preferably methyl, and n is selected to provide water solubility, generally from about 6 to about 113, preferably from about 20 to about 50. Yes, u is very important for formulation in liquid compositions with relatively high ionic strength. Materials with u greater than 10 should be very low. Further, the material where u is from about 3 to about 5 should be at least 20%, preferably at least 40%.

The R ¹ moiety is substantially a 1,4-phenylene moiety. Terms used here
“R ¹ moiety is substantially a 1,4-phenylene moiety” means that the R ¹ moiety consists entirely of the 1,4-phenylene moiety, or partially other arylene or alkarylene moieties, alkylene moieties. , Alkenylene moieties, or mixtures thereof. Arylene and alkarylene moieties that can partially replace 1,4-phenylene include 1,3-phenylene,
Examples include 1,2-phenylene, 1,8-naphthylene, 1,4-naphthylene, 2,2-biphenylene, 4,4-biphenylene, and mixtures thereof. Alkylene and alkenylene moieties that can be partially substituted include ethylene, 1,2-propylene, 1,4-butylene, 1,5-pentylene, 1,6-hexamethylene, 1
, 7-heptamethylene, 1,8-octamethylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene,
And mixtures thereof.

[0340] R¹Partial substitution of a moiety other than 1,4-phenylene with
The desired properties of the compound should not be significantly adversely affected. Typically,
The allowable degree of partial substitution depends on the length of the skeleton of the compound.
Indeed, the degree of substitution of the 1,4-phenylene moiety can be increased. Usually R ¹ Comprises about 50% to about 100% of a 1,4-phenylene moiety (1,4-phenylene).
The compound other than phenylene is 0 to 50%). Preferably, R¹part
Consists entirely of 1,4-phenylene, ie each R¹The part is 1,4-phenylene
is there.

[0341] R²For the moieties, suitable ethylene or substituted ethylene moieties include
Len, 1,2-propylene, 1,2-butylene, 1,2-hexylene, 3-meth
Xyl-1,2-propylene and mixtures thereof. Preferably, R ² The portion is substantially an ethylene portion, a 1,2-propylene portion, or a mixture thereof.
Things. Surprisingly, the higher the content of the 1,2-propylene moiety, the more the compound
The water solubility of the products tends to be improved.

Thus, the use of a 1,2-propylene moiety or similar branched equivalent is preferred for incorporation of a significant amount of polymer into a liquid fabric softener composition. Preferably, from about 75% to about 100% of the ^{R 2} moieties, more preferably from about 90% to about 100
% Is the 1,2-propylene moiety.

The value for each n is at least about 6, preferably at least about 10. Each n
Is generally from about 12 to about 113. Typically, the value for each n is from about 12 to about 43.

These polymers are disclosed in European Patent Application No. 185,4, incorporated herein by reference.
No. 27, Gosselink, published June 25, 1986, is described in more detail.

Other preferred copolymers are surfactants, such as polyoxypropylene / polyoxyethylene / polyoxypropylene (PO / EO / PO) reverse block polymers,
Is included.

The copolymer can optionally include propylene oxide in an amount up to about 15% by weight. Other preferred copolymer surfactants can be prepared by the process disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,223,163, issued Sep. 16, 1980, Builloty, which is incorporated herein by reference. it can.

Suitable block polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene polymeric compounds meeting the above requirements are based on ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerol, trimethylolpropane and ethylenediamine as initiator reactive hydrogen compound. Compounds. BASF-Wyandot
Certain block polymer surfactant compounds called PLURONIC (trade name) and TETRONIC (trade name) manufactured by te Corp., Wyandotte, Michigan are suitable.

A particularly preferred copolymer comprises from about 40 to about 70% by weight of a polyoxypropylene / polyoxyethylene / polyoxypropylene block polymer mixture, the mixture comprising about 75% by weight of the mixture of ethylene oxide 17%. Reverse block copolymer of polyoxyethylene and polyoxypropylene, containing about 40 moles of propylene oxide, and about 25% by weight of the mixture, starting with trimethylolpropane, 99 moles of propylene oxide per mole of trimethylolpropane And a block copolymer of polyoxyethylene and polyoxypropylene comprising 24 moles of ethylene oxide.

It is preferred to use a material having a relatively high hydrophilic-lipophilic balance (HLB) as the copolymer.

Other polymers useful in the present invention include polyethylene glycol having a molecular weight of about 950 to about 30,000, available from Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Michigan. For example, such compounds have melting points from about 30 ° C. to about 100 ° C. and molecular weights of 1,450, 3,400, 4,500, 6,000, 7,400, 9,
500, and 20,000. Such compounds are formed by polymerizing ethylene glycol with the necessary number of moles of ethylene oxide to provide the desired molecular weight and melting point of the respective polyethylene glycol.

(7) -Alkylamide alkoxylated nonionic surfactants Suitable surfactants have the formula: R—C (O) —N (R ⁴ ) _n — [(R ¹ O) _x (R ² O) _y R ³ ] _m , wherein R is C _7-21 linear alkyl, C _7-21 branched alkyl , C _7-21 linear alkenyl, C _7-21 branched alkenyl, and mixtures thereof. Preferably, R is _C8-18 linear alkyl or alkenyl.

R ¹ is —CH ₂ —CH 2 — and R ₂ is C ₃ -C ₄ linear alkyl, C ₃ -C ₄ branched alkyl, and mixtures thereof, preferably R ² is —CH ( CH ₃ ) —CH ₂ —. Surfactants comprising a mixture of R1 and R2 units,
Preferably from about 4 to about 12 _-CH 2 -CH ₂ - units, from about 1 to about 4 -CH
Comprising in combination the unit - _(CH 3) -CH _2. These units may be present in any combination suitable for the prescriber, alternating or as a group. Preferably, the ratio of ^{R 1} units to ^{R 2} units is from about 4: 1: 1 to about 8. Preferably,
The R ² unit (ie, —C (CH ₃ ) H—CH ₂ —) adds to the nitrogen atom and adds about 4
Followed by the rest of the chain comprising ８8 —CH ₂ —CH ₂ — units.

R ³ is hydrogen, C ₁ -C ₄ linear alkyl, C ₃ -C ₄ branched alkyl, and mixtures thereof, preferably hydrogen or methyl, more preferably hydrogen.

R ⁴ is hydrogen, C ₁ -C ₄ linear alkyl, C ₃ -C ₄ branched alkyl, and mixtures thereof, and is preferably hydrogen. If the index m is 2, the index n is 0
And there are no R ⁴ units.

The index m is 1 or 2, and the index n is 0 or 1, provided that m + n is
Equal to 2, preferably m is 1, n is 1 and one-[(R¹O)_x(R
²O)_yR³] Units to form R⁴The unit is on nitrogen. The index x is 0 to about 50
, Preferably about 3 to about 25, more preferably about 3 to about 10.
The index y is from 0 to about 10, preferably 0, but if the index y is not 0, y is 1
~ 4. Preferably, all alkyleneoxy units are ethyleneoxy units
Rank.

Examples of suitable ethoxylated alkylamide surfactants are commercially available from Witco, Rewop
al (trade name) C ₆ , Amidox (trade name) C5 available from Stepan, and Ethomid (trade name) O / 17 and Ethomid (trade name) HT / 60 available from Akzo.

(8)-Mixtures thereof Supplementary whiteness preservatives To improve the whiteness of the fabric, optionally but preferably, supplementary whiteness preservatives are incorporated. An auxiliary whiteness preservative can be used with a metal chelating agent to further enhance whiteness retention.

[0358] 1. Brighteners Optical brighteners, also known as fluorescent whiteners (FWAs) or fluorescent brighteners, provide a complementary color to a fabric to offset the yellow appearance and make unwanted yellowing invisible, thereby reducing whiteness. Save. White fabric may become yellow when stored for a long time. Without being bound by theory, the auto-oxidation of a polyunsaturated material, such as a body fatty acid or a fabric softener active, provides short-wavelength violet-blue light, i.e., light of a wavelength of about 370 nm to 550 nm. It is believed that compounds which absorb and appear yellow on white fabrics. The optical brightener absorbs light in the ultraviolet region and emits light in the blue to blue-violet region of the spectrum by fluorescence. In this way, the white appearance is preserved as the optical brightener complements this lost portion of the spectrum on the yellowing fabric.

The product may comprise from about 0.005% to about 5%, preferably from about 0.05% to about 3%, more preferably from about 0.1% to about 2%, even more preferably from about 0. 15 to about 1% by weight of an optical brightener. In the presence of a metal chelator, lower levels of brightener are used. In the absence of a metal chelator, higher levels of brightener are preferred.

Preferred optical brighteners are colorless on the substrate and do not absorb the visible portion of the spectrum. Preferred optical brighteners are also lightfast, ie, do not substantially degrade in sunlight. Optical brighteners suitable for use in the present invention absorb light in the ultraviolet portion of the spectrum from 275 nm to about 400 nm, and from about 400 nm to about 550 nm.
Emit light in the violet to purple blue region of the spectrum. Preferably, the optical brightener comprises an uninterrupted chain of conjugated double bonds. Optical brighteners are typically
Derivatives of stilbene or 4,4 ′ diaminostilbene, biphenyl, 5-membered heterocyclic compounds such as triazole, oxazole, imidazole, etc., or 6-membered heterocyclic compounds (coumarin, naphthalamide, s-triazine, etc.) It is not limited to. Many specific brightener structures are available from The Kirk-O
thmer Encyclopedia of Chemistry, Third Edition, pp. 214-226, and U.S. Patent No. 5,759,990, paragraphs 21, 15-60, which are hereby incorporated by reference. . Positive or negatively charged ionic brighteners improve solubility in the compositions described herein and are therefore easier to formulate,
It is preferable because it is more stable. Cationic brighteners are also preferred because they effectively compete with the cationic fabric softener and are distributed on the surface of the fabric.

Preferred brighteners include OptiV commercially available from 3V Inc., Weehawken, New Jersey.
blanc (trade name) GL and Optiblanc (trade name) LSN, Ciba, High Point, North C
Tinopals (trade name) CBS SP Slurry 33, PLC, UNPA-GX, 4BM, available from arolina
4BMS, 5BM, 5BMS, 5BM-GX, AMS-GX, DMS-X, DCS Liquid, K, ERN, LCS, LFW, and TAS, Univex (trade names), SK, ERN, and AT, Blankokophor commercially available from Mobay
(Product Name) FBW, FB, LPG, and HRS, but is not limited to these. Certain brighteners, in addition to inhibiting autoxidation, also prevent dye transfer.

[0362] 2. Bluening agents Bluening agents also preserve the whiteness by adding a complementary color to the fabric so that the undesirable yellow color is no longer visible and offset the yellow appearance. As with optical brighteners, the bluing agent makes up for the missing portions of the spectrum and retains a white appearance.

[0363] 3. Without being bound by UV absorber theory, UV absorbers can work by protecting the fabric and any fabric softener compounds adhering to the fabric from UV exposure.
UV light has been found to initiate the autoxidation process, and should be applied to the fabric to block the UV light from the fabric and unsaturated fatty material, thereby preventing the onset of autoxidation. Can be.

[0364] 5. Oxidation Stabilizers Oxidation stabilizers are present in the compositions of the present invention and act as scavengers for the oxidation process, thereby preventing and / or terminating autoxidation, or by reversing oxidation, thereby reducing yellowing. We can prevent strangeness. The term "oxidation stabilizer" as used herein includes antioxidants and reducing agents. These agents may be from 0% to about 2%, preferably about 0.01% to about 0.2%, more preferably about 0.035% to about 0.1% for antioxidants, and about 0.035% to about 0.1% for reducing agents. Is preferably about 0.01
% To about 0.2%.

Examples of antioxidants that can be added to the compositions and processes of the present invention include Eastman
Ea, a mixture of ascorbic acid, ascorbic acid palmitate, propyl gallate, commercially available from Chemical Products, Inc. under the trade names Tenox PG and Tenox S-1
A mixture of BHT (butylated hydroxytoluene), BHA (butylated hydroxyanisole), propyl gallate, and citric acid, commercially available under the trade name Tenox-6 from stman Chemical Products, Inc., Sustane BHT from UOP Process Division. Butylated hydroxytoluene, tert-butylhydroquinone commercially available under the trade name,
Natural tocopherol commercially available as Tenox (trade name) GT-1 / GT-2 from Eastman Chemical Products, Inc., butylated hydroxyanisole commercially available as BHA from Eastman Chemical Products, Inc., long chain ester of gallic acid (C _{8 ~C 2 2),} for example, dodecyl gallate, Irganox 1010 (trade name), Irganox 1035 (trade name), Irganox B 1171 (trade name), Irganox 1425 (trade name), Irganox 3114 (trade name), Irganox 3125 (Trade names), and mixtures thereof, preferably Irganox
3125 (trade name), Irganox 1425 (trade name), Irganox 3114 (trade name), and mixtures thereof, more preferably Irganox 3125 (trade name) (alone or with citric acid and / or other chelating agents, 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1-diphosphonic acid (mixed with, for example, isopropyl citrate), Monsanto
Dequest 2010 (trade name) commercially available under the chemical name of (acid) and Tiron (trade name) commercially available under the chemical name of 4,5-dihydroxy-m-benzene-sulfonic acid / sodium salt from Kodak
And DTPA (trade name) commercially available from Aldrich under the chemical name of diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid.

The oxidation stabilizer may be added at any point during the fabric softener raw material production process where the polyunsaturated compound is present. For example, these stabilizers can be added to the oil used in the production of the fatty acids, during the production of the fatty acids and / or during and / or during the storage of the fabric softener. These materials ensure good odor stability under long-term storage conditions.

Other Optional Ingredients In addition to the cyclic silicone molecules, the fabric protection composition of the present invention may optionally include auxiliary odor control materials, chelating agents, antistatic agents, insect and mothproofing agents, coloring agents. , Especially bluing agents, antioxidants, and mixtures thereof. The total level of optional ingredients used is low, preferably less than about 5% of the use composition, more preferably less than about 3%, and even more preferably less than about 2%. These optional components exclude the other components specifically mentioned above. By blending the auxiliary odor control material, the odor control ability of cyclodextrin can be enhanced, and the range of types and molecular sizes of odors that can be suppressed can be widened. Such materials include, for example, metal salts, water-soluble cationic and anionic polymers, zeolites, water-soluble bicarbonates, and mixtures thereof.

Water-Soluble Polyionic Polymer The composition of the present invention uses a certain water-soluble polyionic polymer, for example, a water-soluble cationic polymer and a water-soluble anionic polymer, and has an odor control property. Can be strengthened.

Cationic polymers, such as polyamine water-soluble cationic polymers, such as polymers containing amino functional groups, amide functional groups, and mixtures thereof, suppress certain acid odors of the present invention. Useful to do.

Anionic polymers such as polyacrylic acid water-soluble anionic polymers such as polyacrylic acid and water-soluble salts thereof are useful in the present invention for controlling certain amine-type odors. is there. Preferred polyacrylic acids and their alkali metal salts have an average molecular weight of less than about 20,000, more preferably less than 5,000,000, preferably less than 10,000, more preferably from about 500 to about 5,000. Also suitable are polymers containing sulfonic, phosphoric and phosphonic acid groups, and their water-soluble salts, and mixtures thereof, and mixtures with carboxylic and carboxylate groups.

Also suitable are water-soluble polymers containing both cationic and anionic functional groups.
Examples of these polymers are described in US Pat. No. 4,909,986, which is incorporated herein by reference.
No., issued March 20, 1990, issued to N. Kobayashi and A. Kawazoe. Another example of a water-soluble polymer containing both cationic and anionic functional groups is a copolymer of dimethyldiallylammonium chloride and acrylic acid, commercially available from Calgon under the trade name Merquat 280.

When a water-soluble polymer is used, the polymer typically comprises about 0.5% of the working composition.
From about 001 to about 3% by weight, preferably from about 0.005 to about 2% by weight, more preferably from about 0.01 to about 1% by weight, even more preferably from about 0.05 to about 0.5% by weight. Exists.

[0373]Antistatic agent The compositions of the present invention optionally provide the treated fabric with antistatic properties when worn.
An effective amount of an antistatic agent can be included. Preferred antistatic agents are those in which the composition
An antistatic agent that is water soluble at least in an effective amount so that it remains a clear solution.
You. Examples of these antistatic agents include monoalkyl cation based quaternary ammonium salts.
Compound, for example, mono (C₁₀~ C₁₄Alkyl) trimethylammonium halogen
Compounds such as monolauryltrimethylammonium chloride, Dehyquart from Henkel
Hydroxycetylhydroxyethyldimethylammonium chloride commercially available under the trade name E
Ethyl bisulfate, commercially available under the trade name Variquat 66 from Witco Corp.
(Polyethoxyethanol) alkyl ammonium, polyethylene glycol,
Polymeric quaternary ammonium salts, such as the product of Mirapol A-15 from Rhone-Poulenc
The following general formula-[N (CH₃)₂-(CH₂)₃-NH-CO-NH- (CH₂)₃-N (CH₃)₂ ⁺-CH
₂CH₂OCH₂CH₂]-_x ²⁺2x [Cl⁻] And commercially available from Rhone-Poulenc under the trade name Mirapol AD-1
The following general formula-[N (CH₃)₂-(CH₂)₃-NH-CO- (CH₂)₄-CO-NH- (CH₂)₃-N (
CH₃)₂-(CH₂CH₂OCH₂CH₂]-_x ⁺x [Cl⁻], Quaternized polyethyleneimine, GAF to Gafquat HS100
Commercially available vinyl pyrrolidone / methacrylamidopropyltrimethylammonium chloride
Copolymer, a triethonium hydrolyzate available from Maybrook under the trade name Quat-Pro E
Degraded collagen ethosulfate, eg Versa TL-130 from Alco Chemical
Neutralized sulfonated polystyrene commercially available under the name, for example, Versa from Alco Chemical
 Neutralized sulfonated styrene / maleic anhydride copolymer commercially available under the trade name TL-4
Body, and mixtures thereof.

Preferably, non-foaming or low-foaming agents are used to avoid foaming during fabric treatment. Also, when using alpha-cyclodextrin, it is preferred not to use a polyethoxylated material such as polyethylene glycol or Variquat 66 (trade name). The polyethoxylate group has a strong affinity for alpha-cyclodextrin and readily forms a complex therewith, thereby reducing uncomplexed cyclodextrin that can be used for odor control.

When an antistatic agent is used, it typically comprises about 0.03% of the working composition.
5 to about 10% by weight, preferably about 0.1 to about 5% by weight, more preferably about 0.3%
It is present at a level of 約 about 3% by weight.

Insect repellent and / or moth repellents The compositions of the present invention can, if desired, contain an effective amount of insect repellent and / or moth repellents. Typical insect repellent and / or mothproofing agents are pheromones, such as anticoagulant pheromones, and other natural and / or synthetic components. Preferred insect repellents and / or mothproofing agents useful in the compositions of the present invention include perfume ingredients such as citronellol, citronellal, citral, linalool, cheddar extract, geranium oil,
Sandalwood oil, 2- (diethylphenoxy) ethanol, 1-dodecene, and the like. Other examples of preferred insect repellent and / or moth repellent agents useful in the compositions of the present invention include:
U.S. Patent Nos. 4,449,987, 4,693,890, 4,696,6
No. 76, No. 4,933,371, No. 5,030,660, No. 5,196,2
No. 00 and "Semio Activity of Flavor and Fragrance Molecules on Vario
us Insect Species '', BD Mookherjee et al., Bioactive Volatile Compounds from Plants , ASC Symposium Series 525, R. Teranishi, RG Butte
ry, and H. Sugisawa, 1993, pp. 35-48, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference. When using insect repellents and / or moth repellents,
The top material is typically present at a level of from about 0.005 to about 3% by weight of the use composition.

Colorants Colorants and dyes, especially bluing agents, if desired, can be visually appealing and impressive in performance, in addition to the fabric protection composition. If colorants are used, they are used at very low levels to avoid dyeing the fabric. Preferred colorants for use in the composition are highly water-soluble dyes, such as Liq, available from Milliken Chemical Co.
uitint (trade name) dye. Examples of suitable dyes are Liquitint Blue HP (trade name), Liquitint Blue 65 (trade name), Liquitint Patent Blue (trade name), Liq
uitint Royal Blue (trade name), Liquitint Experimental Yellow 8949-43 (trade name), Liquitint Green HMC (trade name), Liquitint Yellow II (trade name), and mixtures thereof, preferably Liquitint Blue HP (trade name), Liquitint Blu
e 65 (trade name), Liquitint Patent Blue (trade name), Liquitint Royal Blue
(Trade name), Liquitint Experimental Yellow 8949-43 (trade name), and mixtures thereof, but are not limited thereto.

Optional Anti-Clogging Agents The optional anti-clogging agents that enhance the wettability and anti-clogging properties of the composition, especially in the presence of starch, have from 2 to about 6 carbon atoms. From the group of polymeric glycols of alkanes and olefins, preferably 2. Anti-clogging agents prevent "plugging" formation in the spray nozzle. Examples of preferred anti-clogging agents have an average molecular weight of about 800 to about 12,000, more preferably about 1,
400 to about 8,000 polyethylene glycol. When used, the anti-clogging agent may comprise from about 0.01% to about 1% by weight of the composition used, preferably about 0.05%.
To about 0.5% by weight, more preferably from about 0.1 to about 0.3% by weight.

Builders The compositions of the present invention can further comprise a builder or builder system, especially for detergent compositions. All the usual builder systems are suitable for use, aluminosilicate materials, silicates, polycarboxylates, alkyl- or alkenyl-succinic acids and fatty acids, materials such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentamethylene acetate, metals Ion sequestering agents such as aminopolyphosphonates, especially ethylenediaminetetramethylenephosphonic acid and diethylenetriaminepentamethylenephosphonic acid. Phosphate builders can also be used here.

The present invention can include a suitable builder or detergent salt. The amount of detergent salt / builder can vary widely depending on the end use of the composition and its desired physical form. When present, the composition will typically comprise at least about 1% by weight, more typically from about 10 to about 80% by weight, even more typically from about 15 to about 50% by weight.
% By weight of the builder. However, it does not exclude lower or higher levels.

Inorganic or P-containing detergent salt builders include alkali metal, ammonium and alkanol ammonium polyphosphates (eg, tripolyphosphate, pyrophosphate, and vitreous polymeric metaphosphates), phosphonates, phytates. Include, but are not limited to, acids, silicates, carbonates (including bicarbonates and sesquicarbonates), sulfates and aluminosilicates. However, in some areas non-phosphate builders are needed. Importantly, even in the presence of so-called "weak" builders such as citric acid (as compared to phosphates) or in so-called "low builders" situations, which occur with zeolites or layered silicate builders. The compositions of the invention are surprisingly effective.

Suitable organic detergent builders for the purposes of the present invention include, but are not limited to, various polycarboxylate compounds. As used herein, “polycarboxylate” refers to a compound having multiple carboxylate groups, preferably at least three carboxylate. The polycarboxylate builder can generally be added to the composition in acid form, but can also be added in the form of a neutralized salt. When used in the form of a salt, the salts of the alkali metals, such as sodium, potassium and lithium, or alkanolammonium are preferred.

Suitable silicate builders, carbonates, aluminosilicate builders, polycarboxylate builders, citrate builders, 3,3-dicarboxy-4-oxa-
Examples of 1,6-hexanedioate builders and related compounds are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,566,984 to Bush, and succinate builders, phosphorus builders and fatty acids are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 576,282, No. 5,728,
No. 671 and 5,707,95.

Other suitable builders are inorganic ion exchange materials, generally inorganic hydrated aluminosilicate materials, more particularly hydrated synthetic zeolites, such as hydrated zeolites A, X,
B, HS or MAP.

The polycarboxylates containing one carboxy group suitable for the present invention are described in Belgian Patent Nos. 831,368, 821,369 and 821,370. Lactic acid, glycolic acid and ether derivatives thereof as described above. Polycarboxylates containing two carboxy groups include succinic acid, malonic acid, (ethylenedioxy) diacetate, maleic acid, diglycolic acid, tartaric acid,
Water-soluble salts of tartronic acid and fumaric acid and German Patent Publication No. 2,446,68
6 and 2,446,687 and U.S. Pat.
No. 257, ether carboxylate and Belgian Patent No. 8
And the sulfinyl carboxylate described in Japanese Patent No. 40,623. Polycarboxylates containing three carboxy groups include, in particular, water-soluble citrates,
Aconitate and citraconic acid salts, and succinate derivatives, such as carboxymethyloxysuccinate described in GB 1,379,241, described in Dutch application 72050873 Lactoxysuccinate and oxypolycarboxylate materials such as British Patent No. 1,38
No. 7,447, 2-oxa-1,1,3-propanetricarboxylate.

The polycarboxylates containing four carboxy groups are described in GB 1,261,8
No. 29, oxydisuccinate, 1,1,2,2-ethanetetracarboxylate, 1,1,3,3-propanetetracarboxylate and 1,1
, 2,3-propanetetracarboxylate. Polycarboxylates containing sulfo substituents include those described in GB 1,398,421 and 1,398.
, 422, and U.S. Pat. No. 3,936,448, and the sulfonated pyrolysis quench described in GB 1,082,179. Acid salts, and polycarboxylates containing a phosphon substituent are described in GB 1,439,000.

Cycloaliphatic and heterocyclic polycarboxylates include cyclopentane-cis, cis,
Cis-tetracarboxylate, cyclopentadienidepentacarboxylate, 2,3
, 4,5-tetrahydro-furan-cis, cis, cis-tetracarboxylate, 2
, 5-Tetrahydro-furan-cis-dicarboxylate, 2,2,5,5-tetrahydrofuran-tetracarboxylate, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexane-hexacarboxylate, and polyvalent Carboxymethyl derivatives of alcohols such as sorbitol, mannitol and xylitol. Aromatic polycarboxylates include the derivatives of melitic acid, pyromellitic acid and phthalic acid described in GB 1,425,343.

Among the above, preferred polycarboxylates are hydroxycarboxylates containing up to 3 carboxy groups per molecule, especially citrates.

Preferred builder systems for use in the present compositions are water-insoluble aluminosilicate builders, such as zeolite A or sheet silicate (SKS-6), and water-soluble carboxylate chelators, such as And citric acid.

Preferred builder systems include a mixture of a water-insoluble aluminosilicate builder, such as zeolite A, and a water-soluble carboxylate chelating agent, such as citric acid. Preferred builder systems for use in the liquid detergent compositions of the present invention are soaps and polycarboxylates.

Other suitable water-soluble organic salts are homo- or copolymeric acids, wherein the polycarboxylic acid comprises at least two carboxyl groups separated from each other by no more than two carbon atoms. Or their salts. This type of polymer is disclosed in British Patent GB
-A-1,596,756. Examples of such salts are polyacrylates of molecular weight 2000-5000 and their copolymers with maleic anhydride, such copolymers having a molecular weight of 20,000-70,000, in particular of about 40,000. , 000.

The builder salts for detergents generally comprise from 5 to 80% by weight of the composition, preferably from 10 to 7%.
0%, most usually 30-60% by weight.

Bleaching Agents Other optional detergent components that can be included in the detergent compositions of this invention include bleaching agents such as hydrogen peroxide, PB1, PB4 and percarbonate having a particle size of 400-800 microns. Include. These bleach components can include one or more oxygen bleaches and, depending on the bleach selected, one or more bleach activators. When present, the oxygen bleaching compound is typically present in an amount from about 1% to about 25%. The bleach component used herein can be any bleach useful in cleaning compositions, including oxygen bleaches as well as other bleaches known in the art. Bleaches suitable for the present invention may be activated or non-activated bleaches.

Examples of suitable bleaching agents are described in US Pat. Nos. 5,707,950 and 5,5,5
76,282.

Hydrogen peroxide releasing agents are, for example, bleach activators disclosed in US Pat. No. 5,707,950, or N-nonanoyl described in WO 94/28106. Although they can be used in combination with phenol phosphonate esters of -6-aminocaproic acid (NACA-OBS), these materials form peracids as active bleaching substances by perhydrolysis and improve the bleaching effect. Acylated citrates are also suitable activators.

Bleaching agents, including peracids, and bleaching systems comprising a bleach activator and a peroxygen bleaching compound useful in the detergent compositions of the present invention are described in International Patent Publication No. WO 95/27772.
No., WO95 / 27773, WO95 / 27774, WO95 / 27
775 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,707,950.

The metal-containing catalysts used in the bleach compositions include cobalt-containing catalysts, such as pentaamine acetate cobalt (III) salts and manganese-containing catalysts, such as European Patent Applications EPA549,271, EPA549,272, EPA 45
No. 8397, U.S. Pat. No. 5,246,621, European Patent No. EPA458
No. 398, US Pat. Nos. 5,194,416 and 5,114,611. A bleaching composition comprising a peroxy compound, a manganese-containing bleach catalyst and a chelating agent is disclosed in Patent Application No. 94870.
No. 206.3. All of the above patents and applications are hereby incorporated by reference.

Dye Transfer Inhibitors The fabric protection compositions of the present invention can be used to dissolve dissolved and dispersed dyes from one fabric to another during washing and conditioning operations on fabrics involving colored fabrics. Compounds for prevention may also be included.

Polymeric Dye Transfer Inhibitor The fabric protective composition of the present invention comprises 0.001 to 10% by weight, preferably 0.01 to 10% by weight.
It may also comprise 2% by weight, more preferably 0.05 to 1% by weight of a polymeric dye transfer inhibitor. The polymeric dye transfer inhibitor is generally formulated to prevent dye transfer from the colored fabric to the fabric being laundered therewith. These polymers have the ability to complex or adsorb floating dyes washed out from dyed fabrics before attaching to other laundry items during washing or rinsing. .

Particularly preferred polymeric dye transfer inhibitors are polyvinylpyrrolidone polymers, poly (
4-vinylpyridine-N-oxide), a polyamine N-oxide polymer, a copolymer of N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylimidazole, polyvinyloxazolidone and polyvinylimidazole, or a mixture thereof. Examples of such dye transfer inhibitors are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,804,219, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Issue, September 8, 1998, T. Trinh, SL-L. Sung, HB Tordil, and PA
Promulgated in Wendland, and US Pat. Nos. 5,707,950 and 5,707
, No. 951.

Other suitable dye transfer inhibitors include, but are not limited to, cross-linked polymers. A crosslinked polymer is a polymer in which the backbone is interconnected to some extent, the bonds of which may be chemical or physical, and where desired the active groups are on the backbone or on the branched chains. Crosslinked polymers are described in the Journal of Polymer Science, volume 22, pages 1035-1039.

In one embodiment, the cross-linked polymer is constructed to form a three-dimensional rigid structure, which structure can confine the dye within the pores formed by the three-dimensional structure. . In another embodiment, the cross-linked polymer confines the dye by swelling.

Such a crosslinked polymer is disclosed in pending European Patent Application No. 94870213.9.
It is described in the specification.

Chlorine scavengers Chlorine scavengers are active ingredients that react with chlorine or with chlorine-generating substances, such as hypochlorite, to eliminate or reduce the bleaching activity of chlorine substances. .

Chlorine is used in many parts of the world for water disinfection. To ensure safe water, a small amount, typically about 1-2 ppm, of chlorine is left in the water. It has been found that this small amount of chlorine in tap water can cause some fabric dyes to fade.
The composition added during rinsing contains sufficient chlorine scavenger to neutralize about 1 ppm, preferably 2 ppm, more preferably 3 ppm, and even more preferably 10 ppm of chlorine in the rinse water. Is preferred.

Suitable amounts of the optional chlorine scavenger in the composition added during rinsing of the present invention are from about 0.01% to about 10%, preferably from about 0.02% to about 5%. , More preferably from about 0.05% to about 4%.

The fabric softener composition, particularly the preferred compositions herein, can include an effective amount of a chlorine scavenger, preferably selected from the group consisting of:

A. Amines and their salts, b. Ammonium salts, c. Amino acids and their salts, d. Polyamino acids and their salts, e. Polyethyleneimine and salts thereof, f. Polyamines and their salts, g. Polyamine amides and salts thereof, h. Polyacrylamide, and i. Their mixture.

Examples of chlorine scavengers include amines, preferably primary and secondary amines (including primary and secondary fatty amines, and alkanolamines), and their salts, ammonium salts, For example, chloride, bromide, citrate, sulfate, amine-functional polymers and salts thereof, amino acid-containing homopolymers and salts thereof, such as polyarginine, polylysine, polyhistidine, amino acid containing amino group Copolymers and their salts (including 1,5-di-ammonium-2-methyl-panthene dichloride and lysine monohydrochloride), amino acids and their salts (preferably two or more amino acids per molecule) Substances having a group, such as arginine, histidine and lysine, reducing anions such as sulphite, bisulphite, thiosulphate, And nitrates, antioxidants such as ascorbate, carbamate, phenol), and mixtures thereof. .

Preferred chlorine scavengers are water soluble, especially low molecular weight, low volatility primary and secondary amines such as monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, tris (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane, hexamethylenetetramine, And their salts,
And mixtures thereof. Suitable chlorine scavenger polymers include water-soluble amine-functional polymers such as polyethyleneimines, polyamines, polyamineamides, polyacrylamides, and salts thereof, and mixtures thereof. Preferred polymers are polyethyleneimines, polyamines [including di (higher alkyl) cyclic amines and their condensation products, and polymers containing amino groups], polyamine amides, and their salts, and mixtures thereof. Preferred polymers for use in the fabric softening composition of the present invention are polyethyleneimines and their salts. Preferred polyethylene imines have a molecular weight of less than about 2000, more preferably from about 200 to about 1500. The solubility in water is preferably at least about 1 g / 100 g water, more preferably at least about 3 g / 100 g water, even more preferably at least about 5 g / 100 g water.

Certain polyamines having the general formula (R ¹ ) ₂ N (CX ₂ ) _n N (R ² ) ₂ can act as both chlorine scavengers and “chelating” color protectants. it can. Examples of such preferred polyamines include N, N, N ', N'-tetrakis (
2-hydroxypropyl) ethylenediamine and N, N, N ', N ", N"-
Examples include, but are not limited to, penta (2-hydroxypropyl) diethylenetriamine.

[0412] Preferred polymeric chlorine scavengers have an average molecular weight of less than about 5,000, more preferably from about 200 to about 2,000, and even more preferably from about 200 to about 1,000. The low molecular weight polymer is easier to remove from the fabric than the high molecular weight polymer and has less accumulation of the chlorine scavenger, resulting in less discoloration of the fabric. Liquid chlorine scavengers can be used in the liquid softener composition, but the amine-functional chlorine scavenger must be added to the composition before it is added.
It is preferred to neutralize.

Polymeric soil release agent The soil release agent, usually a polymer, is present in an amount of about 0.05% to about 5%, preferably about 0.1%.
% To about 4%, more preferably about 0.2% to about 3%, are particularly preferred additives. Suitable soil release agents are described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,702,857, Gosselink, 19
Issued October 27, 1987, No. 4,711,730, Gosselink and Diehl, 1
Promulgated December 8, 987, No. 4,713,194, Gosselink, January 1987
Issued February 15, No. 4,877,896, Maldonado, Trinh, and Gosselin
k, promulgated October 31, 1989, No. 4,956,447, Gosselink, Hardy
And Trinh, promulgated September 11, 1990, and No. 4,749,596, Eva
ns, Huntington, Stewart, Wolf, and Zimmerer, promulgated June 7, 1988,
And the patents are hereby incorporated by reference.

Particularly preferred and optionally used components are polyalkylene terephthalate and polyoxyethylene terephthalate block copolymers, and polymeric soil release agents comprising polyalkylene terephthalate and polyethylene glycol block copolymers. is there. The polyalkylene terephthalate block preferably comprises ethylene and / or propylene groups. Many such soil release polymers are non-ionic.

Preferred nonionic soil release polymers have the following average structure: _{CH 3 O (CH 2 CH 2} O) 40 - [C (O) -C 6 H 4 -C (O) -OCH 2 CH (CH 3) O-] 5 -C (O) -C 6 H 4 - C (O)-(OCH ₂ CH _2- ) ₄₀ OCH ₃ Such soil release polymer is disclosed in US Pat. No. 4,849,
257, Borcher, Trinh and Bolich, promulgated July 18, 1989.

Another highly preferred nonionic soil release polymer is New Zealand Patent No. 242,150, issued Aug. 7, 1995, Pan, Gosse, incorporated herein by reference.
link and Honsa.

[0417] The polymeric soil release agents useful in the present invention can include anionic and cationic soil release agents. Suitable anionic polymeric or oligomeric soil release agents are described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,018,569, Tr.
inh, Gosselink and Rattinger, promulgated April 4, 1989. Other suitable polymers are described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,808,086, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Specification, Evans, Huntington, Stewart, Wolf, and Zimmerer, 1989 2
Promulgated on March 24. Suitable cationic soil release polymers are described in U.S. Patent No. 4,956,447, Gosselink, Hardy and Trinh, issued September 11, 1990, incorporated herein by reference.

Dye Fixatives Optionally used dye fixatives, or "fixants", are materials useful for improving the appearance of dyed fabrics by minimizing dye loss from the fabric upon washing. .

Many dye fixatives are cationic and are based on quaternized nitrogen compounds or nitrogen compounds with a strong cationic charge formed in situ under the conditions of use. Cationic fixatives are commercially available from several suppliers under various trade names. Representative examples include CROSCOLOR (trade name) PMF and CROSCOLO available from Crosfield.
R (trade name) NOFF, INDOSOL (trade name) E-50 (polyethyleneamine type) and SANDOFIX (trade name) TPS commercially available from Sandoz, and CARTAFIX (trade name) CB commercially available from Clariant. Other examples include SANDOFIX SWE (cationic resinous compound) from Sandoz, REWIN SRF, REWIN SRF-O and REWIN DWR from CHT-Beitlich GMBH, and Tinofix (trade name) from Ciba-Geigy. ECO, Tinofix (trade name) FRD and Solfin (trade name). Preferred dye fixatives for optional use in the compositions of the present invention are SANDOFIX TPS and CARTAFIX CB.

Other cationic dye fixatives are described in “Aftertreatments for Improving the Fastnes
s of Dyes on Textile Fibers, Christopher C. Cook, Rev. Prog. Coloration
, Vol. XII, (1982). Suitable dye fixatives for optional use in the present invention are ammonium compounds such as fatty acid-diamine condensates, especially the hydrochloride, acetate, methosulfate and benzyl hydrochloride of diamine esters. Examples include, but are not limited to, oleyldiethylaminoethylamide, oleylmethyldiethylenediaminemethosulfate, monostearylethylenediaminotrimethylammonium methosulfate. Furthermore, N-oxides of tertiary amines, derivatives of polymeric alkyl diamines, polyamine-cyanuric chloride condensates, and aminated glycerol dichlorohydrin are suitable for use as dye fixatives in the compositions of the present invention. is there.

Another class of dye fixatives suitable for optional use in the present invention are cellulose-reactive dye fixatives. The cellulose-reactive dye fixing agent can be appropriately combined with one or more dye fixing agents described above to constitute a “dye fixing agent system”.

The term “cellulose-reactive dye fixative” refers to “a dye fixative that reacts with cellulose fibers in situ or when the prescriber has applied heat or heat treatment”
Is defined as

Typically, a cellulose-reactive dye fixative is a compound that includes a cellulose-reactive moiety. Examples of these compounds include halogeno-triazines, vinyl sulfones, epichlorohydrin derivatives, hydroxyethylene urea derivatives, formaldehyde condensation products, polycarboxylates, glyoxal and glutaraldehyde derivatives and mixtures thereof. It is not limited to. Other examples are described in "Textile Processing and Properties", Tyrone L. Vigo, 12 describing particular electrophilic groups and their corresponding cellulose affinity.
0-121, Elsevier (1997).

Preferred hydroxyethylene urea derivatives include dimethylol dihydroxyethylene, urea, and dimethyl urea glyoxal. Preferred formaldehyde condensation products include formaldehyde and condensation products derived from groups selected from amino, imino, phenol, urea, cyanamide and aromatic groups. Commercially available compounds within this group include Sandof available from Clariant.
ix WE 56, Zetex E, commercially available from Zeneca and Levogen BF, commercially available from Bayer.
Preferred polycarboxylate derivatives include butanetetracarboxylic acid derivatives, citric acid derivatives, polyacrylates, and derivatives thereof. A preferred cellulosic reactive dye fixative is Indosol CR (available from Clariant).
(Hydroxyethylene urea derivative). Other preferred cellulosic reactive dye fixatives are REWIN DWR and REWIN WBS, commercially available from CHT R. Beitlich.

The compositions of the present invention may optionally comprise from about 0.001% to about 40% by weight of the fabric protection composition.
, Preferably about 0.5 to about 10% by weight, more preferably about 1 to about 5% by weight of the dye fixative.

Dispersant The detergent composition of the present invention can also contain a dispersant. Suitable water-soluble organic salts are homopolymeric or copolymeric acids or salts thereof, wherein the polycarboxylic acid comprises at least two carboxyl groups separated from each other by no more than 2 carbon atoms. is there.

A polymer of this type is described in GB-A-1,596,756. Examples of such salts are polyacrylates having a molecular weight of 2000 to 5000 and their copolymers with maleic anhydride, such copolymers having a molecular weight of 1,000 to 100,000.

In particular, copolymers of acrylates and methacrylates, for example having a molecular weight of 400
480 N, which is 0, can be added to the detergent composition of the present invention in an amount of 0.5 to 20% by weight of the composition.

The compositions of the present invention can include a lime soap peptizer compound having a lime soap dispersing power (LSDP) as defined below of 8 or less, preferably 7 or less, and most preferably 6 or less. The lime soap peptizer compound is preferably from 0 to
It is present in an amount of 20% by weight.

The effect of the lime soap peptizer is described in HC Borghetty and CA Bergman, J. et al.
Am. Oil. Chem. Soc., Vol. 27, pp. 88-90, (1950), given numerically by the lime soap dispersing power (LSDP) measured by the lime soap dispersant test. The lime soap dispersion test method is widely used by experts in this field, for example, WN Linfield, Surfactant science Series, Vol. 7, page 3, WN Linfield, Tenside surf. Det., Vol. 27, pp. 159-163, (1
990), and MK Nagarajan, WF Masler, Cosmetics and Toiletries, 1
04, pages 71-73, (1989). LSDP is 333 p
Weight% ratio of dispersant to sodium oleate required to disperse lime soap precipitate formed by 0.025 g of sodium oleate in 30 ml of pmCaCO ₃ (Ca: Mg = 3: 2) equivalent hardness water It is.

[0431] Surfactants having good lime soap peptizer capabilities include certain amine oxides, betaines, sulfobetaines, alkyl ethoxy sulfates and ethoxylated alcohols.

Representative surfactants having an LSDP of 8 or less used according to the present invention include C₁₆~
C₁₈Dimethylamine oxide, C having an average degree of ethoxylation of 1 to 5₁₂~ C ₁₈ Alkyl ethoxy sulphates, especially C having a degree of ethoxylation of about 3₁₂~
C_FifteenAlkyl ethoxy sulfate (LSDP = 4), and average ethoxyl
C having a degree of conversion of 12 (LSDP = 6) or 30₁₄~ C_FifteenEthoxylated Al
Cole (marketed as Lutensol A012 and Lutensol A030 by BASF GmbH, respectively)
Sales).

A polymeric lime soap peptizer suitable for use herein is MK Nagaraj
An article by An and WF Masler, Cosmetics and Toiletries, 104, 71
Pp. 73, (1989).

Hydrophobic bleaches, for example 4- [N-octanoyl-6-aminohexanoyl] benzenesulfonate, 4- [N-nonanoyl-6-aminohexanoyl] benzenesulfonate, 4- [N-decanoyl-6 [Aminohexanoyl] benzenesulfonate and mixtures thereof, and nonanoyloxybenzenesulfonate can be used as a lime soap peptizer compound with hydrophilic / hydrophobic bleach formulations.

Examples of other suitable dispersants are described in US Pat. Nos. 5,576,282 and 5
, 728, 671.

Enzymes The compositions of the present invention, especially those added during washing and rinsing, include enzymes optionally used to improve cleaning, odor control and / or fabric appearance properties. Useful. Preferred enzymes include enzymes that can be used in laundry detergents and / or fabric protection, such as proteases, amylases, lipases, cutinases,
And / or cellulases.

Examples of suitable enzymes are described in US Pat. Nos. 5,576,282, 5,728,671.
No. 5,707,950.

Particularly useful proteases are described in the PCT literature, WO 95/3010, Th.
Published by e Procter & Gamble Company on November 9, 1995, WO95 /
No. 30011, by The Procter & Gamble Company, on November 9, 1995,
And WO 95/29979, published Nov. 9, 1995 by The Procter & Gamble Company.

US Pat. Nos. 5,576,282, 5,728,671 and 5,70
In addition to the peroxidases described in US Pat. Nos. 7,950 and 7,950, other suitable peroxidase enzymes are described in European Patent Application No. 968700133.8, filed Feb. 20, 1996. . Laccase enzymes are also suitable.

Preferred enhancers are substituted phenthiazines, and phenoxazine, 10
-Phenothiazinepropionic acid (PPT), 10-ethylphenothiazine-4-
Carboxylic acid (EPC), 10-phenoxazine propionic acid (POP) and 1
0-methylphenoxazine (described in International Patent Publication No. WO 94/12621)
And substituted syringates (C3-C5 substituted alkyl syringates) and phenol. Sodium percarbonate or sodium perborate is a preferred source of hydrogen peroxide.

The peroxidase is typically present in the detergent composition at about 0.0001% of the detergent composition.
２2% by weight of active enzyme.

Other preferred enzymes that can be incorporated into the fabric protection or cleaning compositions of the present invention include lipases. Lipase enzymes suitable for detergents include microorganisms of the Pseudomas family,
For example, Pseudomas stut described in GB 1,372,034
There is an enzyme produced by zeri ATCC 19.154. A preferred lipase is the microorganism Ps
Includes lipases produced by eudomonas fluorescent IAM 1057 that show a positive immunological cross-reactivity with lipase antibodies. This lipase is Amano Pharmaceutic
It is commercially available from Al Co. Ltd., Nagoya, Japan, under the trade name Lipase P "Amano" (hereinafter referred to as "Amano-P"). Other suitable lipases that are commercially available include Aman
o-CES, commercially available from Toyo Jozo Co., Tagata, Japan, Chromobacter vi
scosum, such as lipase from Chromobacter viscosum var. lipolyticum NRRLB 3673, Chromobacter viscosum lipase commercially available from US Biochemical Corp., USA and Disoiynth Co., The Netherlands, and lipase from Pseudomonas gladioli. Particularly suitable lipases are M1 Lipase (trade name) and Lipom
ax (trade name) (Gist-Brocades) and Lipolase (trade name) and Lipolase Ultra
It is a lipase such as (trade name) (Novo) and was found to be very effective when used in combination with the composition of the present invention.

[0443] Cutinase [EC 3.1.1.50] is also suitable, but is considered a special type of lipase, a lipase that does not require surface activation. The addition of cutinase to detergent compositions is described, for example, in International Patent Publication No. WO 88/09367 (Genencor).

The lipase and / or cutinase are incorporated into the cleaning composition, generally in an amount of 0.0001 to 2% active enzyme by weight of the detergent composition.

To remove carbohydrate-based stains, known amylases (α and / or β)
Can be included. International Patent Publication No. WO 94/02597, Novo Nordisk
A / S, published February 3, 1994, describes a cleaning composition incorporating a mutant amylase. International Patent No. WO94 / 13814, Genencor, 199
Published August 18, 4 and International Patent No. WO 95/10603, Novo N
See also ordisk A / S, published April 20, 1995. Other amylases known for cleaning compositions include both α- and β-amylases. Alpha-amylases are known in the art and are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,003,257, European Patent No. 252,666, International Patent WO / 91/00353, FR2,676.
456, EP 285,123, EP 525,61
0, EP 368,341 and British Patent 1,296,83.
No. 9 (Novo). Other suitable amylases are described in WO 94/18314, published August 18, 1994,
And International Patent Publication No. WO 96/05295, Genencor, February 2, 1996.
Amylase with enhanced stability, including Purafact Ox Am (trade name), published on Wednesday, and WO95 / 10603, 1995.
Amylase mutant commercially available from Novo Nordisk A / S, published in April, 1998.

Examples of commercially available α-amylase products are all Nova Nordisk A / S, TERMAMYL (trade name), BAN (trade name), FUNGAMYL (trade name) and DURAMYL from Denmark.
(Product name). International Patent Publication No. WO 95/26397 discloses another suitable amylase, namely, PHADEBAS® α at a temperature of 25 ° C. to 55 ° C. and a pH of 8 to 10.
Describes an α-amylase characterized by having a specific activity at least 25% higher than the specific activity of TERMAMYL (trade name) as measured by an amylase activity assay. Other amylolytic enzymes having improved properties with respect to activity levels and combinations of thermostability and high activity levels are described in WO 95/35382.

The cellulases that can be used in the present invention include both bacterial and fungal cellulases. Preferably, these cellulases have an optimum pH of 5-12 and an activity of 5-5.
0 CEVU (cellulose viscosity unit). A suitable cellulase is Humicola ins
U.S. Patent No. 4,435,307, Barbesgoard et al., which discloses fungal cellulases produced from olens, Trichoderma, Thielavia and Sporotrichum, respectively.
al., J61078384, and WO 96/02653. EP 739982 discloses a novel Baci
Disclosed are cellulases isolated from llus species. Suitable cellulases are described in GB-A-2,075,028, GB-A-2,095,275 and DE-OS-2,247,832 and in International Patent No. WO95 /
No. 26398 is also described in each specification. Examples of such cellulases are strains of Humicola insolens (Humicola grisea var. Thermoidea), especially Humicola
ola strain DSM 1800. Other suitable cellulases are those obtained from Humicola insolens, having a molecular weight of about 50 KDa, an isoelectric point of 5.5 and 4
A cellulase containing 15 amino acids and a ~ 43 kD endoglucanase exhibiting cellulase activity, derived from Humicola insolens, DSM 1800, with preferred endoglucanase components being described in PCT patent application WO 91/17243. Has an amino acid sequence. International Patent No. WO94 / 21801
Genenchor, published September 29, 1994, Trichoderma long
EGIII cellulases obtained from ibrachiatum are also suitable. Particularly suitable cellulases are those that have color-protecting properties. Examples of such cellulases are described in European Patent Application No. 91202879.2, filed Nov. 6, 1991.
(Novo). Carezyme and Celluzyme (Novo
Nordisk A / S) is particularly useful. See also International Patent Nos. WO 91/17244 and WO 91/21801. Other cellulases suitable for fabric protection and / or cleaning properties are described in WO 96/34092, WO 96/1.
No. 7994, and WO95 / 24471. Suitable cellulases and suitable levels thereof for the composition added during the rinsing of the present invention include:
U.S. Pat. No. 5,445,747, Aug. 29, 1995, LL Kvietok
, T. Trinh and JA Hollingshead. All of these patents are hereby incorporated by reference.

The cellulase is usually incorporated into the detergent composition in an amount of 0.0001 to 2% by weight of the active enzyme of the detergent composition.

The above enzymes may be from any suitable source, such as plants, animals, bacteria, fungi and yeast. Purified or unpurified forms of these enzymes can be used. Of course, mutants of the native enzyme can also be included. Mutants include, for example, proteins and / or genetic manipulations of natural enzymes, chemical and / or
Alternatively, it can be obtained by physical modification. It is a general method to express an enzyme via a host organism in which genetic material for producing the enzyme has been cloned.

The enzyme is usually incorporated into the detergent composition in an amount of 0.0001 to 2% active enzyme by weight of the detergent composition. The enzymes can be added as individual single components (prills containing one enzyme, granules, stabilized liquids, etc.) or as a mixture of two or more enzymes (eg, co-granules).

Other suitable detergent components that can be added are enzymatic oxidant scavengers. An example of such an enzymatic oxidation scavenger is ethoxylated tetraethylene polyamine.

Various enzyme materials and means for incorporating them into synthetic detergent compositions are also described in Genencor I.
International Patent Nos. WO 9307263 and WO 9307260 to nternational
No. WO 8908694 to Novo and US Pat. No. 3,553,139 to McCarty et al., Jan. 5, 1971. Enzymes are further described in US Pat. No. 4,101,457, Place et al., 197.
July 18, 8 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,507,219, Hughes, 19
March 26, 1985. Enzymatic materials useful in liquid detergent compositions, and their incorporation into such formulations are described in U.S. Patent No. 4,261,868, Hora et al, April 14, 1981. I have. The enzymes used in detergents can be stabilized by various techniques. Enzyme stabilization techniques are described, for example, in US Pat. No. 3,600,319, Aug. 17, 1971, Gedge et al., European Patents 199,405 and 200,586, Oct. 29, 1986.
JP, Venegas, is disclosed in each of the specifications. Enzyme stabilization systems are also described, for example, in US Pat. No. 3,519,570. Bacillus, sp. AC13, useful for producing proteases, xylanases and cellulases, is described in International Patent No. WO9401532 to Novo.

Enzymes can also be used to control malodors resulting from certain malodors, particularly urine and other types of effluents, including vomiting. Proteases are particularly preferred. The activity of commercially available enzymes varies greatly depending on the type and purity of the enzyme in question. Particularly useful are enzymes that are water-soluble proteases, such as pepsin, trypsin, ficin, bromelin, papain, rennin, and mixtures thereof.

For odor control purposes, usually an amount sufficient to provide up to about 5 mg, preferably about 0.001 mg to 3 mg, more preferably about 0.002 mg to 1 mg of active enzyme per gram of aqueous composition Mix the enzyme with. In other words, the aqueous composition of the present invention comprises from about 0.0001 to about 0.5% by weight, preferably from about 0.001 to about 0.3% by weight, more preferably from about 0.005 to about 0.2% by weight. % Of commercially available enzyme preparations. Protease enzymes are usually present in such commercial formulations in aqueous composition 1
It is present in an amount sufficient to provide 0.0005-0.1 Anson units (AU) of activity per gram.

Examples of suitable commercially available water-soluble proteases are pepsin, trypsin, ficin,
Bromelin, papain, rennin, and mixtures thereof, but are not limited thereto. Papain can be isolated, for example, from papaya latex, and is commercially available, for example, in a purified form to about 80% protein, or in a crude, much less active, industrial grade form. Examples of other suitable proteases are subtilisins obtained from specific strains of B. Subtilis and B. licheniformis. Another suitable protease is obtained from Bacillus strain and has a pH range of 8-12.
, Developed by Novo Industries A / S and sold under the registered trademark ESPERASE. The production of this and similar enzymes is described in Novo UK Patent No. 1,
243,784. Commercially available proteolytic proteases suitable for removing protein-based stains include ALCALASE and SAVINASE from Novo Industries A / S (Denmark), and International Bio-Synthetics, Ind.
c. Enzymes marketed under the trade name MAXATASE from (Netherlands). Other proteases include Protease A (European Patent Application No. 130,756, published Jan. 9, 1985), Protease B (European Patent Application No. 873,761.8, Apr. 28, 1987). And European Patent Application No. 130,756, Bott et al., Published Jan. 9, 1985), and the following patents: Caldwell et al., US Pat. No. 5,185.
No. 258, 5,204,015, and 5,244,791 include one or more of the proteases manufactured by Genencor International, Inc.

The various enzyme materials and means for incorporating them into liquid compositions are also described by McCarty et al.
U.S. Pat. No. 3,553,139 to L., Jan. 5, 1971. Enzymes are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,101,457, Place et al.
, July 18, 1978, and U.S. Patent No. 4,507,219, Hugh.
es, March 26, 1985. Other enzyme materials useful in liquid formulations, and the incorporation of those enzymes into such formulations is disclosed in US Pat.
, 868, Hora et al. April 14, 1981. Enzymes can be obtained from a variety of techniques, for example, US Pat. No. 3,600,319, Aug. 17, 1971, Gedge et al., European Patent Application 0199,405,
Application No. 86200586.5, published October 29, 1986, Venegas
, Can be stabilized. All of the above patents are hereby incorporated by reference.

[0457] Enzyme-polyethylene glycol conjugates are also preferred. In polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivatives of such enzymes, a PEG or alkoxy PEG moiety is attached to the protein molecule, for example, through a secondary amine linkage. Suitable derivatization reduces immunogenicity, thereby minimizing allergic reactions while maintaining certain enzymatic activities. An example of a protease-PEG is B. Licheniformis attached to methoxy-PEG through a secondary amine linkage.
PEG-subtilisin Carlsberg obtained from Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St.
Available from Louis, Missouri.

Heavy Metal Chelating Agents The fabric protection compositions added during the laundering of the present invention optionally include one or more iron and / or
Alternatively, a manganese chelating agent can be included. Suitable chelators are selected from the group consisting of aminocarboxylates, aminophosphonates, polyfunctionally substituted aromatic chelators and mixtures thereof. No. 5,759,9.
The chelating agents described in JP-A No. 90, paragraph 26, line 29 to paragraph 27, line 38 are suitable. Other examples of suitable chelating agents are described in US Pat. No. 5,728,6.
No. 71.

The preferred amine-based metal chelating agents that can be used here are ethylenediamine N, N
'-Disuccinate (EDDS). EDDS is disclosed in US Pat. No. 4,704,2.
No. 33, having the following formula (free acid form): HN (L) C ₂ H ₄ N (L) H wherein L is a CH ₂ (COOH) CH ₂ (COOH) group.

The compositions of the present invention may be used as water-soluble methyl glycine diacetic acid (MGDA) salts (or in acid form) as chelating agents or as co-builders useful with, for example, insoluble builders, such as zeolites, layered silicates, and the like. Can also be included.

When used, these chelators make up from about 0.1% to about 15% by weight of the detergent composition. More preferably, if used, the chelating agent will comprise from about 0.1% to about 3.0% by weight of such compositions.

Preferred metal chelators for the composition added during rinsing include amines, especially tertiary amine moieties, which tend to adhere to fabrics, including copper and iron, and other This is for chelating the metal very effectively. Preferred amine-based metal chelate forming compounds for the composition of the present invention have the following general formula: (R ₁ ) (R ₂ ) N (CX ₂ ) _n N ₂ (R ₃ ) (R ₄ ) wherein X is hydrogen, linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted, carbon number Is selected from the group consisting of alkyl having 1 to 10 and substituted or unsubstituted aryl having at least 6 carbon atoms, wherein n is 0 to 6
And R ₁ , R ₂ , R ₃ , and R ₄ are independently alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, arylalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, polyhydroxyalkyl, formula-((CH ₂ ) _y O) _{zR 7} wherein R ₇ is hydrogen or a linear, branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl chain having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and y is an integer of 2 to 10 There, polyalkyl ethers having z is an integer of 1 to 30], alkoxy, formula _{- (O (CH 2) y} ) polyalkoxy having z _{R 7,} in group -C (O) _{R 8} [wherein, R ₈ is an alkyl, alkaryl, arylalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, as defined for R ₁ , R ₂ , R ₃ , and R ₄
And (CX ² ) _n N (R ₅ ) (R ₆ ), wherein at least _{two of} R ₁ , R ₂ , R ₃ and R ₄ are selected from the group consisting of Instead of (CX ² ) _n N (R ₅ ) (R ₆ ), R ₅ and R ₆ are alkyl, alkaryl, arylalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, as defined for R ₁ , R ₂ , R ₃ , and R ₄ . Polyhydroxyalkyl, polyalkyl ether, alkoxy and polyalkoxy, any of R ₁ + R ₃ or R ₄ or R ₂ + R ₃ or R ₄ may be combined to form a cyclic substituent.

Preferred chelating agents are those wherein R ₁ , R ₂ , R ₃ , and R ₄ are independently an alkyl group having 1-10 carbon atoms, and a hydroxyalkyl having 1-5 carbon atoms, Preferably, a chelating agent selected from the group consisting of ethyl, methyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl and isohydroxypropyl is included. Preferred chelators have more than about 1%, preferably more than 7% nitrogen by weight of the compound. A preferred chelating agent is tetrakis- (2-hydroxypropyl) ethylenediamine (TPED).

The compound added during rinsing may be at least about 0.01%, preferably at least about 0.05%, more preferably at least about 0.10%, less than about 10% by weight of the composition, Preferably less than about 5% by weight, more preferably less than about 1% by weight of a chelating agent.

Foam Inhibitors Another optional ingredient is a foam inhibitor, represented by silicones and silica-silicone mixtures. Examples of suitable foam inhibitors are described in U.S. Pat.
Nos. 707,950 and 5,728,671. These foam inhibitors usually comprise from 0.001 to 2% by weight of the composition, preferably from 0 to 2%.
. It is used in an amount of from 01 to 1% by weight.

Aqueous Carrier The preferred carrier of the present invention is water. The water used may be distilled, deionized or tap water. Water is a major liquid carrier because of its low cost, availability, safety, and environmental compatibility. An aqueous solution is preferable for suppressing wrinkles and odor.

Water is very useful for fabric wrinkle removal and reduction. Without being bound by theory, it is believed that water breaks many intra- and inter-fiber hydrogen bonds that maintain the fabric in a wrinkled state. Water also swells, lubricates and relaxes the fibers, making it easier to remove wrinkles.

Water acts as a liquid carrier for the fabric-protected branched polysaccharide and other soluble and / or dispersible, optionally used ingredients.

Water also acts as a liquid carrier for the cyclodextrin, supporting the complex formation reaction between the cyclodextrin molecules and the malodorous molecules on the fabric when the fabric is treated. The dilute aqueous solution maximizes the separation of cyclodextrin molecules on the fabric and maximizes the opportunity for odor molecules to interact with the cyclodextrin molecules. Recently, it has also been found that water itself has an unexpected odor control effect. Treatment of odor-contaminated fabrics with aqueous solutions has been shown to reduce the intensity of odors generated by certain polar low molecular weight organic amines, acids, and mercaptans. Without being bound by theory, it is believed that water solubilizes these polar low molecular weight organic molecules, lowers their vapor pressure, and reduces their odor intensity.

The amount of liquid carrier in compositions of the present invention will typically be about 80% by weight of the composition.
, Preferably more than about 90% by weight, more preferably more than about 95% by weight. If a concentrated composition is used, the amount of liquid carrier will typically be about 2% of the composition.
To about 98% by weight, preferably about 35 to about 97% by weight, more preferably about 60 to about 95% by weight.

If desired, in addition to water, the carrier may be a low molecular weight organic solvent that is readily soluble in water,
For example, it can include ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, and the like, and mixtures thereof. Low molecular weight alcohols allow the treated fabric to dry faster. The optional solvent also helps solubilize certain of the auxiliary shape retaining polymers described above. The optional water-soluble low molecular weight solvent may comprise up to about 50% by weight of the total composition, typically from about 0.1 to about 25%, preferably from about 2 to about 25%.
It can be used in an amount of about 15% by weight, more preferably about 5 to about 10% by weight. Factors that need to be considered when using high levels of solvents are odor, flammability and environmental impact.

II. Dosing Device The present invention also relates to a dosing device comprising the fabric protection composition in one package, wherein the composition is used to properly treat the fabric and the desired fabric protection result, i.e. wrinkles. Removal and / or reduction, wrinkle resistance, fabric fiber reinforcement / wear resistance, fabric abrasion reduction, fabric shrinkage prevention and / or reduction, fabric hair ball prevention and / or reduction, fabric shrinkage prevention and / or reduction, fabric Instructions are provided for obtaining color retention, fabric fade reduction, fabric stain prevention and / or reduction, and / or fabric shape retention, and combinations thereof. Preferred dosing devices comprise the composition in a spray delivery device, wherein, as described in more detail below, for example, the manner and / or amount of spraying the composition, spreading the fabric, and / or lubricating And instructions on how to use the composition to properly treat the fabric, including preferred methods for removing wrinkles. Since it is important that the instructions are as simple and understandable as possible, it is preferable to use pictures and / or representations.

Spray Supply Device The administration device of the present invention comprises a spray supply device. The composition is placed in a spray feeder for distributing the fabric protection composition onto the fabric. The spray delivery device for forming a spray of droplets is a manual operating means known in the art for treating small fabric surface areas and / or small numbers of garments with the fabric protection composition, such as trigger molds, pumps It may be any of a mold, non-aerosol self-pressurized, and aerosol-type spray means, or a non-manually operated driven spray to conveniently provide a large fabric surface area and / or a large number of garments with the anti-wrinkle composition. The spray delivery device of the present invention typically does not include a delivery device that substantially foams the transparent aqueous fabric protection composition. Providing droplets of smaller particles has been found to improve performance. Optionally, the Sauter average particle size is from about 10 μm to about 120 μm.
μm, more preferably about 20 μm to about 100 μm. For example, wrinkle removal properties are improved by providing small particles (drops), especially when a surfactant is present.

The spray delivery device may be an aerosol delivery device. The aerosol supply device comprises:
It comprises a container that can be constructed of any of the conventional materials used in processing aerosol containers. The feed device may be from about 20 to about 110 p.sig, more preferably about 20 p.sig.
It must be able to withstand an internal pressure of ~ 70 p.sig. One of the important requirements for the feeder is that the transparent aqueous fabric protection composition contained in the feeder can be supplied in the form of a spray of very fine or finely divided particles or drops. A valve member that can be used. The aerosol delivery device uses a pressurized sealed container from which a clear aqueous fabric protection composition is delivered under pressure through a special actuation / valve mechanism. The aerosol delivery device is pressurized by incorporating a gaseous component commonly referred to as a propellant. Common aerosol propellants can be used, such as gaseous hydrocarbons, such as isobutane, and mixed halogenated hydrocarbons. Halogenated hydrocarbon propellants such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons are not preferred because they are said to cause environmental problems. Hydrocarbon propellants are not preferred when cyclodextrins are present, since hydrocarbons may complex with cyclodextrin molecules and reduce uncomplexed cyclodextrins available for odor absorption. Preferred propellants are compressed air, nitrogen, inert gas, carbon dioxide, and the like. A commercially available aerosol spray delivery device is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,436,772, Stebbins, April 1969.
Published on August 8, and 3,600,325, Kaufman et al., 1971.
Issued on August 17, 2003, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Preferably, the spray delivery device may be a self-pressurizing non-aerosol container with an elastomeric sleeve encasing a liner. The self-pressurizing feeder includes a thin, flexible, radially expandable, rolled-in plastic liner of about 0.010 to about 0.020 inches thick inside a substantially cylindrical elastomeric sleeve. Comprising a liner / sleeve mechanism. The liner / sleeve can contain and supply a significant amount of the fabric protection composition. Self-pressurizing spray feeders are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,111,971, Winer, issued May 12, 1992, and 5,232,126, W.
iner, promulgated on August 3, 1993, both of which are incorporated herein by reference. Another type of aerosol spray delivery device is described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,260,110, issued Apr. 7, 1981, incorporated herein by reference, in which the barrier comprises a fabric protection composition. Separated from propellant (preferably compressed air or nitrogen). Such a supply is EP Spray Systems,
Commercially available from East Hanover, New Jersey.

More preferably, the spray delivery device is a non-aerosol hand activated pump spray delivery device. The pump spray supply comprises a container and a pump mechanism that is screwed or snapped onto the container. The container comprises a container containing the aqueous fabric protection composition to be dispensed.

The pumping mechanism comprises a substantially fixed volume pumping chamber having an opening at its inner end. A pump valve stem is disposed in the pump chamber, and a piston is provided at a distal end thereof. The piston is arranged to reciprocate in the pump chamber. The pump stem has a passage therethrough and has a feed outlet at the outer end of the passage and an axial inlet located inside.

[0478] Containers and pumping mechanisms are used in the manufacture of pump spray feeders, including, but not limited to, mixtures of polyethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene, vinyl acetate and elastomeric rubber. Can be constructed of any of the following materials. Preferred containers are
It is made of a transparent material, for example polyethylene terephthalate. Other materials can include stainless steel. A commercially available feeder is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,895.
No. 279, Schultz, promulgated January 23, 1990, No. 4,735,347, S
chultz et al., promulgated August 5, 1988, and No. 4,274,560, Car
ter, promulgated on June 23, 1981, the entirety of which is incorporated herein by reference.

Most preferably, the spray supply is a manually operated trigger type spray supply. The trigger spray supply comprises a container and a trigger, both of which include a mixture of polyethylene, polypropylene, polyacetal, polycarbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyvinyl chloride, polystyrene, polyethylene, vinyl acetate and elastomeric rubber. (But not limited to), can be constructed of any of the conventional materials used in the manufacture of trigger feeders. Other materials include stainless steel and glass. Preferred containers are made of clear, for example, polyethylene terephthalate. The trigger-type spray feeder does not incorporate a propellant into the odor absorbing composition and preferably does not include a material that foams the fabric protection composition. The trigger spray feeder of the present invention typically acts on a quantity of the fabric protection composition itself, typically using a piston or collapsible bellows to move the composition through the nozzle, Form a spray of liquid. The trigger spray supply typically comprises a pump chamber having a piston or bellows, the piston or bellows moving in a limited stroke in response to a trigger, changing the volume of the pump chamber. Can be. This pump or bellows chamber collects, holds and supplies the product. Trigger spray supply devices typically have an outlet check valve to shut off fluid communication and flow through the nozzle and are responsive to chamber pressure. In a piston-type trigger-type spray supply device, when the trigger is pulled, the trigger acts on the fluid and the spring in the chamber, and the pressure on the fluid increases. In a bellows type spray supply device, compressing the bellows increases the pressure on the fluid. The fluid pressure increase in the trigger spray supply opens the top outlet check valve. The top valve pushes the product through the swirl chamber and out of the nozzle, forming a discharge pattern. Adjustable nozzle caps can be used to vary the pattern of fluid delivered.

In a piston type spray supply, when the trigger is released, a spring acts on the piston, returning the piston to its original position. In a bellows type spray feeder, the bellows acts like a spring and returns the bellows to its original position. This action creates a vacuum in the room. The responsive fluid acts to close the outlet valve, open the inlet valve, and draw product from the reservoir into the room.

A commercially available feeder is disclosed in US Pat. No. 4,082,223, Nozawa, Apr. 1978.
4th, No. 4,161,288, McKinney, promulgated on July 17, 1985,
No. 4,434,917, Saito et al., Promulgated March 6, 1984, No. 4,81
9,835, Tasaki, promulgated on April 11, 1989, 5,303,867,
The details are described in the specifications of Peterson, promulgated on April 19, 1994, the entirety of which is incorporated herein by reference.

A wide variety of trigger or finger pump sprayers are suitable for the compositions of the present invention. These devices are available from Calmar, Inc., City of Industry, Cali
fornia, CSI (Continental Sprayers, Inc.), St. Peters, Missouri, Berry Pl
astics Corp., Evansville, Indiana, Guala (trade name) seller of spray equipment,
Or readily available from Seaquest Dispensing, Cary, Illinois.

A preferred trigger spray device for fine, uniform spray characteristics, spray volume, and pattern size is blue insert commercially available from Berry Plastics Corp.
Guala (trade name) spray equipment or Calmar TS800-1A available from Calmar, Inc.
(Product name), TS1300 (product name), and TS-800-2 (product name). A more preferred device is a spray device having a pre-compression feature and finer spray characteristics and evenly distributed, such as a Yoshino spray device made in Japan. A suitable bottle or container can be used with the trigger spray device, and the preferred bottle is an ergonomically good 17 fl-oz.
0 ml). The bottles can be made from any material, for example, high density polyethylene, polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, polystyrene, polyethylene terephthalate, glass, or other materials forming the bottles. Preferably, the bottle is made from high density polyethylene or clear polyethylene terephthalate. For smaller fluid ounce sizes (e.g., 1-8 ounces), a finger pump can be used with a can or cylindrical bottle. A preferred pump for this application is the cylindrical Euromist II (trade name) available from Sequest Dispensing. Pumps with pre-compression features are more preferred.

The dispensing device of the present invention can also comprise a non-manually operated spray delivery device. "Non-manually operated" means that it can be started by hand, but that the force required to deliver the fabric protection composition is provided by other non-manual means. Non-manually operated spray devices include, but are not limited to, drive spray devices, air suction spray devices, liquid suction spray devices, electrostatic spray devices, and nebulizer spray devices. The fabric protection composition is placed in a spray feeder and distributed over the fabric.

The driving spray device pressurizes and feeds the aqueous fabric protection composition through a nozzle,
Includes a built-in drive pump that forms a spray of droplets. The drive spray device can be mounted directly to a reservoir (eg, a bottle) holding the aqueous fabric protection composition or remotely using a pipe / tube. The driven spray device can include, but is not limited to, a centrifuge or positive displacement design. The drive spray device is preferably powered by a portable DC current supplied from a disposable battery (eg, a commercially available alkaline battery) or a rechargeable battery device (eg, a commercially available nickel cadmium battery device). The drive spray device can also be driven by standard AC power available in most buildings. By changing the discharge nozzle design, special spray characteristics (eg, spray diameter and particle size) can be created. Also, a plurality of spray nozzles can be provided to obtain various spray characteristics. The nozzle may or may not include an adjustable nozzle cover that can change the spray characteristics.

An example of a commercially available drive spray device is described in US Pat. No. 4,862, incorporated herein by reference.
5,255, Luvisotto, promulgated on September 12, 1989. Preferred drive spray devices are Solo, Newport News, Virginia (eg, Solo
Spraystar® rechargeable sprayer, manual part #: listed as US460395) and readily available from suppliers such as Multi-sprayer Systems, Minneapolis, Minnesota (eg, model Spray 1).

[0487] Air suction spray devices include a class of spray devices commonly referred to as "air brushes." A stream of pressurized air draws the aqueous fabric protection composition and delivers it through the nozzle to form a liquid spray. The fabric protection composition is supplied via a separate pipe / tube or, more usually, is placed in a jar fitted with a suction spray device.

Examples of commercially available air suction spray devices are described in US Pat. No. 1,536,352, Murray, promulgated on April 22, 1924, and US Pat. No. 4,221,339.
Yoshikawa, promulgated on September 9, 1980, but is not limited thereto. All of the references are incorporated herein by reference. An air suction spray device is available from The Badger Air-Brush Co., Franklin Park, Illinois (eg, model #: 1).
55) and readily available from suppliers such as Wilton Air-Brush Equipment, Woodridge, Illinois (eg stock #: 415-4000, 415-4001, 415-4100).

The liquid suction spray device is a typical spray device among various devices widely used for spraying horticultural chemicals. The aqueous wrinkle composition is sucked into the fluid stream by suction created by the Venturi effect. The high turbulence mixes the aqueous fabric protection composition with the fluid (typically water) stream to provide a homogeneous mixture / concentrate.
With this delivery method, the aqueous concentrate fabric protection composition of the present invention can be provided and then diluted to a particular concentration in the delivery stream.

The liquid suction spray device is available from Chapin Manufacturing Works, Batavia, New York
It is readily available from suppliers such as (eg model #: 6006).

The electrostatic spray device imparts energy to the aqueous fabric protection composition with a high potential. This energy causes the aqueous fabric protection composition to atomize and charge, forming a spray of finely charged particles. As the charged particles are transported away from the spray device, their common charge causes them to repel each other. This has two effects before the spray reaches its target. First, the repulsion causes the entire spray mist to expand. This is especially important when spraying large areas that are quite remote. The second effect is to maintain the original particle size. Since the particles repel each other, they are unlikely to collectively become large heavy particles like uncharged particles. This reduces the effect of gravity and increases the number of charged particles reaching the target. As the mass of negatively charged particles approaches the target, it pushes the electrons inside the target inward, temporarily exposing the entire exposed surface of the target to positive. The resulting attractive force between the particle and the target overcomes the effects of gravity and inertia. When an individual particle attaches to a target, that point on the target becomes neutral and does not exert any further attraction. Therefore,
This sequence continues until the next free particle is attracted to a nearby point and the entire surface of the target is covered. In this way, the charged particles promote distribution and reduce dripping.

Examples of commercially available electrostatic spray devices are described in US Pat. No. 5,222,664, Noakes
, June 29, 1993, No. 4,962,885, Coffee, January 1990
Promulgated on 16th, No. 2,695,002, Miller, promulgated in November, 1954, 5,405,090, Greene, promulgated on April 11, 1995, 4,752,0
No. 34, Kuhn, promulgated on June 21, 1988, No. 2,989,241, Badger,
, Issued in June 1961, but is not limited thereto. All of the patents are hereby incorporated by reference. The electrostatic spray device is Ta
It is readily available from suppliers such as e In Tech Co, Korea, and Spectrum, Houston, Texas.

The nebulizer spray device supplies energy to the aqueous de-wrinkling composition with the ultrasonic energy provided by the transducer. This energy causes the aqueous fabric protection composition to atomize. Nebulizers include, but are not limited to, heated, ultrasonic, gas, venturi, and refillable nebulizers.

A commercially available nebulizer spray device is described in US Pat. No. 3,901,443, Mits.
ui, promulgated August 26, 1975, No. 2,847,248, Schmitt, 1958.
No. 5,511,726, Greenspan, promulgated on April 30, 1996, but is not limited thereto. All of the patents are hereby incorporated by reference. Nebulizer spray equipment is A & D Engineerin
g, Inc., Milpitas, California (eg, model A & D Un-231 ultrasonic miniature nebulizer) and Amici, Inc., Spring City, Pennsylvania (model: spiral nebulizer) are readily available.

A preferred dispensing device according to the invention comprises a non-manually operated spray device comprising an aqueous fabric protection composition, for example a battery powered spray device. The dosing device comprises a combination of a non-manually operated spray device and another container, wherein the container can be separated for adding and / or filling / refilling the aqueous fabric protection composition to the spray device before use. Is more preferred. Another container can contain the use composition or concentrated composition to be diluted prior to use and / or used in a dilute spray device, such as the liquid suction spray device described above.

Also, as described above, another container engages the rest of the spray device and does not leak, even after exercise, shock, etc., or when handled by an unskilled consumer. , Should have a firmly fitting structure. The spray device should also have a mounting mechanism designed to be safe and preferably replace the liquid container with another filled container. For example, it can be replaced by a container filled with a liquid reservoir. This minimizes filling problems, including leakage problems, if both the spray device and the container have proper engagement and sealing means.
Preferably, the spray device may include a cover to ensure correct alignment and / or to allow the use of thinner walls for the replacement container. This minimizes the amount of material that is recycled and / or discarded. The means for sealing or engaging the package may be a threaded closure (spray device) which replaces the existing closure on the filled threaded container. Preferably, a gasket is added to enhance sealing safety and minimize leakage. The gasket can be broken by the action of the spray device closure. These threaded sealing mechanisms can be based on industry standards. However, it is highly preferred to use a threaded sealing mechanism with non-standard dimensions to ensure that the proper sprayer / bin combination is always used. This prevents the use of toxic liquids when the spray device is used for its intended purpose.

[0497] Another sealing mechanism may use one or more interlocking protrusions and passages. Such a mechanism is commonly referred to as a "bayonet" mechanism. Such a mechanism can be manufactured in a variety of configurations to ensure that a suitable replacement liquid can be used. For convenience, the securing mechanism may be a mechanism that can be equipped with a "child-inoperable" cap on the refill bin. This "lock and key" type mechanism provides very good security. There are various styles for designing such locks and key closures.

However, care must be taken to ensure that the filling and sealing operations are not too difficult. However, the interlocking parts can be separated from the sealing mechanism to ensure correct refilling. For example, the cover and the container can be designed to be compatible. In this way, the unique design of the container ensures that it can be refilled correctly.

An example of a threaded closure and bayonet mechanism is disclosed in US Pat. No. 4,781,31.
No. 1, November 1, 1988 (Angled trigger sprayer, Corox, including selective snap-screw container connection), 5,560,505.
No. 5, Oct. 1, 1996 (Mechanism and use of containers and stoppers secured by relative rotation, Cebal SA), and No. 5,725,132, Mar. 1, 1998.
Day 0 (Snap-fit Vessel Connection, Centico International). All of the patents are hereby incorporated by reference.

The present invention comprises a fabric protection composition for spraying and / or atomizing over clothing in a manner that prevents excessive amounts of the fabric / clothing protection composition from being released into the outdoor environment. Wherein the consumer has at least an effective amount, typically from about 0.001 to about 0.5%, preferably from about 0.01 to about 0.2% by weight of the garment.
, More preferably from about 0.02 to about 0.05% by weight of the fabric-protecting polysaccharide and / or fabric-protecting composition having a spherical structure to ensure that the desired garment-protecting properties are obtained. It also relates to an administration device with instructions for use.

Other fabric protection compositions of the present invention for treating fabrics at various stages of the washing process, such as before washing, a washing cycle, a rinsing cycle, and a drying cycle, can treat the fabric correctly and provide the desired Fabric protection results, i.e., wrinkle removal and / or reduction, wrinkle resistance, fiber reinforcement / abrasion resistance, fabric abrasion reduction, fabric shrinkage prevention and / or reduction, fabric balling prevention and / or reduction, fabric shrinkage prevention and / or Alternatively, it can be packaged with instructions for obtaining lightening, fabric color retention, fabric fading reduction, stain prevention and / or reduction, and / or fabric shape retention, and combinations thereof.

III. Methods of Use Fabric protective polysaccharides having a spherical structure and, if desired, for example, supplementary fabric protective oligosaccharides, fragrances, fiber lubricants, supplementary shape-retaining polymers, lithium salts, hydrophilic plasticizers, Odor control agents including cyclodextrins, antibacterial active ingredients and / or preservatives, surfactants, enzymes, antioxidants, metal chelators including aminocarboxylate chelators, antistatic agents, insect repellents and mothproofers Agents, fabric softener active ingredients, electrolytes, chlorine scavengers, dye transfer inhibitors, dye fixatives, phase stabilizers, colorants, brighteners, stain release agents, builders, dispersants, foam inhibitors, etc. , And mixtures thereof, can be used by distributing, eg, applying, an effective amount of an aqueous solution onto the fabric surface or fabric product to be treated. Distribution can be achieved by using a spray device, roller, pad, etc., preferably a spray device. With respect to wrinkle suppression and wrinkle removal, the effective amount is
Means an amount sufficient to remove or significantly reduce wrinkles on the fabric.
Preferably, the amount of fabric protection solution is not large enough to saturate the product or surface or create a pool of liquid thereon, such that when dried, no readily visible deposits remain. is there.

The compositions and dosing devices of the present invention comprising a fabric protective polysaccharide having a spherical structure are used to treat fabrics, clothing, etc. to provide the following fabric protecting properties: wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, fabric Giving the fabric at least one of abrasion reduction, fabric abrasion resistance, fabric hair loss reduction, fabric color retention, fabric fading reduction, fabric color recovery, fabric stain reduction, fabric shape retention, and / or fabric shrinkage reduction. be able to.

An effective amount of a liquid composition of the present invention includes fabrics, curtains, drapes, upholstered furniture, carpets, bed linens, bath linens, tablecloths, sleeping bags, tents, car interiors, and the like. Spraying onto the fabric and / or fabric product. When the composition is sprayed onto a fabric, an effective amount, typically from about 5 to about 150%, preferably from about 10 to about 100%, more preferably from about 20 to about 75% by weight of the fabric is applied to the fabric. Should be deposited on the ground and wet the fabric or fully saturated with the composition. The treated fabric is typically from about 0.005 to about 4% by weight of the fabric, preferably from about 0.01 to about 4%.
About 2%, more preferably about 0.05 to about 1% by weight of the fabric protecting polysaccharide having the globular structure. For wrinkle removal, an effective amount of the composition is sprayed onto a fabric and the fabric is optionally, but preferably, stretched. The fabric is typically stretched at a right angle to the wrinkles. After spraying, the fabric can be flattened by hand. This flattening movement works particularly well on areas of the fabric that have a sewn interface or edges of the fabric. The fabric is sprayed and suspended, if desired, but preferably after stretching, until dry. It is preferred that the process be followed in accordance with the instructions for use to ensure that the consumer understands what benefits can be achieved and how these benefits can be most effectively obtained.

The spraying means may have a weight average diameter of about 5 μm to about 250 μm, preferably about 8 μm to
Drops of about 120 μm, more preferably about 10 μm to about 80 μm, should be provided. When the composition is applied in the form of very small particles (drops), the distribution is further improved and the overall performance is also improved. The presence of the optional surfactant enhances the spread of the solution, and the optional antimicrobial active enhances odor control and enhances antimicrobial activity by minimizing odor formation.

The fabric protection composition can also be applied to the fabric by dipping and subsequently drying. The application can be carried out on a large scale industrially or in consumer homes using commercially available products, on textiles and / or finished garments and fabrics.

The present invention also includes a method of using a concentrated liquid or solid fabric protection composition, diluting it as described above, and forming a use concentration composition for use under “use conditions”. It becomes. The concentrate composition has a high level, typically from about 1 to about 1 of the concentrated fabric protection composition.
About 99%, preferably about 2% to about 65%, more preferably about 3% to about 25%, by weight of the fabric protecting polysaccharide having a spherical structure. Concentrated compositions are used to give cheaper products. The concentrated product comprises from about 50 to about 10,000% by weight of the composition, more preferably from about 50 to about 8,000%, even more preferably from about 50 to about 8,000%.
Dilute with about 5,000% by weight of water.

The compositions of the present invention can also be used as ironing aids. An effective amount of the composition can be sprayed onto the fabric and the fabric can be ironed at the normal temperature to be ironed. The fabric can be sprayed with an effective amount of the composition, dried and then ironed, or ironed immediately after spraying.

In still another aspect of the present invention, which requires wrinkle removal and / or other fabric protection properties in a manner that prevents excessive amounts of the fabric / clothing protection composition from being released into the outdoor environment. The composition can be sprayed and / or atomized over the fabric and / or garment, and the consumer can apply at least an effective amount of the fabric protecting polysaccharide and / or fabric protecting composition having a spherical structure to achieve the desired garment protecting properties. Prepare instructions for use to ensure that Any spraying and / or atomizing mechanism can be used to apply the fabric protection composition to the fabric and / or garment. A preferred distribution of the garment protection composition is achieved by using a mist form. The average particle diameter of the mist of the fabric protection composition is preferably from about 3 μm to about 5 μm.
0 μm, more preferably about 5 μm to about 30 μm, and most preferably about 10 μm to about 20 μm.
μm.

Another embodiment of the present invention provides an effective amount of the fabric protecting polysaccharide having a spherical structure, and optionally, an auxiliary fabric protecting oligosaccharide, a fabric softener active ingredient, a fragrance, an electrolyte, a chlorine scavenger, Chemical stabilizers including dye transfer inhibitors, dye fixatives, phase stabilizers, antioxidants, silicones, antimicrobial active ingredients and / or preservatives, chelators, aminocarboxylate chelators, colorants, enzymes An aqueous or solid, preferably powdered, fabric protection composition comprising a brightener, a soil release agent, or a mixture thereof, is used for fabric treatment in a rinsing step. The rinse water typically comprises from about 0.0005% to about 1%, preferably from about 0.0008% to about 0.1%, more preferably from about 0.001% to about 0.02%, of the fabric protecting polysaccharide. Should be included.
The present invention also relates to the use of an aqueous or solid, preferably powdery or granular, fabric protection composition for fabric treatment in a washing cycle, said composition comprising a fabric protection polysaccharide having a spherical structure, and Auxiliary fabric protective oligosaccharides, surfactants, builders, fragrances, chlorine scavengers, dye transfer inhibitors, dye fixatives, dispersants, detergent enzymes, heavy metal chelators, foam inhibitors, fabric flexibility Active ingredients, chemical stabilizers including antioxidants, silicones, antimicrobial active ingredients and / or preservatives, soil dispersants, soil release agents, optical brighteners, colorants, etc., or mixtures thereof. Become. Depending on the choice of optional ingredients used, for example the amount and type of surfactant, the fabric protection composition added during washing may be as a laundry additive composition (if the amount of surfactant is low), or It can be used as a laundry detergent that also has fabric protection properties. Preferably, the treatment is performed according to instructions for use that will ensure that the consumer understands what benefits can be achieved and how to obtain these benefits most effectively.

The present invention also relates to a method of treating a fabric in a drying step, comprising an effective amount of said fabric protecting polysaccharide having a spherical structure, and optionally an auxiliary fabric protecting oligosaccharide, a fabric softener. Chemical stabilizers including active ingredients, dispersants, fragrances, fiber lubricants, fabric shape retention polymers, lithium salts, phase stabilizers, chlorine scavengers, dye transfer inhibitors, dye fixatives, antioxidants, Comprising silicones, antimicrobial active ingredients and / or preservatives, heavy metal chelators, aminocarboxylate chelators, enzymes, brighteners, soil release agents, and mixtures thereof. Fabric protection compositions can take a variety of physical forms, including liquid, foamed, gel, and solid forms, such as solid particulate forms. A preferred method comprises treating the fabric by combining the fabric protection composition added in the dryer with a supply means, such as a flexible substrate that effectively releases the fabric protection composition in an automatic rotating clothes dryer. Comprising. Such a supply means can be designed for single use or multiple use. Preferably, the composition is applied on a sheet substrate to produce a dryer sheet product. Another preferred method comprises treating the fabric at the beginning and / or during the drying cycle with a fabric protection composition supplied from a spray device. What benefits can be achieved,
Preferably, the treatment is performed according to instructions for use, which will ensure that consumers understand these benefits most effectively.

[0512] The present invention also relates to a method of protecting a fabric using a fabric protection composition prior to washing and dipping the fabric prior to washing, comprising an effective amount of the fabric protecting polysaccharide having a spherical structure, and If desired, auxiliary fabric protective oligosaccharides, surfactants, builders, fragrances, chlorine scavengers, dye transfer inhibitors, dye fixatives, dispersants, detergent enzymes, heavy metal chelators, fabric softeners, active ingredients , Chemical stabilizers including antioxidants, silicones, antimicrobial active ingredients and / or preservatives, soil dispersants, soil release agents, optical brighteners, colorants, etc., or mixtures thereof. Preferably, the treatment is performed according to instructions for use that will ensure that the consumer understands what benefits can be achieved and how to obtain these benefits most effectively.

All percentages, ratios, and parts in the specification, examples, and claims are by weight, unless otherwise indicated, and are conventional estimates.

Examples of the present composition are shown below, but not limited thereto.

Examples of fabric protective polysaccharides having a globular structure and a 1,3-β-linked skeleton used are as follows.

Arabinogalactan A: An arabinogalactan fraction having an average molecular weight of about 16,000 to about 20,000.

Arabinogalactan B: an arabinogalactan fraction having an average molecular weight of about 100,000. Arabinogalactan C: an arabinogalactan fraction having an average molecular weight of about 10,000 to about 150,000.

[0518] Representative examples of auxiliary fabric protecting oligosaccharide mixtures used in the examples below are as follows. Isomaltooligosaccharide (IMO) mixture A Trisaccharide (maltotriose, panose, isomalttriose) 40% Disaccharide (maltose, isomaltose) 25% Monosaccharide (glucose) 20% Higher branched sugar (4 <DP <10 ) 15%

Isomaltooligosaccharide (IMO) mixture B Trisaccharide (maltotriose, panose, isomalttriose) 25% Disaccharide (maltose, isomaltose) 56% Monosaccharide (glucose) 16% Higher branched sugar (DP> 4 <10) 4%

Branched oligosaccharide mixture C Tetrasaccharide (stachyose) 32% Trisaccharide (raffinose) 6% Disaccharide (sucrose, trehalose) 39% Monosaccharide (glucose, fructose) 1% Higher branched sugar (4 <DP <10) 0-5%

Isomaltooligosaccharide (IMO) mixture D Trisaccharide (maltotriose, panose, isomalttriose) 62% Disaccharide (maltose, isomaltose) 13% Monosaccharide (glucose) 1% Higher branched sugar (4 < DP <10) 24% Representative examples of the fragrance composition used in the following examples are shown below.

Volatile Perfume A Perfume Component Weight% Alpha-pinene 5.0 Dihydromyrcenol 10.0 Eucalyptol 10.0 Eugenol 5.0 Flor Acetate 10.0 Lemon Oil 10.0 Linalool 10.0 Linalyl Acetate 5.0 Orange terpene 15.0 Phenylethyl alcohol 20.0 Total 100.0

Adhesive Perfume B Perfume ingredient weight% Benzyl salicylate 10.0 Coumarin 5.0 Ethyl vanillin 2.0 Ethyl brasilate 10.0 Galaxolide 15.0 Hexylcinnamaldehyde 20.0 Gamma methyl ionone 10.0 Rialal 15 5.0 Methyldihydrojasmonate 5.0 Patchouli 5.0 Tonalide 3.0 Total 100.0

Hydrophilic perfume C Perfume component weight% Benzophenone 0.3 Benzyl acetate 4.0 Benzyl propionate 1.0 Beta gamma hexenol 0.3 Cetalox 0.1 Cis 3 hexenyl acetate 0.5 Cis jasmonate 0 0.3 cis-3-hexenyl salicylate 0.5 citral 0.5 citronellal nitrile 0.7 citronellol roll 1.5 coumarin 3.0 cyclal C 0.3 cyclogalvanate 0.4 beta damascon 0.1 dihydromyrce Knol 2.0 Evanol 0.5 Flore acetate 4.5 Florhydral 1.0 Fructon 4.0 Furthene 5.0 Geranylnitrile 0.4 Heliotropin 1.5 Hydroxycitronellal 3.0 Linalool 2.5 Linalyl acetate 0 .5 Methyl dihydrojasmonate 0.0 Methylheptin carbonate 0.3 Methylisobutenyltetrahydropyran 0.2 Methylphenylcarbinyl acetate 0.5 Nonalactone 1.5 PT Bucinal 2.0 Parahydroxyphenylbutanone 1.3 Phenoxyethanol 30.0 Phenylethyl acetate 0 .8 phenylethyl alcohol 15.0 prenyl acetate 1.5 terpineol 2.0 verdox 1.0 vanillin 0.5 total 100.0

According to the present invention, the following fabric protection compositions are prepared by mixing the components and dissolving in a transparent or translucent solution, but are not limited to:

Example IA

[Table 1]

(1) a mixture of stearic acid ester of sorbitol and anhydrous sorbitol,
Condensed mainly with monoesters with about 20 moles of ethylene oxide.

Example IB

[Table 2]

(2) Quaternized arabinogalactan, about 1.5% by weight of 3-chloro-2-
Contains hydroxypropyltrimethylammonium chloride.

(3) Average molecular weight of about 72,000.

(4) The average molecular weight is about 40,000.

Example II

[Table 3]

The fabric protection compositions of Examples I and II are, for example, use compositions for spraying, dipping and / or pre-washing fabrics.

Example III

[Table 4]

Example IV

[Table 5]

The concentrated compositions of Examples III and IV are diluted with water to give use compositions for spraying and dipping fabrics. These compositions can also be used undiluted in fabric treatment as laundry and / or rinsing additive compositions.

Example V

[Table 6]

(5) DC-2-5932 silicone microemulsion commercially available from Dow Corning (25
% Activity), a particle size of about 24 nm, a cationic surfactant system, and an internal phase viscosity of about 1,
Contains 200 cps silicone.

Example VIA

[Table 7]

(5) DC-2-5932 silicone microemulsion available from Dow Corning (25
% Activity), particle size about 24 nm, cationic surfactant system, and internal phase viscosity about 1,
Contains 200 cps silicone.

Example VIB

[Table 8]

Example VII

[Table 9]

(5) DC-2-5932 silicone microemulsion commercially available from Dow Corning (25
% Activity), particle size about 24 nm, cationic surfactant system, and internal phase viscosity about 1,
Contains 200 cps silicone.

(6) Acrylic acid / tert-butyl acrylate copolymer, approximate weight ratio of acrylic acid / tert-butyl acrylate: about 25/75, average molecular weight: about 70,000-
It has about 100,000.

(7) Acrylic acid / tert-butyl acrylate copolymer, approximate weight ratio of acrylic acid / tert-butyl acrylate: about 35/65, average molecular weight: about 60,000-
It has about 90,000.

(8) Acrylic acid / tert-butyl acrylate copolymer, approximate weight ratio of acrylic acid / tert-butyl acrylate: about 20/80, average molecular weight: about 80,000-
It has about 110,000.

Example VIII

[Table 10]

Example IX

[Table 11]

(9) Acrylic acid / tert-butyl acrylate copolymer, having an approximate weight ratio of acrylic acid / tert-butyl acrylate of about 23/77 and an average molecular weight of about 82,000.

(10) A silicone-containing copolymer having t-butyl acrylate / acrylic acid / (polydimethylsiloxane macromer, estimated molecular weight 10,000) monomer in a weight ratio of about 63/20/17, and having an average molecular weight of It is about 130,000.

(11) A silicone-containing copolymer having t-butyl acrylate / acrylic acid / (polydimethylsiloxane macromer, estimated molecular weight 10,000) monomer in a weight ratio of about 65/25/10 and having an average molecular weight of About 200,000.

(12) The silicone-containing copolymer, (N, N, N-trimethylammonioethyl methacrylate chloride) / N, N-dimethylacrylamide / (PDMS macromer—approximate molecular weight 15,000) was added at a weight ratio of about 40 / It has a ratio of 40/20 and an average molecular weight of about 150,000.

(13) DC-1550 silicone microemulsion commercially available from Dow Corning (25
% Active), a particle size of about 50 nm, an anionic / nonionic surfactant system, and a silicone having an internal phase viscosity of about 100,000 cps.

The composition of Example IX is a concentrated composition used for dilution.

Example X

[Table 12]

Example XI

[Table 13]

(14) Hydroxypropyl beta-cyclodextrin.

(15) Beta-cyclodextrins irregularly methylated.

(16) Hydroxypropyl alpha-cyclodextrin.

Example XII

[Table 14]

Example XIII

[Table 15]

(17) Benzalkonium chloride, 50% solution.

(18) Dioctyldimethylammonium chloride, 50% solution.

Example XIVA

[Table 16]

Example XIVB

[Table 17]

The compositions of Examples I-XIV (diluted appropriately) are sprayed onto the garment using, for example, a TS-800 spray device from Calmar and allowed to evaporate from the garment.

The compositions of Examples I-XIV (diluted as appropriate) were prepared using commercially available b from Plastics Corp.
Spray onto the clothing using a lue inserted Guala (trade name) spray device and a cylindrical Euromist II (trade name) pump spray device available from Sequest Dispensing and evaporate from the clothing.

Example I in Solo Spraystar Spray Device Operated by Rechargeable Battery
The compositions of ~ XIV (diluted as appropriate) are sprayed onto large surfaces of the fabric, e.

The compositions of Examples I-XIV (diluted as appropriate) are used to soak the fabric and then twisted or squeezed as desired to remove excess liquid and subsequently dried.

Examples of the fabric protection composition to be added during the rinsing of the present invention are shown below.

Example XV

[Table 18]

(19) A mixture of di (hydrogenated tallowyl) dimethylammonium chloride / hydrogenated tallowyltrimethylammonium chloride in a weight ratio of about 83:17.

(20) di (acyloxyethyl) dimethylammonium chloride (acyl groups are derived from soft tallow fatty acids, with a weight ratio of diester to monoester of about 11: 1).

(21) Di (acyloxyethyl) dimethylammonium chloride (acyl groups are derived from partially hydrogenated canola fatty acids and have a weight ratio of diester to monoester of about 11: 1).

(22) Di (acyloxyethyl) (2-hydroxyethyl) methylammonium methyl sulphate (acyl groups are derived from partially hydrogenated canola fatty acids).

(23) 1-tallow (amidoethyl) -2-tallowimidazoline.

Example XVI

[Table 19]

Example XVII

[Table 20]

(19) A mixture of di (hydrogenated tallowyl) dimethylammonium chloride / hydrogenated tallowyltrimethylammonium chloride in a weight ratio of about 83:17.

(20) di (acyloxyethyl) dimethylammonium chloride (acyl groups are derived from soft tallow fatty acids and have a weight ratio of diester to monoester of about 11: 1).

(23) 1-tallow (amidoethyl) -2-tallowimidazoline.

(24) Polyvinylpyrrolidone, average molecular weight of about 10,000.

(25) Poly (4-vinylpyridine-N-oxide), average molecular weight of about 25,000
0.

(26) A cellulase (Humicola) consisting of a substantially homogeneous endoglucanase component
insolens, which are immunoreactive with antibodies raised against the highly purified 43 kD cellulase from DMS 1800 or are homologous to the 43 kD endoglucanase), the cellulase solution used is about 5,5 grams per gram. Give 000 CEVU.

Example XVIII

[Table 21]

Example XIX

[Table 22]

(22) Di (acyloxyethyl) (2-hydroxyethyl) methylammonium methyl sulfate (acyl groups are derived from partially hydrogenated canola fatty acids).

(27) 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol.

(28) Tetrakis- (2-hydroxypropyl) ethylenediamine.

(29) Sodium diethylenetriaminepentaacetate.

Example XX

[Table 23]

Examples of the laundry detergent fabric protection composition of the present invention are shown below.

Example XXI

[Table 24]

(A) Sodium linear C ₁₂ alkyl benzene sulfonate.

(B) C ₁₂ -C ₁₅ predominantly linear primary alcohols condensed with an average of 3 mol of ethylene oxide.

(C ) (C ₁₂ -C ₁₄ ) N ⁺ (CH ₃ ) ₂ (C ₂ H ₄ OH).

(D) Sodium perborate. 4H ₂ O.

(E) Tetraacetylethylenediamine.

(F) Diethylenetriaminepenta (methylenephosphonic acid), Dequ from Monsanto
Commercially available under the trade name est 2060.

(G) 1,1-hydroxyethanediphosphonic acid.

(H) 1: 4 maleic acid / acrylic acid copolymer, average molecular weight of about 70,000 to 8
0000.

(I) Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose.

Example XXII A bleach-free laundry detergent fabric protection composition for use especially in washing colored garments.

[0604]

[Table 25]

(J) Sodium tallow alkyl sulfate.

(K) C ₁₄ -C ₁₅ predominantly linear primary alcohols condensed with an average of 7 mol of ethylene oxide.

(L) Vinylimidazoline and vinylpyrrolidone / poly (4-vinylpyridine)-
Copolymer of N-oxide.

Example XXIII Liquid detergent fabric protection composition of the present invention.

[0609]

[Table 26]

(M) Sodium C ₁₂ -C ₁₅ alkyl sulfate.

(N) C ₁₂ -C ₁₅ sodium alkyl sulfate condensed with an average of 3 moles of ethylene oxide per mole.

(O) C ₁₆ -C ₁₈ alkyl N-methylglucoseamide.

(P) C12-C14 topped whole cut fatty acids.

(Q) Poly (4-vinylpyridine-N-oxide) dye transfer inhibitors.

Example XXIV Liquid detergent fabric protection composition of the present invention.

[0616]

[Table 27]

Example XXV An example of a liquid detergent fabric protection composition for delicate fabrics of the present invention.

[0618]

[Table 28]

(R) C ₁₂ -C ₁₄ alkyl N-methylglucoseamide.

Example XXVI Examples of detergent bar fabric protection compositions of the present invention.

[0621]

[Table 29]

(S) Anhydrous sodium tripolyphosphate.

(T) It can be selected from conventional materials such as CaCO ₃ , talc, clay (kaolinite, smectite), silicates, and the like.

Examples of the composition to be added before and during the fabric protection washing of the present invention are shown below.・ Example XXVII

[Table 30]

(U) Cartafix CB commercially available from Clariant.

(V) Polyvinylpyrrolidone 85K Example XXVIII

[Table 31]

Example XXIX

[Table 32]

The compositions of Examples XXVII-XXIX can be diluted from about 3-fold to about 30-fold to produce a pre-launder soak solution to provide fabric protection properties. The compositions of Examples XXVII-XXIX are:
In addition to the laundry and / or rinsing water, fabric protection properties can also be provided.

──────────────────────────────────────────────────続 き Continued on the front page (51) Int.Cl. ⁷ Identification symbol FI Theme coat ゛ (Reference) C08L 83/04 C08L 83/04 101/00 101/00 C11D 3/382 C11D 3/382 3/386 3 / 386 3/395 3/395 3/48 3/48 3/50 3/50 10/02 10/02 17/04 17/04 17/06 17/06 17/08 17/08 D06M 11/13 D06M 13 / 188 13/188 13/342 13/342 15/263 15/263 15/643 15/643 101: 04 // D06M 101: 04 101: 06 101: 06 101: 12 101: 12 101: 16 101: 16 11 / 04 A (81) Designated countries EP (AT, BE, CH, CY, DE, DK, ES, FI, FR, GB, GR, IE, IT, LU, MC, NL, PT, SE), OA ( BF, BJ, CF, CG, CI, CM, GA, GN, GW, ML, MR, NE, SN, TD, TG), AP (GH, GM, KE, LS, MW, SD SL, SZ, TZ, UG, ZW), EA (AM, AZ, BY, KG, KZ, MD, RU, TJ, TM), AE, AL, AM, AT, AU, AZ, BA, BB, BG, BR, BY, CA, CH, CN, CR, CU, CZ, DE, DK, DM, EE, ES, FI, GB, GD, GE, GH, GM, HR, HU, ID, IL, IN, IS , JP, KE, KG, KP, KR, KZ, LC, LK, LR, LS, LT, LU, LV, MA, MD, MG, MK, MN, MW, MX, NO, NZ, PL, PT, RO, RU, SD, SE, SG, SI, SK, SL, TJ, TM, TR, TT, UA, UG, US, UZ, VN, YU, ZA, ZW (71) Applicant ONE PROCTER & GANBLE PLAZA, CINCINNATI, OHIO, UNITE STATES OF AMERICA (72) Inventor Toan, Trin United States Ohio, Mainville, Creekwood, Lane, 8671 (72) Inventor Freddie, Arthur, Barnabas Ohio, United States, West, Chester, Sawgrass, Drive, 5777 (72) ) Inventors Michael, Stanford, Showell, Ohio, USA, Cincinnati, Finney, Trail, 810 (72) Inventor Mark, Richard, Sign In Ohio, United States, Morrow, East, U.S. S. 22, And, 3, 2631 (72) Inventor Joan, Smets Bé-3210, Belgium, Rubeik, Bohlenbeek, 79 (72) Inventor Helen, Bernard, Todile Ohio, USA, West, Chester, West, Chester, Road, 7590 (72) Inventor Todd, Michael, Warnic Cincinnati, Ohio, U.S.A., Tanaga Woods, Drive, 8706 F-term (reference) 4H003 AB19 AC08 AE06 BA01 BA09 BA10 BA12 BA15 BA17 BA20 BA27 DA01 EA12 EA15 EA16 EA20 EA28 EB12 EB13 EB24 EB26 EB32. DA12 DA13 DA21 4L033 AA01 AA04 AB04 AC01 AC03 AC04 AC08 AC10 BA17 CA02 CA06 CA18 CA19 CA59 DA02 DA03

Claims (96)

[Claims] (A) The following fabric protection properties: wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, fabric abrasion reduction, fabric abrasion resistance, fabric hair ball reduction, fabric color retention, fabric color fading reduction, fabric color Healing, fabric stain reduction, fabric stain release, fabric shape retention, and / or fabric shrinkage reduction;
And (B) optionally from about 0.01 to about 20% by weight of the composition of an oligosaccharide, an oligosaccharide mixture, wherein the effective amount of the composition is at least one of: An auxiliary fabric-protecting oligosaccharide selected from the group consisting of a substituted form of the oligosaccharide and / or mixture, a derived form of said oligosaccharide and / or mixture, and mixtures thereof; (D) optionally, an effective amount of an auxiliary wrinkle inhibitor selected from the group consisting of a fiber lubricant, a fabric shape-retaining polymer, a lithium salt, and mixtures thereof, for removing and / or reducing (F) an effective amount of a surfactant to reduce surface tension and / or improve performance and formulation, and (E) an optional odor control agent to absorb malodor, and (F) If desired, an effective amount of a fragrance to provide an olfactory effect; (G) optionally, an effective amount of an antimicrobial active ingredient for disinfecting or preventing the growth of microorganisms; and (H) optionally, improving the antimicrobial effect. An effective amount of an aminocarboxylate chelator; (I) optionally, in addition to or in place of the antimicrobial active, an effective amount of an antimicrobial preservative; and (J) optionally, An aqueous carrier, wherein the composition is, if desired, substantially free of substances that stain or dye the fabric under the conditions of use. 2. The composition of claim 1, wherein the composition comprises from about 0.001% to about 20%, preferably from about 0.01% to about 20%, by weight of the composition.
About 10% by weight, more preferably about 0.1 to about 5% by weight, even more preferably about 0.
The composition of claim 1, comprising 1 to about 2% by weight of the fabric protective polysaccharide. 3. An amount of from about 1 to about 99%, preferably from about 1 to about 40%, more preferably from about 1 to about 25%, even more preferably from about 2 to about 15% by weight of the composition. 2. The concentrated composition of claim 1, comprising a fabric protecting polysaccharide. 4. The fabric protective polysaccharide is a polysaccharide, a polysaccharide mixture, a branched form of the polysaccharide and / or mixture, a derived form of the polysaccharide and / or mixture, a substituted form of the polysaccharide and / or mixture. The composition of claim 1, wherein the composition is selected from the group consisting of: and mixtures thereof. 5. The fabric protecting polysaccharide has a molecular weight of about 5,000 to about 500,000, preferably about 8,000 to about 250,000, more preferably about 10,000 to about 150,000.
The composition of claim 1, wherein the composition is 00. 6. The fabric protecting polysaccharide has a size of about 2 nm to about 300 nm, preferably about 3 nm to about 10 nm.
The composition of claim 1, wherein the composition is from 0 nm, more preferably from about 4 nm to about 30 nm. 7. The composition according to claim 1, wherein the fabric protecting polysaccharide has a skeleton comprising at least some 1,3-β-glycosidic bonds. 8. The fabric protective polysaccharide is arabinogalactan, pakiman, curdlan, callose, paramylon, sseleloglucan, lentinan, lichenan, laminarin, szhi.
zophyllan, glypholan, sclerolotinia, sclerothiolam, glucan, O
The composition of claim 7, wherein the composition is selected from the group consisting of mpharia lapidescence glucans, and mixtures thereof. 9. The composition according to claim 8, wherein the fabric protecting polysaccharide is arabinogalactan. 10. The composition according to claim 9, wherein the molecular weight of the arabinogalactan is from about 6,000 to about 500,000, preferably from about 16,000 to about 22,000. 11. The arabinogalactan having a molecular weight of about 14,000 to about 22,000, an arabinogalactan having a molecular weight of about 60,000 to about 12,000, and a mixture thereof. The composition according to claim 10, wherein the composition is selected from the group consisting of: 12. The fabric protection composition comprises an oligosaccharide, an oligosaccharide mixture, a substituted form of the oligosaccharide and / or mixture, a derived form of the oligosaccharide and / or mixture, and mixtures thereof. The composition of claim 1, further comprising an auxiliary fabric protecting oligosaccharide selected from the group consisting of: 13. The weight ratio of the auxiliary fabric protecting oligosaccharide to the fabric protecting polysaccharide is from about 1:99 to about 99: 1.
The composition of claim 12, which is 14. The fabric protection composition according to claim 1, wherein said fabric protection composition comprises from about 0.001% to about 20%, preferably from about 0.01% to about 20%.
About 10% by weight, more preferably about 0.1 to about 5% by weight, even more preferably about 0.
13. The composition of claim 12, comprising 1 to about 1% by weight of the auxiliary fabric protective oligosaccharide. 15. The auxiliary fabric protecting oligosaccharide comprises an oligosaccharide having a degree of polymerization of about 1 to about 15, wherein each monomer is selected from the group consisting of a saccharide having 5 or 6 carbon atoms. ,
A composition according to claim 11. 16. The auxiliary fabric protecting oligosaccharide comprises an isomaltooligosaccharide having a degree of polymerization of about 2 to about 10, wherein the glucose units are linked by α- and / or β-linkages. 16. The composition according to 15. 17. The isomaltooligosaccharide is linked by 1,2-α-, 1,3-α-, 1,4-α-, and 1,6-α- linkages, and mixtures of these linkages. 16. The composition of claim 15, comprising about 3 to about 7 glucose units. 18. The auxiliary fabric-protecting oligosaccharides may include isomaltose, isomalttriose, isomaltaterose, isomaltooligosaccharides, fructooligosaccharides, levooligosaccharides,
Galactooligosaccharide, xylooligosaccharide, gentiooligosaccharide, disaccharide, glucose, fructose, galactose, xylose, mannose, arabinose, rhamnose, maltose, sucrose, lactose, maltulose, ribose, lyxose, allose, altrose, gulose, idose, talose, trehalose ,
Nigerose, kojibiose, lactulose, oligosaccharides, maltooligosaccharides, trisaccharides, tetrasaccharides, pentasaccharides, hexasaccharides, oligosaccharides obtained from partial hydrolysis of natural polysaccharide sources,
16. The composition of claim 15, wherein the composition is selected from the group consisting of: and mixtures thereof. 19. The composition according to claim 1, wherein said fabric protection composition further comprises a fiber lubricant. 20. The composition according to claim 19, wherein said fiber lubricant is silicone. 21. The composition of claim 20, wherein said silicone is volatile and is present in an amount from about 0.1 to about 5% by weight of the composition. 22. The volatile silicone has the formula [(CH ₃ ) ₂ SiO] _5.
A composition according to claim 1. 23. The composition of claim 23, wherein the silicone is present in an amount from about 0.1% to about 5% by weight of the composition; and a. A polyalkyl silicone having the following structure and A-Si (R₂) -O- [Si (R₂) -O-]_q-Si (R₂) -A (wherein each R is an alkyl, hydroxy, or hydroxyalkyl group, and
Wherein q is an integer from about 7 to about 8,000, and each A is hydrogen, methyl, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, and propoxy.
A.) B. A silicone having the formula: HO- [Si (CH₃)₂-O]_x-{Si (OH) [(CH₂)₃-NH- (CH₂)₂-NH₂ ] O}_y-H (where x and y are integers) c. A silicone having the formula:¹)_aG_3-a-Si-(-OSiG₂)_n-(OSig_b(R¹)_2-b)_m-O-Si
G_3-a(R¹)_a (Where G is hydrogen, OH, and / or C₁~ C₅Selected from the group consisting of alkyl
A represents 0 or an integer of 1 to 3; b represents 0 or 1; the sum of n + m is a number from 1 to about 2,000;¹Is the formula C_pH_2pL is a monovalent group, p is an integer of 2 to 4, and L is -N (R²) CH₂-CH₂−N (R²)₂, -N (R²)₂, -N⁺(R²)₃A⁻, And -N⁺(R²) CH₂-CH₂N⁺H₂A⁻Selected from the group consisting of²Is hydrogen, C₁~ C₅Selected from the group consisting of saturated hydrocarbon groups
, Each A⁻Represents a compatible anion) d. A silicone having the formula: and R³-N⁺(CH₃)₂-Z- [Si (CH₃)₂O]_f-Si (CH₃)₂-Z-N⁺(CH
₃)₂-R³・ 2CH₃COO⁻ (Where Z is -CH₂-CH (OH) -CH₂O-CH₂)₃-And R³Represents a long chain alkyl group, and f represents an integer of at least about 2. e. 21. The composition according to claim 20, wherein the composition is selected from the group consisting of mixtures thereof. 24. The silicone is a polyalkyl silicone A-Si (R ₂ ) -O- [Si (R ₂ ) -O-] _q -Si (R ₂ ) -A, wherein A and R are methyl. 24. The composition of claim 23, wherein 25. The fabric protection composition of claim 1, further comprising from about 0.05 to about 10% by weight of the composition of a shape-retaining polymer that is a homopolymer and / or a copolymer. A composition according to claim 1. 26. The shape-retaining polymer is a homopolymer and / or a copolymer having a glass transition temperature of about -20 ° C. to about 150 ° C., and is desaturated with a low molecular weight C _{1 to} C _6. organic mono - carboxylic acid and / or polycarboxylic acids, said acids with C ₁ -C ₁₂ esters of alcohols, amides and imides of said acids, alcohols desaturated low molecular weight, which is unsaturated low molecular weight Esters of alcohols and low molecular weight carboxylic acids, low molecular weight ethers of unsaturated alcohols, polar vinyl heterocycles, unsaturated amines and amides, salts of said amines with low molecular weight carboxylic acids,
A C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl quaternized derivative of the amine, vinyl sulfonate,
26. The composition of claim 25, comprising a monomer selected from the group consisting of low molecular weight unsaturated hydrocarbons and derivatives, and mixtures thereof. 27. The shape-retaining polymer monomer is acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid and its half ester, itaconic acid, the acid and methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol. , 2-methyl-1-propanol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, 2-methyl-1-butanol, 1-methyl-1-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, 1- Methyl-1-pentanol, 2-methyl-1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-pentanol, t-butanol, cyclohexanol, 2-ethyl-
1-butanol, neodecanol, 3-heptanol, benzyl alcohol, 2
Esters of -octanol, 6-methyl-1-heptanol, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, 3,5-dimethyl-1-hexanol, 3,5,5-trimethyl-1-hexanol, 1-decanol, 1-dodecanol And mixtures thereof, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, t-butyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, methoxyethyl methacrylate, N,
N-dimethylacrylamide, Nt-butylacrylamide, maleimide, vinyl alcohol, allyl alcohol, vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, methyl vinyl ether, vinyl pyrrolidone, vinyl caprolactam, vinyl pyridine,
Vinylimidazole, vinylamine, diethylenetriamine, dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, ethenylformamide, vinylsulfonate, ethylene,
Propylene, butadiene, cyclohexadiene, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride,
27. The composition of claim 26, wherein the composition is selected from the group consisting of salts thereof, and alkyl quaternized derivatives thereof, and mixtures thereof. 28. The shape-retaining polymer monomer is acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, t-butyl acrylate, t-butyl methacrylate, n-butyl acrylate, methacrylic N-butyl acid, isobutyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, vinyl alcohol, dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, N, N-dimethylacrylamide, N, N-dimethylmethacrylamide, Nt-butylacrylamide, vinylpyrrolidone, vinyl 28. The composition of claim 27, wherein the composition is selected from the group consisting of pyridine, adipic acid, diethylenetriamine, their salts and their alkyl quaternized derivatives, and mixtures thereof. 29. The composition according to claim 25, wherein the shape-retaining polymer is a copolymer containing both a hydrophilic monomer and a hydrophobic monomer. 30. The hydrophobic polymer / hydrophilic monomer weight ratio of the shape-retaining copolymer is about 95.
26. The composition of claim 25, wherein the composition is from about 5:20 to about 20:80. 31. The shape-retaining polymer comprises a silicone-containing graft and block copolymer, wherein the copolymer has the following properties: (1) the silicone moiety is covalently bonded to the non-silicone moiety; (2) the molecular weight of the silicone moiety is from about 1,000 to about 50,000, and the non-silicone moiety is capable of dissolving or dispersing the entire copolymer in the fabric protection composition medium. 26. The composition of claim 25, wherein the copolymer must adhere / adhere to the treated and treated fabric. 32. The shape-retaining polymer having an average molecular weight of about 10,000 to about 1,000,000,
4. The silicone-containing monomer, preferably from about 30,000 to about 300,000, comprising from about 5% to about 50%, preferably from about 10% to about 25%.
The composition of claim 1. 33. The fabric protection composition comprises from about 0.1% to about 10% by weight of the use composition of lithium bromide, lithium lactate, lithium chloride, lithium tartrate, lithium bitartrate, and mixtures thereof. The composition according to claim 1, further comprising a lithium salt selected from the group or a hydrate thereof. 34. The fabric protection composition comprises from about 0.01 to about 5%, preferably from about 0.1 to about 4%, more preferably from about 0.5 to about 2% by weight of the use composition. An odor suppressant including cyclodextrin, selected from the group consisting of cyclodextrin, zinc salt, copper salt, water-soluble carbonate, water-soluble bicarbonate, water-soluble anionic polymer, and a mixture thereof. The composition of claim 1, further comprising: 35. The following auxiliary materials: perfume, fiber lubricant, fabric shape-retaining polymer, lithium salt,
Odor control agents including cyclodextrins, surfactants, antimicrobial active ingredients and / or
Or antimicrobial preservatives, chelating agents including aminocarboxylate chelating agents, enzymes, antioxidants, antistatic agents, fabric softening imparting active ingredients, foam inhibitors,
19. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 18, further comprising at least one of a dye transfer inhibitor, a dye fixing agent, a stain releasing agent, a brightener, a dispersant, an insect repellent, a moth repellent, and / or a liquid carrier. A composition according to claim 1. 36. About 0.1 to about 50%, preferably about 1 to about 35%, more preferably about 2 to about 18%, even more preferably about 3 to about 10% by weight of the composition. Said fabric protective polysaccharide, and optionally from about 1 to about 75% by weight of the composition, preferably from about 2 to about 6%;
5% by weight, more preferably about 3 to about 45% by weight, even more preferably about 4 to about 35% by weight.
2. The fabric protection composition of claim 1, wherein the composition comprises a weight percent fabric softener active ingredient added during rinsing. 37. The composition wherein the fabric softening active has an iodine value of at least about 40 and a phase transition temperature of less than about 50 ° C., preferably less than about 35 ° C., more preferably less than about 20 ° C. Wherein: (A) optionally less than about 40%, preferably from about 1 to about 25%, by weight of the composition;
, More preferably about 3 to about 8% by weight, having a ClogP of about -2.0 to about 2.6, preferably about -1.7 to about 1.6, more preferably about -1.0 to about 1. (B) optionally from about 0.1 to about 10%, preferably from about 0.5 to about 2.5%, by weight of the composition of the electrolyte; and (C) optionally, About 0.1 to about 15%, preferably about 0.5 to about 7%, more preferably about 1 to about 6%, by weight of the composition, of a phase stabilizer, preferably alkoxylation, wherein the HLB is about 26. The composition of claim 25, further comprising a surfactant of from 8 to about 20, more preferably from about 10 to about 18, and (D) minor components and / or water-soluble solvents that make up the balance. Composition. 38. A chemical comprising at least an effective amount of the following auxiliary materials: auxiliary fabric protective oligosaccharide, fragrance, dye transfer inhibitor, dye fixative, chlorine scavenger, soil release agent, antioxidant. Stabilizers, silicones, antimicrobial active ingredients and / or preservatives, chelating agents including aminocarboxylate chelating agents, coloring agents, enzymes, brighteners,
38. The fabric protection composition according to claim 36 or 37, further comprising at least one of a liquid carrier, or a mixture thereof. 39. The fabric protective polysaccharide of about 0.2% to about 30% by weight of the composition, and about 0% of the composition.
. 1 to about 60% by weight of a surfactant and the following auxiliary materials: auxiliary fabric protective oligosaccharides, fragrances, builders, bleaching agents, dye transfer inhibitors, dye fixing agents, odor control agents including cyclodextrins, Brighteners, dispersants, heavy metal chelators,
The fabric protection composition according to claim 1, which is a laundry detergent composition further comprising at least one of an enzyme, a foam inhibitor, a fabric softener, a soil release agent, and / or a liquid carrier. 40. The composition, wherein the composition is in a form selected from the group consisting of liquids, powders, granules, tablets, pastes, gels, foams, sprays, bars, sticks, and is optionally contained in a sachet, 40. The composition of claim 39, wherein the composition is fixed to a releasable substrate. 41. A composition comprising about 0.01% to about 25%, preferably about 0.1% to about 10%, more preferably about 0.2% to about 5%, even more preferably about 0.3% by weight of the composition. To about 3% by weight of the fabric protective polysaccharide, and optionally from about 0.05 to about 10%, preferably from about 0.1 to about 7%, more preferably from about 0.5 to about 5% by weight of the composition. The fabric protection composition of claim 1, wherein the composition is an aqueous composition applied to the fabric in a drying step, comprising at least one fabric softener active ingredient. 42. The fabric protecting polysaccharide of from about 0.01% to about 40%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 20%, more preferably from about 1% to about 10%, by weight of the composition, and of the composition. About 1 to about 99% by weight, preferably about 10 to about 80% by weight, more preferably about 20 to about 70% by weight.
The fabric protection composition of claim 1, wherein the composition is a drier-added fabric softening composition comprising from about 25% to about 60% by weight of the fabric softener active ingredient. 43. At least an effective amount of the following auxiliary materials: chemical stabilizers including auxiliary fabric protective oligosaccharides, fragrances, chlorine scavengers, dye transfer inhibitors, dye fixatives, antioxidants,
Further comprising at least one of a silicone, an antimicrobial active and / or a preservative, a chelating agent including an aminocarboxylate chelating agent, a brightener, an enzyme, a soil release agent, a liquid carrier, or mixtures thereof. Item 43. The fabric protection composition according to item 41 or 42. 44. The following fabric protection properties: wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, fabric abrasion reduction, fabric abrasion resistance, fabric hair ball reduction, fabric color retention, fabric color fading reduction, fabric color recovery. Fabric stain reduction, fabric stain release, fabric shape retention, and / or fabric shrinkage reduction,
A dosing device comprising, in a package, a fabric protecting composition comprising a fabric protecting polysaccharide having a spherical structure for providing at least one of the above to the fabric, wherein at least an effective amount of the polysaccharide is applied; A dosing device, accompanied by instructions for instructing a consumer to provide at least one of said fabric protection properties. 45. A dosing device comprising a fabric protection composition according to claim 1 in a package,
At least an effective amount of the polysaccharide and / or the fabric protection composition is applied and the following fabric protection properties are included: wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, fabric abrasion reduction, fabric abrasion resistance, fabric ball. The instructions instructing the consumer to provide at least one of reduction, fabric color retention, fabric fade reduction, fabric color recovery, fabric stain reduction, fabric stain release, fabric shape retention, and / or fabric shrinkage reduction are provided. The attached dosing device. 46. An administration device comprising the composition of claim 1 in a spray delivery device. 47. The composition wherein the composition comprises about 0.1 to about 5% by weight of the fabric protection composition, preferably about 0%.
. 47. The administration device of claim 46, wherein the administration device is an aqueous composition comprising 1 to about 2% by weight of the fabric protective polysaccharide. 48. The administration device according to claim 46 or 47, wherein said spray supply device comprises a trigger type spray device. 49. The administration device according to any one of claims 46 to 48, wherein the spray delivery device comprises a non-manually operated spray delivery device. 50. The non-manually operated spray supply device is selected from the group consisting of a drive spray device, an air suction spray device, a liquid suction spray device, an electrostatic spray device, and a nebulizer spray device. Dosing device. 51. An odor control agent comprising the following auxiliary materials: perfume, auxiliary fabric protective oligosaccharide, fiber lubricant, shape-retaining polymer, lithium salt, cyclodextrin.
Surfactants, antimicrobial active ingredients and / or antimicrobial preservatives, metal chelators including aminocarboxylate chelators, enzymes, antioxidants, antistatics,
45. The composition further comprising at least one of a fabric softening active, a dye transfer inhibitor, a dye fixative, a soil release agent, a foam inhibitor, a brightener, an insect repellent, a moth repellent, and / or a liquid carrier. The administration device according to any one of claims 50. 52. At least an effective amount of the composition and / or the fabric protecting polysaccharide is applied to the fabric and the following fabric protecting properties are provided: wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, fabric abrasion reduction, fabric resistance. Providing the fabric with at least one of abrasion, reduction of hair ball of the fabric, retention of fabric color, reduction of fabric fading, recovery of fabric color, reduction of fabric stain, release of fabric stain, retention of fabric shape, and / or reduction of fabric shrinkage. 52. The administration device of any one of claims 46 to 51, accompanied by instructions for instructing the consumer. 53. The instructions for use indicate to the consumer about 0.005 to about 4%, preferably about 0.01 to about 2%, more preferably about 0.05 to about 1% by weight of the fabric. 53. The dispensing device of claim 52, wherein the dispensing device indicates application of a% fabric protective polysaccharide. 54. The instructions of claim 52 or 53, wherein the instructions direct the consumer to apply the composition to the fabric and stretch and / or level the fabric and effectively remove wrinkles. The administration device according to claim 1. 55. A instructions comprising a concentrated composition according to claim 3 wherein the instructions instruct a consumer to dilute said composition to form a fabric protection composition according to claim 2. Dosing device attached. 56. A dispensing device comprising the composition of claim 1, wherein the composition is applied directly to the fabric in a manner that prevents excess fabric / clothing protection composition from being released into the outdoor environment. A dosing device, which is accompanied by instructions for instructing a consumer to apply at least an effective amount of the fabric protective polysaccharide having the globular structure to the fabric in the manner described above and to provide the fabric protective properties. 57. The administration device of claim 56, wherein the composition comprises about 0.01 to about 2% by weight of the composition of a fabric protecting polysaccharide having a globular structure. 58. An administration device comprising the composition of claim 1 for pre-treating the fabric prior to washing, comprising applying at least an effective amount of the composition to the fabric. A dosing device packaged with instructions for instructing a consumer to impart fabric protection properties. 59. A dosing device comprising the composition of claim 1, which is a laundry additive composition, wherein at least an effective amount of the composition is applied to the fabric to enhance the fabric protection properties. A dosing device packaged with instructions for use to direct the consumer to give. 60. A dosing device comprising the composition of claim 1 and 39 or 40, which is a laundry detergent composition, wherein at least an effective amount of the composition is applied to the fabric,
A dosing device packaged with instructions for instructing a consumer to impart fabric protection properties. 61. A dosing device comprising the composition according to any one of claims 1 and 36 to 38, which is an additive composition added during rinsing, wherein at least an effective amount of the composition. A dosing device, which is packaged with instructions for applying to a fabric to provide the fabric with protective properties. 62. A dosing device comprising a composition according to any one of claims 1 and 41 to 43 applied to a fabric in a drying step, wherein at least an effective amount of the composition is applied to the fabric. A dosing device which is packaged with instructions for application to instruct the consumer to apply and provide said fabric protection properties. 63. The administration device according to any one of claims 44, 45 and 52-62, wherein said instructions for use include pictures and / or representations. 64. A fabric with improved properties to which an effective amount of a fabric protecting polysaccharide having a globular structure is attached. 65. The fabric, wherein the fabric comprises about 0.005 to about 4% by weight of the fabric, preferably about 0.01 to about 2%.
65. The fabric of claim 64, wherein the fabric comprises from about 0.05% to about 1% by weight of the fabric protecting polysaccharide. 66. The fabric of claim 64 or 65, wherein the fabric is made from fibers selected from the group consisting of natural fibers, synthetic fibers, and mixtures thereof. 67. The fabric of claim 66, wherein said fabric is made from fibers selected from the group consisting of cellulosic fibers, proteinaceous fibers, synthetic fibers, long vegetable fibers, and mixtures thereof. 68. The fabric, wherein the fabric is cotton, rayon, linen, Tenecel, silk, wool and related mammalian fibers, polyester, acrylic, nylon, jute, flax, ramie, coir, kapok, sisal, heneke, abaca. 68. The fabric of claim 67, wherein the fabric is selected from the group consisting of, cannabis, sunhemp, and mixtures thereof. 69. The fabric of claim 68, wherein said fabric is selected from the group consisting of cotton, rayon, linen, polyester / cotton blends, silk, wool, polyester, acrylic, nylon and mixtures thereof. 70. Wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, fabric abrasion reduction, fabric abrasion resistance, fabric hair ball reduction, fabric color retention, fabric fading reduction, fabric color recovery, fabric stain reduction, fabric stain release, A method of providing a fabric with a fabric protection property selected from the group consisting of fabric shape retention, fabric shrinkage reduction, and combinations thereof, the method comprising: combining the fabric with an effective amount of a fabric protection polysaccharide having a spherical structure. Contacting. 71. Wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, fabric abrasion reduction, fabric abrasion resistance, fabric hair ball reduction, fabric color retention, fabric color fading reduction, fabric color recovery, fabric stain reduction, fabric stain release, A method of providing a fabric with a fabric protection property selected from the group consisting of fabric shape retention, fabric shrinkage reduction, and combinations thereof, the method comprising: combining the fabric with an effective amount of a fabric protection polysaccharide having a spherical structure. A method wherein the fabric protection polysaccharide is contacted and provided by using the fabric protection composition of claim 1. 72. The fabric protection composition wherein the following auxiliary fabric protection materials are used: fragrances, auxiliary fabric protection oligosaccharides, fiber lubricants, fabric shape retaining polymers, lithium salts, odor inhibitors including cyclodextrins, Surfactants, antimicrobial active ingredients and / or antimicrobial preservatives,
Chelating agents including aminocarboxylate chelating agents, enzymes, antioxidants, antistatic agents, fabric softening active ingredients, dye transfer inhibitors, dye fixatives, stain release agents, brighteners, foam inhibitors, 8. The composition of claim 7, further comprising at least one of a builder, a bleach, a dispersant, an insect repellent, a moth repellent, and / or a liquid carrier.
2. The method according to 1. 73. The fabric protection composition comprises from about 0.1 to about 5%, preferably from about 0.005 to about 4%, more preferably from about 0.01 to about 2% by weight of the fabric protection composition. 72. The method of claim 71, wherein the composition is an aqueous composition comprising about 0.1% to about 1% by weight of the fabric protecting polysaccharide. 74. The method of any one of claims 70 to 73, wherein the aqueous composition is sprayed as drops onto the fabric by using a spray delivery device. 75. The method of claim 74, wherein the aqueous composition is sprayed as drops onto the fabric and the fabric is stretched and / or flattened by using a spray delivery device. 76. The method of claim 74, wherein said spray supply device comprises a trigger type spray device. 77. The spray supply device comprises a non-manually operated spray device selected from the group consisting of a drive spray device, an air suction spray device, a liquid suction spray device, an electrostatic spray device, and a nebulizer spray device. 75. The method of claim 74. 78. The droplet has a weight average diameter of about 5 μm to about 250 μm, preferably about 10 μm to about 1 μm.
78. The method of any one of claims 74-77, wherein the method is between 20 [mu] m, more preferably between about 20 [mu] m and about 100 [mu] m. 79. The method according to claim 73, wherein the fabric is dipped in the fabric protection composition, followed by a squeezing step and / or a drying step. 80. The fabric protection composition comprising an aqueous composition comprising about 0.5 to about 40% by weight of the fabric protection composition of the fabric protection polysaccharide, wherein the fabric protection composition comprises the fabric protection composition. 73. The method of claim 71 or 72, wherein the immersion is followed by a washing step. 81. The fabric protection composition wherein the fabric protection polysaccharide is from about 0.2 to about 30% by weight of the composition, and the surfactant is from about 0.1 to about 60% by weight of the composition. By the following auxiliary materials: auxiliary fabric protective oligosaccharides, fragrances, builders, bleaching agents, dye transfer inhibitors, dye fixing agents, odor inhibitors including cyclodextrins, brighteners,
74. The method of claim 73, further comprising at least one of a dispersant, a heavy metal chelator, an enzyme, a foam inhibitor, a fabric softening active, a soil release agent, and / or a liquid carrier. 82. The fabric protective composition is a composition added during rinsing, wherein the composition comprises about 0.1 to about 50%, preferably about 1 to about 35%, more preferably about 2 to about 35% by weight of the composition. About 18% by weight of the fabric protective polysaccharide, and optionally about 1 to about 75%, preferably about 2 to about 65%, more preferably about 3 to about 45%, even more preferably about 4% by weight of the composition. 72. The method of claim 71, comprising from about 35% by weight of the fabric softener active. 83. The fabric protection composition comprises the following auxiliary materials: an auxiliary fabric protection oligosaccharide, a fragrance,
Odor inhibitors including cyclodextrins, dye transfer inhibitors, dye fixatives, chlorine scavengers, stain release agents, chemical stabilizers including antioxidants, silicones, antimicrobial active ingredients and / or preservatives, amino Metal chelators, including carboxylate chelators, colorants, enzymes, brighteners, blueners, liquid carriers,
83. The method of claim 82, further comprising at least one of or a mixture thereof. 84. The fabric protection composition is an aqueous composition that is applied to the fabric in a drying step, wherein the composition comprises about 0.01 to about 25%, preferably about 0.1 to about 10%, by weight of the composition. More preferably from about 0.2 to about 5%, even more preferably from about 0.3 to about 3% by weight of the fabric protective polysaccharide, and optionally from about 0.05 to about 10%, preferably from about 0.05 to about 10% by weight of the composition. 72. The method of claim 71, comprising from 0.1 to about 7%, more preferably from about 0.5 to about 5%, by weight of the fabric softener active ingredient. 85. The method of claim 84, wherein said composition is applied from a spray device. 86. The fabric protection composition wherein the fabric softening composition is a dryer-applied fabric softening agent, wherein the fabric protection composition comprises about 0.01 to about 40%, preferably about 0.1 to about 20%, by weight of the composition. Preferably from about 1 to about 10% by weight of said fabric protective polysaccharide, and from about 1 to about 99% by weight of the composition
72. The method of claim 71, comprising preferably about 10 to about 80%, more preferably about 20 to about 70%, even more preferably about 25 to about 60% by weight of the fabric softener active ingredient. . 87. The method of claim 86, wherein said composition is released from a flexible substrate. 88. The composition comprises the following auxiliary materials: auxiliary fabric protective oligosaccharide, antistatic agent, dispersant, fragrance, fiber lubricant, auxiliary shape-retaining polymer, lithium salt, cyclodextrin. Odor suppressants, dye transfer inhibitors, dye fixatives, chlorine scavengers, stain release agents, brighteners, heavy metal chelators, enzymes, antibacterial active ingredients, antibacterial preservatives, aminocarboxylate chelators, oxidation 88. The method of any one of claims 84 to 87, further comprising at least one of an inhibitor, and / or a liquid carrier. 89. A method of removing wrinkles in a fabric, wherein the fabric is treated with an effective amount of the composition of claim 1. 90. A method of reducing shrinkage of a fabric, wherein the fabric is treated with an effective amount of the composition of claim 1. 91. A method of reducing abrasion of a fabric, wherein the fabric is treated with an effective amount of the composition of claim 1. 92. A method of reducing the skin-feeling of a wool fabric product, the method comprising treating the product with an effective amount of the composition of claim 1. 93. A method for improving a fabric color protection characteristic selected from the group consisting of fabric color retention, fabric fading reduction, fabric color recovery, and combinations thereof, wherein the colored fabric is an effective amount. A method of treating with a composition according to claim 1. 94. The following fabric protection properties: wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, fabric abrasion reduction, fabric abrasion resistance, fabric hair ball reduction, fabric color retention, fabric fading reduction, fabric color recovery, fabric Use of a fabric-protecting polysaccharide in a fabric-protecting composition to impart at least one of soil reduction, fabric stain release, fabric shape retention, and / or fabric shrinkage reduction, wherein the fabric-protecting polysaccharide is spherical. A polysaccharide having a structure and a molecular weight of about 5,000 to about 500,000, a branched form of the polysaccharide, a derived form of the polysaccharide,
Use comprising a substituted form of said polysaccharide, and mixtures thereof. 95. A dispensing device comprising the composition of claim 1, wherein the composition is applied directly to clothing in a manner to prevent release of the excess amount of the fabric protection composition into the outdoor environment. An administration device, wherein an effective amount of the fabric protective polysaccharide having the spherical structure is applied to the garment in the manner and packaged with instructions for instructing a consumer to provide the fabric protective properties. 96. The administration device of claim 95, wherein the composition comprises about 0.01 to about 2% by weight of the composition of a fabric protecting polysaccharide having a globular structure.